10-K

2011

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO

SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011                         Commission File No. 1-7463

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Delaware	95-4081636
State of incorporation	IRS Employer identification number
1111 South Arroyo Parkway Pasadena, California 91105	(626) 578-3500
Address of principal executive offices	Telephone number (including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $1 par value	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:   x    Yes  ¨    No

Indicate by a check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.   ¨    Yes  x    No

Indicate by check-mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  x    Yes  ¨    No

Indicate by check-mark whether the Registrant: has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).

x    Yes - ¨    No

Indicate by check-mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check-mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	x	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check-mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)  ¨    Yes  x    No

There were 128,134,615 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 15, 2011. The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common equity held by non-affiliates was approximately $6.5 billion as of April 1, 2011, based upon the last reported sales price on the New York Stock Exchange on that date.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III — Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be issued in connection with its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC.

Fiscal 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Item			Page No.
Part I
	Item 1.	Business		3
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors		17
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		26
	Item 2.	Properties		27
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		27
Part II
	Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		28
	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		30
	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		31
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		41
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		42
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure		42
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		43
	Item 9B.	Other Information		43
Part III
	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		44
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation		44
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		45
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		45
	Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		45
Part IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		46
	Signatures			50

Page 2

PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are not based on historical fact. When used in this report, words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, “plans”, “intends”, and similar words identify forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Although such statements are based on management’s current estimates and expectations, and currently available competitive, financial, and economic data, forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from what may be inferred from the forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are listed and discussed in Item 1A—Risk Factors, below. The risk factors and other matters described herein are not all-inclusive, and we undertake no obligation to release publicly any revisions or updates to any forward-looking statements that are contained in this document. We encourage you to read carefully the risk factors described in other documents we file from time to time with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Item 1. BUSINESS

General

We are one of the largest technical professional services firms in the world and are headquartered in the United States. Our business focuses on providing a diverse range of technical, professional, and construction services to a large number of industrial, commercial, and governmental clients around the world. We provide four broad categories of services:

• Project services (which include engineering, design, architectural, interiors, planning, and similar services);

• Process, Scientific, and Systems Consulting services (which include a wide variety of services performed in connection with scientific testing, analysis, and consulting activities, as well as information technology, and systems engineering and integration activities);

• Construction services (which encompasses traditional field construction services as well as modular construction activities, and includes direct-hire construction and construction management services); and

• Operations and Maintenance services (which include services performed in connection with operating large, complex facilities on behalf of clients, as well as services involving process plant and facilities maintenance).

We provide our services through offices and subsidiaries located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, the Middle East, India, Australia, Africa, and Asia.

We focus our services on clients operating in the following industries and markets:

• Oil and gas exploration, production, and refining;

• Programs for various national governments, including aerospace, defense, and environmental programs;

• Chemicals and polymers;

• Mining and minerals;

• Pharmaceuticals and biotechnology;

• Infrastructure;

• Buildings (which includes retail and commercial buildings as well as specialized buildings for clients operating in the fields of healthcare, education, and high technology; governmental complexes; and other specialized civic and mission critical buildings, installations, and laboratories);

• Power;

• Pulp and paper;

• Technology and manufacturing; and,

• Food and consumer products, among others.

Page 3

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 8, 1987. On March 4, 1987, the corporation succeeded by merger to the business and assets of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., a California corporation that, in 1974, had succeeded to a business organized originally by our founder, Dr. Joseph J. Jacobs, in 1947. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein to “Jacobs” or the “Registrant” are to Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and its predecessors, and references to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” are to Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The common stock of Jacobs has been publicly held since 1970 and is currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol JEC.

Business Strategy

General

There are four major components of our business strategy:

• A passionate focus on safety and BeyondZero^®;

• A relationship-based approach to client interactions;

• A strong focus on cost management; and

• An organizational structure that facilitates efficient project management and execution, and promotes the sharing of resources.

Acquisitions play an important role in our business strategy as they allow us to expand on existing client relationships as well as develop new ones. Acquisitions also allow us to grow our technical and project management capabilities, to penetrate new geographies, and to leverage our cost structure across geographic areas.

Safety and BeyondZero^®

Most companies in our industry try to provide their employees with a safe and secure work environment. They create safety programs, require employee training, and make every effort to build awareness. We do this too, but we see safety differently.

In 2007 we introduced BeyondZero^®, a Company-wide initiative designed to educate and train our employees, and to instill in them a “culture of caring” that follows them outside of the workplace or jobsite. BeyondZero^® inspires our organization to a deeper, richer, emotional commitment to the safety of our employees, their families, their clients, partners and friends, and beyond.

Providing an injury-free and incident-free work environment is a critical element of the relationship we have with our employees and subcontractors. It is also a paramount issue in our dealings with our clients, and our safety program and BeyondZero^® are fundamental elements of our overall approach to risk management. A safe work environment is critical to our long-term success and growth.

We maintain a centralized Quality and Safety group to help ensure that the services we provide are delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments increase employee turnover, increase the cost of projects to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that are fundamentally unacceptable, and increase our own operating costs as well.

With BeyondZero^® we have developed a culture of caring where concern for our employees’ health and safety extends past office walls, beyond field sites, and past the perception that injured employees simply cost the Company time and money. It’s about safekeeping. Ultimately, safe job sites and office environments benefit our clients, promote employee morale, and enhance the long-term relationships we have with our clients, employees, and business partners.

Relationship-Based Business Model

Our relationship-based business model is central to our sustained growth and profitability. We aggressively pursue the development of long-term affiliations and alliances with our clients. By working as a partner with our clients on their capital programs, we increase our understanding of their overall business needs, as well as the unique technical requirements of their projects. This increased understanding gives us the opportunity to provide superior value to our clients. We market all of our services to clients in connection with their projects where the scope of work required is within our expertise. By integrating and bundling our services (i.e., providing design, engineering, and construction services on the same project), we can price contracts more competitively and enhance overall profitability while delivering additional value to our clients.

Our relationship-based business model also helps us more fully understand the risks inherent in our projects, which in turn allows us to better manage those risks. Our approach also provides us with opportunities to market those services our clients are

Page 4

expected to need in the pre-design phase, such as master planning, permitting, or project finance options, and also the post start-up and commissioning phases of a facility, such as operations and maintenance services. This model, however, does not preclude us from undertaking discrete projects. We will accept and perform discrete projects for our clients if we can negotiate acceptable pricing and other contract terms and conditions.

Closely linked to our relationship-based business model is our multi-domestic geographic strategy for conducting business around the world. As part of this strategy, we act and operate as a local contractor in geographic areas of the world in which we do business. We believe it is important for us as a company to “be local” with respect to our network of offices and operations. Because our offices can generally sustain themselves with a base load of local work, we are able to support our multinational clients with their cross-border capital projects. Our core clients can depend on us for assistance with their engineering and construction needs when they move projects around the world. Our multi-domestic strategy also allows us to be competitive around the world to the extent we are awarded large projects and are able to perform meaningful portions of the project utilizing local resources rather than exporting the work to other offices within the group.

Cost Management

Our continual emphasis on managing costs is an important component of our business model. As the global economy expands and companies providing technical, professional, and construction services are required to compete against each other across geographic boundaries, the company that can provide its clients with cost-efficient solutions to their project needs has the advantage. Our attention to cost control throughout every level of our organization allows us to deliver superior technical, professional, and construction services safely, efficiently, and within the cost and time parameters our clients require.

Organizational Structure and Resource Sharing

Our organizational structure and integrated system for delivering services are key components of our business strategy. Our operating units generally use a matrix organizational structure whereby our project management functions are supported by the various technical engineering, design, and construction disciplines that are necessary to effectively execute long-term engineering and construction contracts. Crucial functions, such as project controls and procurement, are embedded within each of our major offices and serve operations by providing specialized services required by projects. In addition, we actively employ a boundaryless approach to the way we serve our clients. We do not maintain “profit centers” within the Company, nor do our operating groups compete against each other for contracts. Instead, our organizational structure encourages our operating groups to work cohesively, while simultaneously helping to reduce costs and promote an efficient delivery system for all of our services.

The Role of Acquisitions in Our Business Strategy

Our relationship-based business model is a significant driver of our acquisition strategy. When we review potential acquisition targets, we are conscious of the effect the acquisition may have on our client base. We favor acquisitions that allow us to expand or enhance the range of services we provide existing clients, and/or gain access to new geographic areas in which our clients either already operate or plan to expand. By expanding into new geographic areas and adding to our existing technical and project management capabilities, we strive to position ourselves as a preferred, single-source provider of technical, professional, and construction services to our major clients. The following is a brief description of some of our recent key acquisitions:

• In May 2011, we acquired an additional 55% interest in Consulting Engineering Services (“CES”), a leading power, infrastructure, and civil engineering company, headquartered in Delhi, India. Founded in 1969, CES employs more than 2,000 people and provides a range of solutions in infrastructure development, planning, engineering, and construction management. This acquisition significantly increases our existing resources and capabilities in India to more than 4,500 employees and expands our presence in other regions in Asia and the Middle East.

• In February 2011, we completed one of the larger acquisitions in the Company’s history. We acquired Aker Solutions’ Process and Construction (“P&C”) business, a 4,500-person operating unit serving the oil, gas, and refining markets, as well as mining and minerals, chemicals, energy and environmental industries. The primary purposes for acquiring Aker’s P&C business were to expand significantly our global presence in the mining and metals market; provide a new geographic region with South America; and enhance our regional presence in Australia, Europe, and North America. In a related transaction completed in April 2011, we acquired Aker Projects (Shanghai) Company Limited (Aker Solutions’ onshore P&C operations in China). This element of the Aker transactions greatly expanded our presence and capabilities in China.

• In December 2010, we acquired Damon S Williams (“DSWA”), a 50-person professional services firm headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona. Founded in 1987, the consulting firm specializes in water and wastewater facilities, with expertise in planning, design, construction administration and operations services. The primary purpose for acquiring DSWA was to expand our water and wastewater capabilities to better serve our customers in the western United States.

Page 5

• In October 2010 we acquired Sula Systems Ltd (“Sula”), a 70-person professional services firm headquartered in Gloucestershire, England. Founded in 1996, Sula provides systems engineering and technical services on large, complex programs and projects to clients in the United Kingdom defense and aerospace markets. Sula is also involved in a number of major defense programs in areas such as armored vehicles, complex weapons, test and evaluation, submarine nuclear propulsion, and capability and network level systems engineering. Sula also provides services relating to civil airliners and space-based subsystems. The primary purpose for acquiring Sula was to expand the Company’s position in the defense and aerospace markets.

• In October 2010, we acquired TechTeam Government Solutions, Inc. (“TechTeam”), formerly a wholly owned subsidiary of TechTeam Global, Inc. TechTeam is a 500-person information technology (“IT”) solutions company that provides support to U.S. federal, state and local government agencies, including the United States Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Army and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The firm’s core competencies include systems integration, enterprise application integration, ERP implementation support, IT infrastructure support, network operations management, and call center operations. The primary purpose for acquiring TechTeam was to expand the Company’s IT, modeling, and simulation services capabilities with the U.S. federal government.

• In February 2010, we acquired Jordan, Jones and Goulding, Inc. (“JJG”), a 500-person professional services firm headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. Founded in 1958, JJG provides engineering, planning, and consulting services for water, wastewater, environmental and other clients. The primary purpose for acquiring JJG was to expand the Company’s capabilities in the North American areas of water and wastewater.

• In December 2009, we acquired TYBRIN Corporation (“TYBRIN”), a 1,500-person professional services firm headquartered in Fort Walton Beach, Florida. Founded in 1972, TYBRIN is a leading supplier of mission planning solutions, systems engineering, software development, modeling and combat environment simulation, engineering and testing, range safety, and other services to the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”), the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”), and other government clients. The primary purpose for acquiring TYBRIN was to expand our professional services business with the U.S. federal government.

• In March 2008 we acquired a 60% interest in Zamel & Turbag Consulting Engineers (“Zate”). Located in Saudi Arabia, Zate was an approximately 500-person professional services firm providing engineering and construction management services to clients operating in the oil & gas, refining, and chemicals industries. The primary purpose for acquiring Zate was to expand our business in the Middle East.

• In November 2007, we acquired Carter & Burgess, Inc. (“Carter & Burgess”). Headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, Carter & Burgess was an approximately 3,200-person professional services firm providing architecture, engineering, design, and planning services to public and private sector clients operating in the fields of transportation, water, infrastructure programs, building programs, land development, and planning. The primary purpose for acquiring Carter & Burgess was to expand our infrastructure and facilities business in the U.S.

• In April 2007, we acquired Edwards and Kelcey, Inc. (“Edwards and Kelcey”). Edwards and Kelcey was a nationally recognized engineering, design, planning, and construction management firm serving public and private clients in the fields of transportation, planning/environmental, communications technology, buildings/facilities, and land development. Headquartered in Morristown, New Jersey, Edwards and Kelcey employed approximately 1,000 people in offices located primarily in the Northeastern region of the United States (“U.S.”). The primary purpose for acquiring Edwards and Kelcey was to expand our infrastructure business in the U.S.

In any particular year, we will also make smaller acquisitions as opportunities arise. With respect to all of our acquisitions, we move very quickly to integrate our operations post-closing. We typically assign senior operations personnel to manage the overall integration process with assistance from our Sales, Accounting, Legal, IT, Human Resources, and Risk Management departments. Although integrating newly acquired businesses can be very challenging, the assimilation process is critical in order to assure (i) that our global businesses processes and systems are properly deployed throughout the newly-acquired entities and (ii) we can begin to leverage-off the acquired talents, skills, and expertise to grow our business and help our clients execute their capital programs. Newly-acquired businesses are not left as stand-alone entities within the Company’s internal reporting system. The businesses we acquire are typically folded-in within existing operational organizations within the Company.

Page 6

Services Provided

As described above, the services we provide generally fall into the following four broad categories: Project Services; Process, Scientific, and Systems Consulting services; Construction services; and Operations and Maintenance services. The scope of services we can provide our clients, therefore, ranges from consulting and conceptual design services (which are often required by clients in the very early stages of a project) to complete, single-responsibility, design-build-operate contracts.

The following table sets forth our revenues from each of our four service categories for each of the last five fiscal years (in thousands of dollars):

	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Project Services	$	5,070,575	$	4,224,898	$	4,644,043	$	5,128,456	$	3,828,179
Process, Scientific and Systems Consulting		815,561		888,405		894,446		770,223		597,116
Construction		3,060,820		3,722,101		4,763,640		4,239,439		2,990,177
Operations and Maintenance		1,434,708		1,080,113		1,165,247		1,114,041		1,058,498
	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376	$	11,252,159	$	8,473,970

Project Services

We employ all of the engineering, architectural, interiors, design, planning, and related disciplines necessary to design and engineer modern process plants (including projects for clients in the chemicals and polymers; pharmaceuticals and biotechnology; upstream oil & gas; refining; food and consumer products; mining and minerals; and other basic resources industries); buildings (including facilities for clients in the healthcare; education; and criminal justice markets; as well as other specialized buildings for clients in the private sector); infrastructure projects (including highways, roads, bridges, and other transportation systems; water and wastewater treatment plants; water resources facilities; and other similar plants and facilities); technology and manufacturing facilities (for clients in the aerospace; automotive; defense; semiconductor; and electronics industries); consumer products manufacturing facilities; power plants and stations; pulp and paper plants; and other facilities.

We are capable of providing our clients with a variety of value engineering services, including “safety in design.” Through safety in design we integrate best practices, hazard analysis, and risk assessment methods early in the design phase of projects, taking those steps necessary to eliminate or mitigate injury and damage during the construction, start-up, testing and commissioning, and operations phases of a project.

In the area of construction management, we provide our clients with a wide range of services as an agent for our clients. We may act as the program director, whereby we oversee, on the owner’s behalf, the complete planning, design, and construction phases of the project. Alternatively, our services may be limited to providing construction consulting.

Also included in the category of Project Services are certain related services (such as planning, scheduling, procurement, estimating, cost engineering, project accounting, and quality and safety) necessary to support our engineering, design, construction, construction and program management, operations and maintenance, and consulting services.

Process, Scientific, and Systems Consulting Services

We employ all of the professional and technical skills and expertise with respect to a broad range of consulting services, including: performing pricing studies, market analyses, and financial projections necessary in determining the feasibility of a project; performing gasoline reformulation modeling; analyzing and evaluating layout and mechanical designs for complex processing plants; analyzing automation and control systems; analyzing, designing, and executing biocontainment strategies; developing and performing process protocols with respect to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration-mandated qualification and validation requirements; providing consultation on proposed railway and airport expansion projects; and performing geological and metallurgical studies.

Also included in this service category are the revenues relating to professional and program management services required to assist clients (such as the U.S. federal government and its agencies) in a wide range of defense and aerospace-related programs. Such services typically are more technical and scientific in nature than other project services we provide, and may involve such tasks as supporting the development and testing of conventional weapons systems; weapons modeling and simulations; computer systems development, maintenance, and support; evaluation and testing of mission-critical control systems; aerospace, testing, and propulsion systems and facilities; and other highly technical programs and tasks.

Page 7

Construction Services

We provide traditional field construction services to private and public sector clients in virtually all of the industry groups and markets to which we provide project services. In the area of environmental remediation and restoration, we provide environmental remedial construction services for a variety of public and private sector clients. We also provide many of our clients with modular construction technology. Our modular construction technology is an advanced form of engineering and design, off-site fabrication and assembly, and field erection. It provides our clients with an alternative approach to traditional methods of engineering and construction, which can compress and shorten the construction schedule, reduce risk, and lower costs.

Historically, our field construction activities were focused primarily on those construction projects for which we perform much of the related engineering and design work. By focusing our construction efforts on such projects, we minimize the risks associated with constructing complex plants and facilities based on designs prepared by third parties. The financial risk to us of constructing complex plants and facilities based on designs prepared by third parties may be particularly significant on fixed-price contracts; therefore, we generally avoid this type of project. However, we will pursue construction-only projects when we can negotiate pricing and other contract terms we deem acceptable and which we believe will result in a fair return for the degree of risk we assume.

Operations and Maintenance (“O&M”) Services

O&M generally refers to all of the tasks required to operate and maintain large, complex facilities on behalf of clients. We can provide key management and support services over all aspects of the operations of a facility, including managing subcontractors and other on-site personnel. Within the environmental area, O&M often includes engineering and technical support services as well as program management services necessary to remediate contaminated sites. Within the aerospace and defense areas, O&M often requires us to provide the management and technical support services necessary to operate and maintain such sites as engine test facilities, weapons integration facilities, and high-tech simulation and verification centers. Such O&M contracts also frequently require us to provide facilities management and maintenance services; utilities operations and maintenance services; property management and disposition services; and construction support services.

O&M also includes process plant maintenance services, which generally involves all of the tasks required to keep a process plant (typically a refinery or chemical plant) in day-to-day operation. Such tasks could include the repair and replacement of pumps, piping, heat exchangers, and other equipment as well as “turnaround” work, which involves major refurbishment that can only be performed when the plant is shut down. Since shutdowns are expensive to the owners of the plant, turnaround work often requires maximizing the number of skilled craft personnel who can work efficiently on a project on a 24-hour-per-day, seven-day-per-week basis. We use sophisticated computer scheduling and programming to complete turnaround projects quickly, and we maintain contact with a large pool of skilled craft personnel we can hire as needed on maintenance and turnaround projects.

Although the gross profit margins we realize from O&M services are generally lower than those associated with the other services we provide, the costs to support maintenance activities are also generally lower. Furthermore, although engineering and construction projects may be of a short-term nature, O&M services often result in long-term relationships with clients. For example, we have been providing maintenance services at several major process plants within the U.S. for several decades. This aspect of maintenance services greatly reduces the selling costs in respect of such services.

Financial Information About Segments

Although we describe our business in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in terms of the various services we provide, the markets in which our clients operate, and the geographic areas in which we operate, we have concluded that our operations may be aggregated into one reportable segment pursuant to accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). In making this determination, we considered the various economic characteristics of our operations, including: the nature of the services we provide, the nature of our internal processes for delivering and distributing those services, and the types of customers we have. In addition to the discussion that follows, please refer to Note 14 — Segment Information of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

There is a high degree of similarity among the workforces employed across the categories of services we provide. For example, professionals in engineering and design services (i.e., services provided by persons who are degreed, and in certain circumstances licensed, such as engineers, architects, scientists, and economists) exist in all four service categories. In addition, there is a high degree of similarity among a significant component of the workforces we employ to perform construction and O&M projects. In providing construction and O&M services, we employ a large number of skilled craft labor personnel. These may include welders, pipe fitters, electricians, crane operators, and other personnel who work on very large capital projects (in the case of projects classified within the construction services category) or on smaller capital projects (in the case of maintenance projects classified within the O&M services category).

Page 8

Our operating units use a matrix organizational structure. Our results, therefore, are dependent on groups representing technical disciplines (e.g., electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, cost engineering, etc.) and supporting project management personnel (who maintain the relationship between our clients and us who are ultimately responsible for delivering projects to our clients safely, on time, and on budget). Additionally, all of our operating regions use common tools, policies, and procedures to manage and run their respective units. These include project review meetings, project performance evaluations, and project execution plans.

The use of technology throughout our organization is highly uniform. Whether it is computer-aided design and drafting (“CADD”) applications used by our engineering and design staff, or modeling programs used by the scientific and consulting staff, or scheduling, estimating, and cost control applications used by home-office personnel in support of our construction and maintenance activities, all of the service categories described above are equally affected by changes in technology as they occur in the economy at large.

Furthermore, the types of information and internal reports used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”, who is also the Company’s chief executive officer) and other members of management to monitor performance, evaluate results of operations, allocate resources, and otherwise manage the business support a single reportable segment. Accordingly, based on these similarities, we have concluded that our operations may be aggregated into one reportable segment for purposes of the disclosures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Industry Groups and Markets

We market our services to all clients where the scope of work required by their capital projects and programs is within our expertise. We offer full-service consulting, planning, engineering, architecture, design, construction field services, construction management, modular fabrication, procurement, project management, asset management, operations and maintenance services to our clients worldwide. Within each market, we may offer specialty services unique to the sector or services which differentiate us from our competitors in the marketplace.

The following table sets forth our revenues from each of the various industry groups and markets in which our clients operate for each of the last five fiscal years (in thousands of dollars):

	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
National Government Programs	$	2,313,240	$	2,314,548	$	2,148,688	$	1,784,150	$	1,363,564
Refining – Downstream		2,256,092		2,876,059		3,850,734		3,525,838		2,443,850
Chemicals and Polymers		1,461,125		1,203,373		1,210,027		1,409,868		1,238,350
Infrastructure		1,219,633		938,978		933,519		935,333		681,367
Buildings		893,528		869,248		793,041		900,115		573,566
Oil & Gas – Upstream		753,471		559,492		895,284		1,102,743		890,943
Mining & Minerals		449,194		26,161		136,851		66,206		31,174
Pharmaceuticals and Biotechnology		404,687		589,795		875,007		978,867		756,178
Industrial and Other		630,694		537,863		624,225		549,039		494,978
	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376	$	11,252,159	$	8,473,970

National Government Programs

We categorize our National Government Programs as generally relating to aerospace and defense programs or environmental programs.

Aerospace and Defense Programs

We provide an in-depth range of science, engineering, and technical support services to the aerospace and defense industry. Long-term clients include the Ministry of Defence in the U.K., NASA, the DoD, the U.S. Special Operations Command (“USSOCOM”), and the Australian Department of Defence.

Specific to NASA is our ability to design, build, operate, and maintain highly complex facilities relating to space systems, including test and evaluation facilities, launch facilities, and support infrastructure. We’ve played an integral role for NASA in delivering support to virtually every major space program, including the International Space Station; space shuttle recertification; space observatories; aerospace transportation systems; space propulsion systems; advanced materials research; and advanced research and development activities, such as protein crystal growth experiments for the development of new drugs and vaccines.

Page 9

Our experience in the defense sector includes military systems acquisition management and strategic planning; operations and maintenance of test facilities and ranges; test and evaluation in computer, laboratory, facility, and range environments; test facility computer systems instrumentation and diagnostics; and test facility design and build. We also provide systems engineering and integration of complex weapons and space systems, as well as hardware and software design of complex flight and ground systems.

We have provided advanced technology engineering services to the DoD for more than 50 years, and currently support major defense programs in the United States and internationally. We operate and maintain several DoD test centers and provide services such as aerodynamic testing of next-generation fighter aircraft; propulsion testing for space programs; testing of the U.S. Army’s next-generation ground mobile weapon systems; and acquisition support for weapons systems such as air-to-air missile systems and precision-guided smart weapons for high-value targets. We assist in the acquisition and development of systems and equipment for Special Operations Forces, as well as the development of biological, chemical, and nuclear detection and protection systems.

We support and maintain enterprise information systems for government and commercial clients worldwide, ranging from the operation of complex computational networks to the development and validation of specific software applications. We support the DoD in a number of information technology programs, including network design, integration, and support; command and control technology; development and maintenance of databases and customized applications; and security solutions.

Environmental Programs

We provide environmental investigation, permitting, restoration, remediation, engineering, and site operations services to a number of European, North American, and Middle Eastern government agencies. Our projects include hazardous and nuclear waste management and site cleanup and closure; the preparation of feasibility studies and environmental investigations; environmental design; and remediation services on several national programs, as well as compliance with various national environmental policies.

We believe the U.K.’s mandatory climate change and energy saving program, the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme, and the European Union’s Energy Policy for 2011-2020 provide us tremendous opportunity to offer our carbon management, waste management, recycling, landfill, and methane emissions reduction services to our clients. In the U.S., much of our work relates to major environmental statutes, with particular emphasis on the U.S.’ Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as well as green infrastructure over the next 10 years.

Our clients include the DoD, the U.K.’s Nuclear Decommissioning Authority (“NDA”), the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and the United States Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence (“AFCEE”). Some of these projects require execution of capital projects involving sustainment, repair, and modernization of military facilities and infrastructure.

Additionally, we support our clients in such areas as pollution prevention assessments; underground storage tank removal; contaminated soil and water remediation, monitoring and systems cleanup; long-term water quality management plans; and air quality planning and permitting. Much of this type of work is in support of large infrastructure projects that are underway both in Europe and in North America.

As a differentiating aspect of our support to clients, we provide asset management services in the form of long-term infrastructure operations and maintenance. This is an integral part of our services for the U.S. Department of Energy (“DoE”). Asset management also includes building closures that involve deactivation, decommissioning, and demolition of government facilities.

Refining- Downstream

Our typical refining projects range in size from several thousand dollars to multi-billion-dollar facilities, and include new design and construction, revamps or expansions of existing plants, turnarounds, upgrades of individual process units within refineries, and long-term maintenance services. In addition to our core services for our global refining clients, we provide process assessments, facility appraisals, feasibility studies, technology evaluations, project finance structuring and support, and multi-client subscription services. We are also a market leader in clean fuels, environmental, and compliance projects – all meeting government regulatory requirements.

Our modular construction capabilities, asset management/maintenance services, and formal client alliances help differentiate us in this industry. As a result of the close proximity of processing units in refineries when renovating or upgrading, using modular construction can decrease congestion at the construction site and can also provide enhanced safety, cost, and project execution benefits in remote locations.

In this market, we also include power generation projects within our clients’ refining and processing facilities. Typical projects include simple and combined cycle power projects, industrial gas turbines, and emergency power generation stations. Services where we can offer specific assistance include procurement and commissioning of equipment.

Page 10

Chemicals and Polymers

The types of projects we execute for our clients operating in the chemicals and polymers industries include feedstock synthesis, chemical synthesis, and polymerization. This includes high-pressure processes to produce industrial chemicals and low-pressure, multi-product processes to produce specialty and fine chemicals. We have extensive knowledge of and experience with advanced polymerization reactors and state-of-the-art, post-reactor processing techniques to help bring new products and new facilities to market quickly and economically. One of our areas of focus, due to high feedstock costs, is gasification to produce the feeds for chemicals and fertilizers.

Our clients in this sector focus on safety, reliability, and maintainability to keep operating costs down. To support this initiative, we apply best practices on capital and maintenance work by leveraging resources within our alliances and partnerships that in some cases involve more than 25 chemical facilities for one owner. As these multi-site relationships increase in magnitude, the range of services we can provide our clients broadens and varies from providing on-site planning and basic engineering services to completing an entire capital improvement program.

Our goal is to guide and assist our chemical clients from planning and concept to a constructed and operating chemical facility. Specialty services we provide to our clients in these industries include project finance structuring, market analysis, facility appraisal, and procurement with global inspection capabilities as a value-add to our core services.

Another important aspect of serving our clients in the chemicals business is in the area of field services. We have contracts with major chemical producers worldwide to provide construction, on-site maintenance, and turnaround activities. Many of these contracts are evergreen in nature, with relationships extending over many years due to our focus on safety, value, and client satisfaction and lead us to numerous formal alliances.

Infrastructure

Our strength in this industry segment includes transportation, transit, aviation, water and wastewater, and civil construction projects throughout North America, Europe, the Middle East, and Asia. Representative clients include national government departments and agencies in the U.S. and the U.K.; state departments of transportation within the U.S.; other regional and local agencies; and private industry freight transport firms. In addition, we are growing our markets in the Middle East and Asia.

Transportation infrastructure development/rehabilitation is a core competency of our infrastructure business. Our systems include alternative delivery methods such as design-build, public-private funding ventures, and enterprise management options. Typical projects include highways, bridges, transit, tunnels, airports, railroads, intermodal facilities, and maritime or port projects where our interdisciplinary teams work independently or as an extension of the client’s staff. We also help shape this market by providing program advisory services relating to public-private partnerships and tollways that result in improving mobility within a region’s existing infrastructure with limited traditional transportation funding. Providing alternative financing methods has also proven successful in Europe where there is privatization of public infrastructure systems.

We have a long history of serving international, regional, and municipal airports, as well as air carriers and military installations. While the aviation industry has faced pressure over recent years, our knowledge of air and landside design and technology, our ability to develop sustainable (green) programs, and our depth and breadth of expertise help our aviation clients streamline operations and reduce operating and maintenance costs.

In water infrastructure, we help public and private sector clients develop or rehabilitate critical water resource systems. By integrating water, wastewater, air quality, and waste remediation experience, we provide these clients with the comprehensive expertise needed to deliver complex programs. Clients include regional wastewater treatment agencies, flood control agencies, manufacturers and utilities, local water suppliers, and military installations. We continue to develop water/wastewater conveyance systems and water flood defense projects. We have developed micro-tunneling (“trenchless technology”) as a primary service and successfully applied this specialized process to such projects as water and utility distribution systems and pipelines.

Buildings

Our diversified client base encompassing both public and private sectors throughout the United States, many parts of Europe, and the Middle East relates primarily to institutional, commercial, government and corporate buildings, including projects at many of the world’s leading medical and research centers, and universities. We focus our efforts and resources in areas where capital spending initiatives drive demand, and where changes and advances in technology require innovative, value-adding solutions.

Page 11

We have specific capabilities in energy and power, master planning, and commissioning for office headquarters, aviation facilities, mission-critical centers, municipal and civic buildings, courts and correctional facilities, retail, mixed-use and commercial centers, healthcare and education campuses, and recreation complexes, including some of the most high-profile entertainment facilities. We also specialize in the management of large national rollout store and distribution center programs for top, publicly traded retailers.

Of particular significance is our growing success in applying our diversified technical skill base to both public and private sector clients requiring complete program management. Such contracts typically involve providing technical, professional, and construction services over multiple years to clients with whom we have long standing relationships and tenure of successful service, including alliance or framework programs. We also provide integrated facility management services for which we (often through joint ventures with third parties) assume full responsibility for the ongoing operation and maintenance of entire commercial or industrial complexes on behalf of the client.

Advanced technology clients require highly specialized buildings in the fields of medical research, nano science, biotechnology, and laser sciences. We offer total integrated design and construction management solutions to these projects, many of which are world leaders in their function.

Our national building projects include large, multi-year government building programs in the U.S. and Europe, including renovating and modernizing terminal radar control centers, air traffic control towers, and other aviation facilities; planning and design services for offices, data centers and mission control facilities; and support for complex government-sponsored laboratory and research facilities.

U.S. government agencies we serve include the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”); the General Services Administration (“GSA”); the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”); the U.S. Departments of State, Treasury, Agriculture, Homeland Security, and Defense; and the Army National Guard, among others. In the U.K., we are leading the Custodial Services’ project management delivery program to upgrade the U.K. prison stock and also certain security-led programs such as upgrading works to the Palace of Westminster and some Regional Police Authorities.

We are providing our full range of services to the DoD on military family housing; quality of life projects; training, maintenance, and readiness facilities; and command and control centers, as well as military facilities supporting the DoD’s global re-basing program, the 2005 Base Realignment and Closure (“BRAC”) program.

Oil & Gas — Upstream

In the exploration and production market, many of our upstream projects are in North America, Europe, India, and the Middle East and include offshore and deepwater facilities; heavy oil processing (e.g., oil sands thermal extraction projects); oil recovery through steam injection; and gas treating, gas gathering, and gas storage projects including extraction of commercially valuable elements of the gas stream, utilizing new technologies such as Steam-Assisted Gravity Drainage (“SAGD”).

Typical projects involve the design and construction of projects that recover oil and gas, and include oil thermal recovery facilities either by in-situ means (steam injection or steam-assisted gravity drainage) or oil sands mining, upgraders, pipelines, gas plants, and CO₂ flood. These are typically large projects that may involve many of our offices and normally include our Mumbai, India office as a value-added center to reduce client costs.

We are also providing substantial maintenance and modification services for aging oil and gas facilities around the world, as well as offering unique subsea engineering capabilities that will expand the Company into the subsea completion and production market. In connection with the refining market, we also provide process assessments, facility appraisals, feasibility studies, technology evaluations, project finance structuring, and support services.

Mining and Minerals

Our mining and minerals business targets the non-ferrous and ferrous metal markets, precious metals, energy minerals (uranium, coal, oil sands), industrial and fertilizer minerals (mineral sands, borates, trona, phosphates and potash). We work with many of the world’s current and upcoming successful resources companies undertaking new and existing facility upgrades and process plant developments. We offer project management; front-end studies; and full engineering, procurement, construction, and maintenance (“EPCM”) capabilities; completions, commissioning and start-up services specializing in new plant construction, brownfield expansions, and sustaining capital and maintenance projects.

For our mining and mineral clients, we offer proprietary iron ore pelletizing technology, as well as propriety designs for high-alloy equipment deployed in strong-acid environments. We also provide the industry proprietary sulfuric acid production technology

Page 12

through our Chemetics subsidiary — an important synergistic by-product of the smelting process and a key consumable in mines employing ore leaching technology.

By focusing on mitigating our clients’ resource risk, we are able to provide a reliable and familiar labor pool for their ongoing projects. By hosting local offices in the most active mining geographies (South America, Australia, Canada, India, South Africa), we can help our clients improve their project delivery and resource availability for overstretched labor markets.

Pharmaceuticals and Biotechnology

As companies in this industry continue to experience pressure to decrease product time-to-market, reduce costs, and increase return on investment, the types of services we provide have grown over the years to include modular construction, as well as consulting and strategic planning to help our clients complete capital projects faster and more efficiently. We are leaders in applying LEAN execution techniques to capital project execution. As an example, we increased our efforts to integrate commissioning and validation services, helping reduce the amount of time required to introduce a new drug into the marketplace.

We provide our pharmaceuticals and biotechnology clients single-point consulting, engineering, procurement, construction management, and validation (“EPCMV”) project delivery, enabling us to execute the industry’s largest capital programs on a single-responsibility basis. Typical projects in this sector include laboratories, research and development facilities, pilot plants, bulk active pharmaceutical ingredient production facilities, full-scale biotechnology production facilities, and secondary manufacturing facilities.

Regulatory compliance, state-of-the-art technology, and increased efficiencies are critical issues to our clients in these industries. Such technology and knowledge encompass containment, barrier technology, locally controlled environments, building systems automation, and off-the-site design and fabrication of facility modules. We also bring such expertise in vaccine production and purification, and aseptic processing.

In addition to providing our core services, we rely on our programming, target concept design, 3-D visualization capabilities, project controls, and automation capabilities to provide value to our clients. This enables us to better transition projects from the planning phase through engineering, construction, start-up, commissioning, and validation phases as economically and efficiently as possible.

As new product discovery and development drive capital spending, our multi-domestic structure, as well as formal alliances and preferred provider agreements, enhances our ability to act as a program partner, helping clients effectively manage their strategic investments, and deliver their capital programs worldwide.

Industrial and Other

We provide a broad range of services to our clients operating in the power; pulp and paper; high-technology manufacturing; food, beverage, and consumer products industries and markets.

Power

In this market, we include power generation and cogeneration projects for the energy supply industry. Typical projects include simple and combined cycle power projects, cogeneration power plants, aeroderivative and industrial gas turbines, and emergency power generation stations. Services where we can offer specific assistance include procurement and commissioning of equipment.

Pulp and Paper

The pulp and paper industry has been consolidating for many years, and several of the traditional pulp and paper clients have emerged as major consumer product companies. These clients have created new opportunities for us in non-traditional areas, such as wall board plants and facilities that manufacture diapers and feminine care products. Typical projects range from small mill projects to complex, multi-million-dollar paper machine rebuilds, mill expansions, and the construction of new facilities.

Pulp and paper projects encompass many areas of a mill, including pulping and bleaching, papermaking, chemical recovery, material handling, effluent treatment, and power and steam generation. In the area of papermaking, our expertise includes tissue and towel, coated and uncoated fine papers, newsprint, and linerboard. Our expertise also includes the converting and packaging of paper products for distribution and consumer use. We have been instrumental in designing and installing state-of-the-art facilities for recycled fiber, de-inking, and pulp bleaching.

Our pulp and paper capability extends through our offices in the U.S., U.K., France, Spain, Italy, and Mexico to clients worldwide. A significant portion of our work consists of assisting our clients in their compliance with environmental regulations and standards that affect the pulp and paper industry. We monitor all of the key environmental regulations affecting our clients and offer

Page 13

services, including compliance studies, permitting support, and design of pollution control systems. We also assist with complete permitting services, including associated air modeling, as well as compliance services regarding air pollutant standards and hazardous air pollutant emission limits from industrial boilers for our pulp and paper clients.

High-Technology Manufacturing

We provide our core services for a variety of high tech manufacturing and test facilities, particularly for clients in the automotive and industrial industries.

We are a leader in providing support to automotive manufacturers and component suppliers for the supply of testing services and the management of test assets. Typical automotive projects range from conceptual design and feasibility studies to complete design-build programs of aero-acoustic wind tunnels, engine test facilities, acoustic enclosures, transmission test stands; powertrain, environmental, emissions, altitude, and electromagnetic compatibility test facilities; in-line and end-of-line component test stands; and computer-based measurement and control systems.

We also provide our services for advanced technology and research facilities, including facilities supporting research in fusion and fission energy, nanoscale materials, and high-powered lasers and X-rays to support important research activities in the U.S., Europe, and the U.K.

We also perform projects for clients operating in the semiconductor industry. Projects in the semiconductor industry are typically more complex than many other commercial facilities, requiring a greater emphasis on cleanroom and similar high-end technologies. Our projects range from on-site plant engineering and tool hookups to multi-million dollar state-of-the-art wafer fabrication and crystal growing facilities used to produce solar energy cells, microprocessors for computers, and other consumer electronic devices.

Food, Beverage and Consumer Products

Influenced by discerning, health-conscious consumers with increased awareness of nutrition and wellness, and as a result of growth in the industry, our clients are responding to consumer demands in Asia, Europe, and North America, as well as in certain developing countries. Producers are responding with innovation and renovation of core products, driving investments for new plants and retrofitting of existing ones.

As a leading provider to the entire food, beverage, and consumer products supply chain, our global presence and capabilities allow us to help our clients with targeted expansion and new investments. Our food processing services include hygienic design, clean-in-place (“CIP”) systems, heat transfer systems, material handling of liquids and solids, refrigeration, and compliance with government requirements.

The need to efficiently deliver the right consumer products at the right time remains critical to our clients. From facility design to raw materials processing to converting, packaging, and distribution, our vast depth of expertise helps our clients do just that. Our knowledge of food and beverage processing results in plants that are productive, efficient, and economical.

Our clients are global and diverse, including chicken and meat processors, beer and soda companies, chocolate and candy makers, healthcare product companies, and major food manufacturers and distributors.

Backlog

Backlog represents the total dollar amount of revenues we expect to record in the future as a result of performing work under contracts that have been awarded to us. With respect to O&M contracts, however, we include in backlog the amount of revenues we expect to receive for only one succeeding year, regardless of the remaining life of the contract. For national government programs (other than U.S. federal O&M contracts), our policy is to include in backlog the full contract award, whether funded or unfunded, excluding option periods. In accordance with industry practice, substantially all of our contracts are subject to cancellation, termination, or suspension at the discretion of the client. In addition, the contracts in our backlog are subject to changes in the scope of services to be provided as well as adjustments to the costs relating to the contracts. Our backlog includes expected revenues for contracts that are based on estimates. For information regarding our backlog including those risk factors specific to backlog, please refer to Item 1A — Risk Factors, and Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, below.

Page 14

Significant Customers

The following table sets forth the percentage of total revenues earned directly or indirectly from agencies of the U.S. federal government for each of the last five fiscal years:

2011	2010			2009			2008			2007
24.4%		25.4	%		20.3	%		16.8	%		16.6	%

It is uncommon for a commercial customer to contribute 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues. On occasion, however, we will perform a number of field services projects for a single customer in the same fiscal year which, primarily because of the amount of pass-through costs (discussed below) that is included in revenue, will cause total revenue from that customer to exceed 10% of total consolidated revenues. For the fiscal year ended October 2, 2009 revenues earned from Motiva Enterprises LLC accounted for 12.2% of total consolidated revenues.

Financial Information About Geographic Areas

Selected financial information regarding the geographic areas in which we operate is included in Note 14 — Segment Information of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Contracts

While there is considerable variation in the pricing provisions of the contracts we undertake, our contracts generally fall into three broad categories: cost-reimbursable, fixed-price, and guaranteed maximum price. The following table sets forth the percentages of total revenues represented by these types of contracts for each of the last five fiscal years:

	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Cost-reimbursable		81	%		86	%		85	%		86	%		88	%
Fixed-price		16			13			14			12			10
Guaranteed maximum price		3			1			1			2			2

In accordance with industry practice, most of our contracts (including those with the U.S. federal government) are subject to termination at the discretion of the client, which is discussed in greater detail in Item 1A — Risk Factors. In such situations, our contracts typically provide for reimbursement of costs incurred and payment of fees earned through the date of termination.

When we are directly responsible for engineering, design, procurement, and construction of a project or the maintenance of a client’s plant or facility, we reflect the costs of materials, equipment, and subcontracts in both revenues and costs. On other projects, where the client elects to pay for such items directly and we have no associated responsibility for such items, these amounts are not reflected in either revenues or costs. The following table sets forth the approximate amount of such pass-through costs included in revenues for each of the last five fiscal years (in millions of dollars):

2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
$	2,118.5	$	2,723.3	$	4,017.0	$	3,517.4	$	2,746.7

Cost-Reimbursable Contracts

Cost-reimbursable contracts generally provide for reimbursement of costs incurred plus an amount of profit. The profit element may be in the form of a simple mark-up applied to the labor costs incurred or it may be in the form of a fee, or a combination of a mark-up and a fee. The fee element can also take several forms. The fee may be a fixed amount as specified in the contract; it may be an amount based on a percentage of the costs incurred; or it may be an incentive fee based on targets, milestones, or performance factors defined in the contract. In general, we prefer cost-reimbursable contracts because we believe the primary reason for awarding a contract to us should be our technical expertise and professional qualifications rather than price.

Fixed-Price Contracts

Fixed-price contracts include both “lump sum bid” contracts and “negotiated fixed-price” contracts. Under lump sum bid contracts, we typically bid against other contractors based on specifications the client furnishes. This type of pricing presents certain inherent risks, including the possibility of ambiguities in the specifications received, problems with new technologies, and economic and other changes that may occur over the contract period. Additionally, it is not unusual for lump sum bid contracts to lead to an

Page 15

adversarial relationship with clients, which is contrary to our relationship-based business model. Accordingly, lump sum bid contracts are not our preferred form of contract. In contrast, under a negotiated fixed-price contract, we are selected as the contractor first and then we negotiate a price with our client. Negotiated fixed-price contracts frequently exist in single-responsibility arrangements where we perform some portion of the work before negotiating the total price of the project. Thus, although both types of contracts involve a firm price for the client, the lump sum bid contract provides the greater degree of risk to us. However, because of economies that may be realized during the contract term, both negotiated fixed-price and lump sum bid contracts may offer greater profit potential than other types of contracts. Over the past five years, most of our fixed-price work has been either negotiated fixed-price contracts or lump sum bid contracts for project services, rather than turn-key construction.

Guaranteed Maximum Price Contracts

Guaranteed maximum price contracts are performed in the same manner as cost-reimbursable contracts; however, the total actual cost plus the fee cannot exceed the guaranteed price negotiated with the client. If the total actual cost of the contract exceeds the guaranteed maximum price, then we will bear at least some, if not all, of the excess. In those cases where the total actual cost and fee are less than the guaranteed price, we will often share the savings on a predetermined basis with the client. These contracts are not our preferred form of contract because we believe they often contribute to an adversarial relationship with clients, which is contrary to our relationship-based business model.

Competition

For information regarding the competitive conditions in our business, please refer to Item 1A—Risk Factors, below.

Employees

At September 30, 2011, we had approximately 45,700 full-time, staff employees (including contract staff). Additionally, as of September 30, 2011, there were approximately 14,500 persons employed in the field on a project basis. The number of field employees varies in relation to the number and size of the maintenance and construction projects in progress at any particular time.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The information required by Paragraph (a), and Paragraphs (c) through (g) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K (except for information required by Paragraph (e) of that Item to the extent the required information pertains to our executive officers) and Item 405 of Regulation S-K is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

The following table presents the information required by Paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

				Year Joined the
Name	Age		Position with the Company	Registrant
Craig L. Martin		61	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director		1994
Thomas R. Hammond		60	Executive Vice President, Operations		1975
George A. Kunberger, Jr.		59	Executive Vice President, Global Sales		1979
Gregory J. Landry		63	Executive Vice President, Operations		1984
Joseph G. Mandel		51	Executive Vice President, Operations		2011
John W. Prosser, Jr.		66	Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Treasurer		1974
Cora L. Carmody		54	Senior Vice President, Information Technology		2008
William C. Markley, III		65	Senior Vice President and General Counsel		1981
Patricia H. Summers		54	Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources		2004
Nazim G. Thawerbhoy		64	Senior Vice President and Controller		1979

All of the officers listed in the preceding table serve in their respective capacities at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and, with the exception of Mr. Mandel and Ms. Carmody, have served in executive and senior management capacities with the Company for more than five years.

Prior to joining Jacobs in 2008, Ms. Carmody served as the Chief Information Officer for SAIC Inc., a large provider of scientific, engineering, systems integration and technical services and solutions, from August 2003 to April 2008. Mr. Mandel joined the Company in February 2011 through the acquisition of the Aker Entities. Mr. Mandel served in various senior management roles with Aker Solutions ASA since first joining them in 1995.

Page 16

Available Information

You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C., 20549. In order to obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, a person may call the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. The SEC also maintains a site on the Internet that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and download the various reports we file with, or furnish to, the SEC free of charge from our website, http://www.jacobs.com.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The risks described below highlight some of the factors that have affected and could affect us in the future. We may also be affected by unknown risks or risks that we currently think are immaterial. If any such events actually occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Construction and maintenance sites are inherently dangerous workplaces. If we fail to maintain safe work sites, we can be exposed to significant financial losses as well as civil and criminal liabilities.

Construction and maintenance sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with large pieces of mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, chemical and manufacturing processes, and highly regulated materials. On many sites we are responsible for safety and, accordingly, must implement safety procedures. If we fail to implement such procedures or if the procedures we implement are ineffective, our employees and others may become injured. Unsafe work sites also have the potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, and raise our operating costs. Any of the foregoing could result in financial losses, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, our projects can involve the handling of hazardous and other highly regulated materials, which, if improperly handled or disposed of, could subject us to civil and criminal liabilities. We are also subject to regulations dealing with occupational health and safety. Although we maintain functional groups whose primary purpose is to ensure we implement effective health, safety, and environmental (“HSE”) work procedures throughout our organization, including construction sites and maintenance sites, the failure to comply with such regulations could subject us to liability.

Our safety record is critical to our reputation. Many of our clients require that we meet certain safety criteria to be eligible to bid for contracts and many contracts provide for automatic termination or forfeiture of some or all of our contract fees or profit in the event we fail to meet certain measures. As a result, our failure to maintain adequate safety standards could result in reduced profitability or the loss of projects or clients, and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Negative conditions in the credit and financial markets could impair our ability to operate our business, implement our acquisition strategy, and access our cash and short-term investments; it could also adversely affect our customers’ businesses.

Although we finance much of our operations using cash provided by operations, at times we depend on the availability of credit to grow our business and to help fund business acquisitions. In addition, some of our clients depend of the availability of credit to help finance their capital projects. Due to the continuing instability of the credit markets in the U.S. and abroad, the availability of credit has continued to be relatively difficult or expensive to obtain in spite of government efforts to stabilize the credit markets. This situation could make it more difficult or more expensive for us to access funds, refinance our existing indebtedness (much of which is scheduled to expire in the third quarter of fiscal 2012), enter into agreements for new indebtedness, or obtain funding through the issuance of securities or such additional capital may not be available on terms acceptable to us. In addition, these market conditions could negatively impact our clients’ ability to fund their projects and, therefore, utilize our services, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we are subject to the risk that the counterparties to our credit agreements may go bankrupt if they suffer catastrophic demand on their liquidity that will prevent them from fulfilling their contractual obligations to us. We also routinely enter into contracts with counterparties including vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors that may be negatively impacted by events in the credit markets. If those counterparties are unable to perform their obligations to us or our clients, we may be required to provide additional services or make alternate arrangements on less favorable terms with other parties to ensure adequate performance and delivery of

Page 17

services to our clients. These circumstances could also lead to disputes and litigation with our partners or clients, which could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we typically bill our clients for our services in arrears and are, therefore, subject to our clients delaying or failing to pay our invoices. In weak economic environments, we may experience increased delays and failures due to, among other reasons, a diminution in our clients’ access to the credit markets. If one or more clients delays in paying or fail to pay us a significant amount of our outstanding receivables, it could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

Furthermore, our cash balances and short-term investments are maintained in accounts held by major banks and financial institutions located primarily in North America, Europe, South America, and Asia. Some of our accounts hold deposits in amounts that exceed available insurance. Although none of the financial institutions in which we hold our cash and investments have gone into bankruptcy or forced receivership, or have been seized by their governments, there is a risk that this may occur in the future. If this were to occur, we would be at risk of not being able to access our cash which may result in a temporary liquidity crisis that could impede our ability to fund operations.

Our vulnerability to the cyclical nature of the markets in which our clients operate is exacerbated during economic downturns.

We provide technical, professional, construction, and O&M services to clients operating in a number of markets including oil and gas exploration, production, and refining; programs for various national governments, including the U.S. federal government; chemicals and polymers; mining and minerals; pharmaceuticals and biotechnology; infrastructure; buildings; and other, general industrial and consumer businesses and markets (such as technology and manufacturing; pulp and paper; and food and consumer products). These markets and the resulting demand for our services have been, and we expect will continue to be, cyclical and subject to significant fluctuations due to a variety of factors beyond our control, including economic conditions and changes in client spending, particularly during periods of economic uncertainty.

Current global economic conditions have negatively impacted our clients’ ability and willingness to fund their projects. They have also caused our clients to reduce their capital expenditures, alter the mix of services purchased, seek more favorable price and other contract terms, and otherwise slow their spending on our services. For example, in the public sector, declines in state tax revenues as well as other economic declines may result in lower state and local government spending. In addition, due to these conditions many of our competitors may be more inclined to take greater or unusual risks or accept terms and conditions in contracts that we might not deem acceptable. These conditions have reduced the demand for our services, which has had a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations.

Current economic conditions also make it extremely difficult for our clients, our vendors, and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and could cause businesses to continue to slow spending on our services. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery worldwide or in our clients’ markets. In addition, our business has traditionally lagged recoveries in the general economy and, therefore, may not recover as quickly as the economy at large. A continuation or worsening of current weak economic conditions or a reduction in government spending could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Regardless of economic or market conditions, investment decisions by our customers may vary by location or as a result of other factors like the availability of labor or relative construction cost. Because we are dependent on the timing and funding of new awards, we are therefore vulnerable to changes in our clients’ markets and investment decisions. As a result, our past results have varied considerably and may continue to vary depending upon the demand for future projects in the markets and the locations in which we operate.

Fluctuations in commodity prices may affect our customers’ investment decisions and therefore subject us to risks of cancellation, delays in existing work, or changes in the timing and funding of new awards.

Commodity prices can affect our customers in a number of ways. For example, for those customers that produce commodity products such as oil, gas, copper, or fertilizers, fluctuations in price can have a direct effect on their profitability and cash flow and, therefore, their willingness to continue to invest or make new capital investments. To the extent our customers defer new investments or cancel or delay existing projects, the demand for our services decreases, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Commodity prices can also strongly affect the costs of projects. Rising commodity prices can negatively impact the potential returns on investments that are planned, as well as those in progress, and result in customers deferring new investments or canceling or delaying existing projects. Cancellations and delays have affected our past results and may continue to do so in significant and unpredictable ways and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Page 18

Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to hire, retain, and utilize qualified personnel.

The success of our business is dependent upon our ability to hire, retain, and utilize qualified personnel, including engineers, architects, designers, craft personnel, and corporate management professionals who have the required experience and expertise. From time to time, it may be difficult to attract and retain qualified individuals with the expertise and in the timeframe demanded by our clients. In certain geographic areas, for example, we may not be able to satisfy the demand for our services because of our inability to successfully hire and retain qualified personnel.

In addition, as some of our key personnel approach retirement age, we need to have appropriate succession plans in place and to successfully implement such plans. If we cannot attract and retain qualified personnel or effectively implement appropriate succession plans, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. For example, the uncertainty of contract award timing can present difficulties in matching our workforce size with our contracts. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we could incur cost resulting from excess staff, reductions in staff, or redundancy of facilities that could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial conditions, and results of operations.

The outcome of pending and future claims and litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The nature of our business sometimes results in clients, subcontractors, and vendors presenting claims to us for, among other things, recovery of costs related to certain projects. Similarly, we occasionally present change orders and other claims to our clients, subcontractors, and vendors. If we fail to document properly the nature of our claims and change orders or are otherwise unsuccessful in negotiating reasonable settlements with our clients, subcontractors, and vendors, we could incur cost overruns, reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for a project. Additionally, irrespective of how well we document the nature of our claims and change orders, the cost to prosecute and defend claims and change orders can be significant.

We are a party to litigation in the normal course of business. Most litigation with which we are involved as a defendant relates to workers’ compensation, personal injury, environmental, employment/labor, professional liability, and similar matters. We can be exposed to claims and litigation if, for example, there is a failure at any of the projects for which we have provided engineering or other services. Such claims could relate to, among other things, personal injury, loss of life, business interruption, property damage, pollution, and environmental damage and be brought by our clients or third parties, such as those who use or reside near our clients’ projects. We can also be exposed to claims if we agreed that a project will achieve certain performance standards or satisfy certain technical requirements and those standards or requirements are not met. In many of our contracts with clients, subcontractors, and vendors, we agree to retain or assume potential liabilities for damages, penalties, losses, and other exposures relating to projects that could result in claims that greatly exceed the anticipated profits relating to those contracts.

We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. Our insurance programs have varying coverage limits and maximums. In addition, we have elected to retain a portion of losses that may occur through the use of various deductibles, limits, and retentions under these programs. As a result, we may be subject to future liability for which we are only partially insured, or completely uninsured. Our insurers are also subject to business risk and, as a result, one or more of them may be unable to fulfill their insurance obligations due to insolvency or otherwise.

Pending or future claims against us could result in professional liability, product liability, criminal liability, warranty obligations, and other liabilities which, to the extent we are not insured against a loss or our insurer fails to provide coverage, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Contracts with the U.S. federal government and other governments and their agencies pose additional risks relating to future funding and compliance.

Contracts with the U.S. federal government and other governments and their agencies are subject to various uncertainties, restrictions, and regulations including oversight audits by various government authorities as well as cost controls. Government contracts are also exposed to uncertainties associated with funding. Contracts with the U.S. federal government, for example, are subject to the uncertainties of Congressional funding. Governments are typically under no obligation to maintain funding at any specific level, and funds for government programs may even be eliminated. As a result, our government clients may terminate our contracts for convenience or decide not to renew our contracts with little or no prior notice. In addition, the U.S. federal government has announced its intention to scale back outsourcing of services in favor of “insourcing” jobs to its employees. This practice and its adoption by other government entities could reduce the size and scope of contracts awarded to us. Since government contracts represent a significant percentage of our revenues (for example, those with the U.S. federal government represented approximately

Page 19

24.4% of our total revenue in fiscal 2011), a significant reduction in government funding (e.g., as a result of the efforts of the U.S. Congress Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction) or the loss of such contracts could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, since government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations and a variety of other socio-economic requirements, we must comply with such requirements. For example, for contracts with the U.S. federal government, we must comply with the Federal Acquisition Regulation, the Truth in Negotiations Act, the Cost Accounting Standards, the Service Contract Act, and DoD security regulations. We must also comply with various other government regulations and requirements as well as various statutes related to employment practices, environmental protection, recordkeeping, and accounting. These regulations and requirements affect how we transact business with our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Government contracts also contain terms that expose us to heightened levels of risk and potential liability than non-government contracts. This includes, for example, unlimited indemnification obligations.

We also are subject to government audits, investigations, and proceedings, and so-called “qui tam” actions brought by individuals or the government under the U.S. Federal False Claims Act or under similar state and local laws. For example, government agencies routinely review and audit government contractors to determine whether allowable costs are in accordance with applicable regulations. These audits can result in adjustments to the amount of contract costs we believe are reimbursable by the agencies and the amount of our overhead costs allocated to the agencies.

If we violate a rule or regulation, fail to comply with a contractual or other requirement or do not satisfy an audit, a variety of penalties can be imposed including monetary damages and criminal and civil penalties. In addition, any or all of our government contracts could be terminated, we could be suspended or debarred from all government contract work, or payment of our costs could be disallowed. The occurrence of any of these actions could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We bear the risk of cost overruns in fixed-price and guaranteed maximum price contracts. We may experience reduced profits or, in some cases, losses under these contracts if costs increase above our estimates.

For fiscal 2011, approximately 19% of our revenues were earned under contracts that were either fixed-price or guaranteed maximum price in nature. For these contracts, we bear the risk of paying some, if not all, of any cost overruns. Under fixed-price and guaranteed maximum-price contracts, contract prices are established in part on cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about future economic conditions, prices and availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. If these estimates prove inaccurate, there are errors or ambiguities as to contract specifications, or if circumstances change due to, among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, changes in the costs of raw materials, or our vendors’ or subcontractors’ inability to perform, then cost overruns may occur and we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If the project is significant, or there are one or more issues that impact multiple projects, costs overruns could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The contracts in our backlog may be adjusted, cancelled or suspended by our clients and, therefore, our backlog is not necessarily indicative of our future revenues or earnings. Additionally, even if fully performed, our backlog may not be a good indicator of our future gross margins.

As of the end of fiscal 2011, our backlog totaled approximately $14.3 billion. There is no assurance that backlog will actually be realized as revenues in the amounts reported or, if realized, will result in profits. In accordance with industry practice, substantially all of our contracts are subject to cancellation, termination, or suspension at the discretion of the client. In addition, the contracts in our backlog are subject to changes in the scope of services to be provided as well as adjustments to the costs relating to the contracts. The revenue for certain contracts included in backlog are based on estimates. Projects can remain in backlog for extended periods of time because of the nature of the project and the timing of the particular services required by the project. The risk of contracts in backlog being cancelled or suspended generally increases during periods of wide-spread economic slowdowns.

Additionally, the way we perform on our individual contracts can affect greatly our gross margins and hence, future profitability. In some markets, there is a continuing trend towards cost-reimbursable contracts with incentive-fee arrangements. Typically, our incentive fees are based on such things as achievement of target completion dates or target costs, overall safety performance, overall client satisfaction, and other performance criteria. If we fail to meet such targets or achieve the expected performance standards, we may receive a lower, or even zero, incentive fee resulting in lower gross margins. Accordingly, there is no assurance that the contracts in backlog, assuming they produce the revenues currently expected, will generate gross margins at the rates we have realized in the past.

Page 20

Our use of joint ventures and partnerships exposes us to risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control.

As is common in the industry, we perform certain contracts as a member of joint ventures, partnerships, and similar arrangements. This situation exposes us to a number of risks, including the risk that our partners may be unable to fulfill their obligations to us or our clients. Our partners may also be unable or unwilling to provide the required levels of financial support to the partnerships. If these circumstances occur, we may be required to pay financial penalties or liquidated damages, provide additional services, or make additional investments to ensure adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services. Under agreements with joint and several liabilities, we could be liable for both our obligations and those of our partners. These circumstances could also lead to disputes and litigation with our partners or clients, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we participate in joint ventures and similar arrangements in which we are not the controlling partner. In these cases, we have limited control over the actions of the joint venture. In addition, these joint ventures may not be subject to the same requirements regarding internal controls and internal control over financial reporting that we follow. To the extent the controlling partner makes decisions that negatively impact the joint venture or internal control problems arise within the joint venture, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are dependent on third parties to complete many of our contracts.

Much of the work performed under our contracts is performed by third-party subcontractors we hire. We also rely on third-party equipment manufacturers or suppliers to provide much of the equipment and materials used for projects. If we are unable to hire qualified subcontractors or find qualified equipment manufacturers or suppliers, our ability to successfully complete a project could be impaired. If we are not able to locate qualified third-party subcontractors or the amount we are required to pay for subcontractors or equipment and supplies exceeds what we have estimated, especially in a lump-sum or a fixed-price contract, we may suffer losses on these contracts. If a subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer fails to provide services, supplies or equipment as required under a contract for any reason, we may be required to source these services, equipment or supplies to other third parties on a delayed basis or on less favorable terms, which could impact contract profitability.

In the current economic environment, third-parties may find it difficult to obtain sufficient financing to help fund their operations. The inability to obtain financing could adversely affect a third party’s ability to provide materials, equipment or services which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Maintaining adequate bonding capacity is necessary for us to successfully bid on and win fixed-price contracts.

In line with industry practice, we are often required to provide performance or payment bonds to our customers. These bonds indemnify the customer should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project.

Historically, we have had adequate bonding capacity but, as is typically the case, the issuance of a bond is at the surety’s sole discretion. In addition, because of an overall lack of worldwide bonding capacity, we may find it difficult to find sureties who will provide required levels of bonding or such bonding may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that our bonding capacity will continue to be available to us on reasonable terms. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new contracts that require such bonding could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

If we fail to comply with federal, state, local or foreign governmental requirements, our business may be adversely affected.

We are subject to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that affect our business. For example, we are subject to a variety of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things, discharges to air and water, the handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous or waste materials and the remediation of contamination associated with the releases of hazardous substances and human health and safety. These laws and regulations and the risk of attendant litigation can cause significant delays to a project and add significantly to its cost. Violations of these regulations could subject us and our management to civil and criminal penalties and other liabilities.

Various U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations may impose liability for property damage and costs of investigation and cleanup of hazardous or toxic substances on property currently or previously owned by us or arising out of our waste management or environmental remediation activities. These laws may impose responsibility and liability without regard to knowledge of or causation of the presence of contaminants. The liability under these laws is joint and several. We have potential liabilities associated with our past waste management and other activities and with our current and prior ownership of various

Page 21

properties. The discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of unforeseen clean-up obligations at these or other sites could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

When we perform our services, our personnel and equipment may be exposed to radioactive and hazardous materials and conditions. We may be subject to liability claims by employees, customers, and third parties as a result of such exposures. In addition, we may be subject to fines, penalties or other liabilities arising under environmental or safety laws. A claim, if not covered by insurance, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Such laws, regulations and policies are reviewed periodically and any changes could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could, for example, relax or repeal laws and regulations relating to the environment, which could result in a decline in the demand for our environmental services and, in turn, could negatively impact our revenue. Our failure to comply with such laws or regulations, whether actual or alleged, could expose us to fines, penalties or potential litigation liabilities, including costs, settlements and judgments, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we and many of our clients operate in highly regulated environments, which may require us or our clients to obtain, and to comply with, federal, state, and local government permits and approvals. Any of these permits or approvals may be subject to denial, revocation or modification under various circumstances. Failure to obtain or comply with, or the loss or modification of, the conditions of permits or approvals may subject us to penalties or other liabilities, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and result of operations.

Our global operations require importing and exporting goods and technology across international borders. Although we have policies and procedures to comply with U.S. and foreign international trade laws, the violation of such laws could subject the Company and its employees to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines, or other adverse actions including denial of import or export privileges, and could damage our reputation and therefore, our ability to do business.

Employee, agent or partner misconduct or our overall failure to comply with laws or regulations could weaken our ability to win contracts, which could result in reduced revenues and profits.

Misconduct, fraud, non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or other improper activities by one of our employees, agents or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could include the failure to comply with government procurement regulations, regulations regarding the protection of classified information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and other costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls over financial reporting, environmental laws, and any other applicable laws or regulations. For example, we routinely provide services that may be highly sensitive or that relate to critical national security matters; if a security breach were to occur, our ability to procure future government contracts could be severely limited. The precautions we take to prevent and detect these activities may not be effective, and we could face unknown risks or losses. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations or acts of misconduct could subject us to fines and penalties, loss of security clearance, and suspension or debarment from contracting, which could weaken our ability to win contracts and result in reduced revenues and profits and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, there is no assurance that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from acts committed by our employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for FCPA or other violations (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The loss of or a significant reduction in business from one or a few customers could have an adverse impact on us.

A few clients have in the past and may in the future account for a significant portion of our revenue and/or backlog in any one year or over a period of several consecutive years. For example, in fiscal 2011, 2010, and fiscal 2009, approximately 24.4%, 25.4%, and 20.3%, respectively, of our revenue was earned directly or indirectly from agencies of the U.S. federal government. Although we have long-standing relationships with many of our significant clients, our clients may unilaterally reduce, delay, or cancel their

Page 22

contracts at any time. Our loss of or a significant reduction in business from a significant client could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We engage in a highly competitive business. If we are unable to compete effectively, we could lose market share and our business and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We face intense competition to provide technical, professional, and construction services to clients. The extent of such competition varies by industry, geographic market, and project type. For example, with respect to our construction and operations and maintenance services, clients generally award large projects to large contractors, which may give our larger competitors an advantage when bidding for these projects. Conversely, with respect to our engineering, design, architectural, and consulting services, low barriers of entry can result in competition with smaller, newer competitors. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may experience a loss of market share or reduced profitability or both, which if significant, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our larger competitors for engineering, construction, and maintenance services for process plants include Bechtel, Fluor, Foster Wheeler, KBR, Technip, WorleyParsons, the Shaw Group, and AMEC. In the area of buildings, our competitors include several of the competitors previously mentioned as well as HDR, HOK, AECOM, and Turner. In the area of infrastructure, our competitors include several of the competitors previously mentioned as well as URS, Parsons Brinckerhoff, HNTB, Tetra Tech, Parsons, and W.S. Atkins. In the area of national government programs, our principal competitors include several of the competitors listed above as well as SAIC, CH2M Hill, Weston, Lockheed Martin, and Computer Sciences Corporation.

In addition to the risks discussed elsewhere in Risk Factors, our international operations are also exposed to additional risks and uncertainties including unfavorable political developments and weak foreign economies.

For fiscal 2011, approximately 38% of our revenues was earned from clients outside the U.S. Our business is dependent on the continued success of our international operations, and we expect our international operations to continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenues. At a minimum, our reported financial condition and results of operations are exposed to the effects (both positive and negative) that fluctuating exchange rates have on the process of translating the financial statements of our international operations, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, into the U.S. dollar. In addition, our international operations are subject to a variety of risks, including:

• Recessions and other economic crises in other regions, such as Europe, or specific foreign economies and the impact on our costs of doing business in those countries;

• Difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including logistical and communication challenges;

• Unexpected changes in foreign government policies and regulatory requirements;

• Lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights;

• Renegotiation or nullification of our existing contracts;

• The adoption of new, and the expansion of existing, trade or other restrictions;

• Embargoes;

• Acts of war, civil unrest, force majeure, and terrorism;

• The ability to finance efficiently our foreign operations;

• Social, political, and economic instability;

• Expropriation of property;

• Tax increases;

• Limitations on the ability to repatriate foreign earnings; and

• U.S. government policies.

To the extent our international operations are affected by unexpected or adverse economic, political and other conditions, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Page 23

Our business strategy relies in part on acquisitions to sustain our growth. Acquisitions of other companies present certain risks and uncertainties.

Our business strategy involves growth through, among other things, the acquisition of other companies. Acquiring companies presents a number of risks, including:

• Difficulties relating to combining previously separate entities into a single, integrated, and efficient business;

• The effects of diverting management’s attention from day-to-day operations to matters involving the integration of acquired companies;

• Assumption of liabilities of an acquired business, including liabilities that were unknown at the time the acquisition was negotiated;

• Failure to realize anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements;

• Potentially substantial transaction costs associated with business combinations;

• Potential impairment resulting from the overpayment for an acquisition;

• Difficulties relating to assimilating the personnel, services, and systems of an acquired business and to assimilating marketing and other operational capabilities;

• Increased burdens on our staff and on our administrative, internal control and operating systems, which may hinder our legal and regulatory compliance activities; and

• Difficulties in applying and integrating our system of internal controls to an acquired business.

In addition, there is no assurance that we will continue to locate suitable acquisition targets or that we will be able to consummate any such transactions on terms and conditions acceptable to us. The current credit markets may make it more difficult and costly to finance acquisitions. Acquisitions may also bring us into businesses we have not previously conducted and expose us to additional business risks that are different than those we have traditionally experienced.

In the event we issue stock as consideration for certain acquisitions we may make, we could dilute share ownership.

One method of acquiring companies or otherwise funding our corporate activities is through the issuance of additional equity securities. Accordingly, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-4 on December 7, 2007. If we issue additional equity securities pursuant to this shelf registration statement or otherwise, such issuances could have the effect of diluting our earnings per share as well as our existing shareholders’ individual ownership percentages in the Company.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could have a material negative effect on the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could have a material negative effect on the price of our common stock, because of a number of factors, including:

• Fluctuations in the spending patterns of our government and commercial customers;

• The number and significance of projects executed during a quarter;

• Unanticipated changes in contract performance, particularly with contracts that have funding limits;

• The timing of resolving change orders, requests for equitable adjustments, and other contract adjustments;

• Delays incurred in connection with a project;

• Changes in prices of commodities or other supplies;

• Weather conditions that delay work at project sites;

• The timing of expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions or other corporate initiatives;

• Natural disasters or other crises, such as the hurricanes affecting oil-producing regions like the Gulf of Mexico;

• Staff levels and utilization rates;

• Changes in prices of services offered by our competitors; and

• General economic and political conditions.

Page 24

Our actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used to prepare our financial statements.

In preparing our financial statements, our management is required under U.S. GAAP to make estimates and assumptions as of the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include:

• Recognition of contract revenue, costs, profit or losses in applying the principles of percentage of completion accounting;

• Estimated amounts for expected project losses, warranty costs, contract close-out or other costs;

• Recognition of recoveries under contract change orders or claims;

• Collectability of billed and unbilled accounts receivable and the need and amount of any allowance for doubtful accounts;

• The amount of reserves necessary for self-insured risks;

• Accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation reserves;

• Valuation of assets acquired, and liabilities, goodwill, and intangible assets assumed, in acquisitions;

• Valuation of stock-based compensation; and

• The determination of liabilities under pension and other post-retirement benefit programs.

Our actual business and financial results could differ from our estimates of such results, which could have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

An impairment charge of goodwill could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to test goodwill carried in our Consolidated Balance Sheets for possible impairment on an annual basis based upon a fair value approach. As of September 30, 2011, we had $1.7 billion of goodwill, representing 28.9% of our total assets of $6.0 billion. We have chosen to perform our annual impairment reviews of goodwill at the end of the third quarter of our fiscal year. We also are required to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce our enterprise fair value below its book value. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate, including a significant sustained decline in a reporting unit’s market value, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale or disposition of a significant portion of our business, potential government actions toward our facilities, and other factors.

If the fair value of our reporting units is less than their carrying value, we could be required to record an impairment charge. The amount of any impairment could be significant and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations for the period in which the charge is taken. For a further discussion of goodwill impairment testing, please see Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below.

Rising inflation, interest rates, and/or construction costs could reduce the demand for our services as well as decrease our profit on our existing contracts, in particular with respect to our fixed-price contracts.

Rising inflation, interest rates, or construction costs could reduce the demand for our services. In addition, we bear all of the risk of rising inflation with respect to those contracts that are fixed-price and may be at risk to the effects of rising inflation with respect to those contracts that are guaranteed maximum-price. Because a significant portion of our revenues are earned from cost-reimbursable type contracts (approximately 81% during fiscal 2011), the effects of inflation on our financial condition and results of operations over the past few years have been generally minor. However, if we expand our business into markets and geographic areas where fixed-price and lump-sum work is more prevalent, inflation may have a larger impact on our results of operations in the future. Therefore, increases in inflation, interest rates or construction costs could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be affected by market or regulatory responses to climate change.

Growing concerns about climate change may result in the imposition of additional environmental regulations. For example, there is a growing consensus that new and additional regulations may be enacted concerning, among other things, greenhouse gas emissions could result in increased compliance costs for us and our clients. Legislation, international protocols, regulation or other restrictions on emissions could also affect our clients, including those who are involved in the exploration, production or refining of fossil fuels. Such changes could increase the costs of projects for our clients or, in some cases, prevent a project from going forward, thereby potentially reducing the need for our services, which would in turn have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. However, these changes could also increase the pace projects, such as carbon capture or storage

Page 25

projects, that could have a positive impact on our business. We cannot predict when or whether any of these various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers.

Our effective tax rate may increase or decrease.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We are regularly under audit by tax authorities. Although we believe that our tax estimates and tax positions are reasonable, they could be materially affected by many factors including the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation, the introduction of new tax accounting standards, legislation, regulations, and related interpretations, our global mix of earnings, the realizability of deferred tax assets and changes in uncertain tax positions. An increase or decrease in our effective tax rate could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Systems and information technology interruption could adversely impact our ability to operate.

We rely heavily on computer, information, and communications technology and related systems in order to properly operate our business. From time to time, we experience occasional system interruptions and delays. In the event we are unable to regularly deploy software and hardware, effectively upgrade our systems and network infrastructure, and take other steps to maintain or improve the efficiency and efficacy of our systems, the operation of such systems could be interrupted or result in the loss, corruption, or release of data. In addition, our computer and communication systems and operations could be damaged or interrupted by natural disasters, telecommunications failures, acts of war or terrorism, computer viruses, physical or electronic security breaches, or similar events or disruptions. Any of these or other events could cause interruptions, delays, loss of critical and/or sensitive data or similar effects, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, protection of intellectual property, and results of operations, as well as those of our clients.

We are subject to professional standards, duties and statutory obligations on professional reports and opinions we issue, which could subject us to monetary damages.

We issue reports and opinions to clients based on our professional engineering expertise as well as our other professional credentials that subject us to professional standards, duties and obligations regulating the performance of our services. For example, we issue opinions and reports to government clients in connection with securities offerings. If a client or another third party alleges that our report or opinion is incorrect or it is improperly relied upon and we are held responsible, we could be subject to significant monetary damages.

Delaware law and our charter documents may impede or discourage a takeover or change of control.

We are a Delaware corporation. Certain anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware general corporation law impose restrictions on the ability of others to acquire control of us. In addition, certain provisions of our charter documents may impede or discourage a takeover. For example:

• Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;

• Only our Board of Directors can fill vacancies on the board;

• There are various restrictions on the ability of a shareholder to nominate a director for election; and

• Our Board of Directors can authorize the issuance of preference shares.

These types of provisions, as well as our ability to adopt a shareholder rights agreement in the future, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders. Accordingly, stockholders may be limited in the ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Page 26

Item 2. PROPERTIES

Our properties consist primarily of office space within general, commercial office buildings located in major cities primarily in the following countries: United States; Austria; Australia; Belgium; Canada; Chile; China; the Czech Republic; Finland; France; Germany; Greece; India; Italy; Mexico; Morocco; The Netherlands; Poland; Puerto Rico; Peru; Republic of Ireland; Saudi Arabia; Singapore; Spain; Sweden; United Arab Emirates; and the U.K. Such space is used for operations (providing technical, professional, and other home office services), sales, and administration. Most of our properties are leased. In addition, we own facilities located in Charleston, South Carolina which serve as our principal manufacturing and fabrication site for our modular construction activities. The total amount of space used by us for all of our operations is approximately 8.0 million square feet.

We also lease smaller, project offices located throughout the U.S., the U.K., and in certain other countries. We also rent a portion of our construction equipment on a short-term basis.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The information required by this Item 3 is included in Note 11 — Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information regarding the Company’s executive officers is set forth under the caption “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in Part III, Item 10, of this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Page 27

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Jacobs’ common stock is listed on the NYSE and trades under the symbol JEC. We provided to the NYSE, without qualification, the required annual certification of our Chief Executive Officer regarding compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards. The following table sets forth the low and high sales prices of a share of our common stock during each of the fiscal quarters presented, based on the NYSE consolidated transaction report:

	Low Sales Price		High Sales Price
Fiscal 2011:
First quarter	$	37.39	$	47.97
Second quarter		44.92		55.73
Third quarter		40.53		51.84
Fourth quarter		31.69		43.96
Fiscal 2010:
First quarter	$	33.70	$	47.90
Second quarter		35.02		46.30
Third quarter		34.91		50.68
Fourth quarter		34.39		40.00

Holders

According to the records of our transfer agent, there were 1,394 shareholders of record as of November 15, 2011.

Dividends

Our policy is to use cash flows from operations to fund future growth, pay down debt, and, subject to market conditions, repurchase common stock under a stock buy-back program approved by our Board of Directors. Accordingly, we have not paid a cash dividend since fiscal 1984. Although our Board of Directors periodically reviews and considers the merits of paying cash dividends and buying back shares of our common stock, we currently have no plans to pay cash dividends or repurchase our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Page 28

Performance Graph

The following graph shows the changes over the past five-year period in the value of $100 invested at the end of fiscal 2006 in (1) the common stock of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., (2) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, and (3) the Dow Jones Heavy Construction Group Index. The values of each investment are based on share price appreciation, with reinvestment of all dividends, provided any were paid. The investments are assumed to have occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., the S&P 500 Index

and the Dow Jones US Heavy Construction Index

	2006		2007		2008		2009		2010		2011
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.		100.00		202.27		145.35		122.98		103.57		86.42
S&P 500		100.00		116.44		90.85		84.58		93.17		94.24
Dow Jones US Heavy Construction		100.00		202.05		129.37		122.74		116.03		101.50

Note: The above information was provided by Research Data Group, Inc.

The stock performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Page 29

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected financial data for each of the last five fiscal years. This selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Amounts are presented in thousands, except for per share information:

	2011			2010 (a)			2009			2008			2007
Results of Operations:
Revenues	$	10,381,664		$	9,915,517		$	11,467,376		$	11,252,159		$	8,473,970
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		331,029			245,974			399,854			420,742			287,130
Financial Position:
Current ratio		1.53 to 1			2.23 to 1			2.17 to 1			1.74 to 1			1.78 to 1
Working capital	$	1,099,308		$	1,527,589		$	1,522,548		$	1,173,237		$	1,001,644
Current assets		3,157,353			2,767,042			2,818,449			2,750,234			2,278,078
Total assets		6,049,428			4,683,917			4,428,614			4,278,238			3,389,421
Long-term debt		2,042			509			737			55,675			40,450
Total Jacobs stockholders’ equity		3,312,988			2,859,048			2,625,913			2,245,147			1,843,662
Return on average equity		10.73	%		8.97	%		16.42	%		20.58	%		17.58	%
Backlog:
Technical professional services	$	9,100,100		$	7,588,900		$	8,209,300		$	8,085,200		$	6,188,500
Field services		5,189,700			5,613,100			7,010,100			8,611,400			7,397,300
Total	$	14,289,800		$	13,202,000		$	15,219,400		$	16,696,600		$	13,585,800
Per Share Information:
Basic earnings per share	$	2.63		$	1.98		$	3.26		$	3.47		$	2.42
Diluted earnings per share		2.60			1.96			3.21			3.38			2.35
Stockholders’ equity		25.93			22.71			21.14			18.30			15.34
Average Number of Shares of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (Diluted)		127,235			125,790			124,534			124,357			122,226
Common Shares Outstanding At Year End		127,785			125,909			124,230			122,701			120,222

(a) Includes non-recurring, after-tax charges totaling $60.3 million, or $0.48 per basic and diluted share, relating to the SIVOM Judgment (refer to Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, below, for a description of these matters and their effects on the Company’s fiscal 2010 Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as for a reconciliation to the Company’s fiscal 2010 consolidated results of operations in accordance with U.S. GAAP).

Page 30

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Critical Accounting Policies

In order to understand better the changes that occur to key elements of our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, a reader of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) should be aware of the critical accounting policies we apply in preparing our consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements contained in this report were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of any business performing long-term engineering and construction-type contracts requires management to make certain estimates and judgments that affect both the entity’s results of operations and the carrying values of its assets and liabilities. Although our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 – Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following discussion is intended to highlight and describe those accounting policies that are especially critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Accounting for Contracts and Use of Joint Ventures—In general, we recognize revenues at the time we provide services. Depending on the commercial terms of the contract, we recognize revenues either when costs are incurred, or using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting by relating contract costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion. This method of revenue recognition requires us to prepare estimates of costs to complete contracts in progress. In making such estimates, judgments are required to evaluate contingencies such as potential variances in schedule; the costs of materials and labor; productivity; and the impact of change orders, liability claims, contract disputes, and achievement of contractual performance standards. Many of our engineering and construction contracts provide for reimbursement of costs plus a fixed or percentage fee. For contracts containing incentive fee arrangements, fees are frequently based on achievement of target completion dates, target costs, and/or other performance criteria. Failure to meet these targets or increases in contract costs can result in unrealized incentive fees or non-recoverable costs, which could exceed revenues recognized from the project.

We provide for contract losses in their entirety in the period they become known, without regard to the percentage of completion. For multiple contracts with a single customer we account for each contract separately.

The nature of our business sometimes results in clients, subcontractors or vendors presenting claims to us for recovery of costs they incurred in excess of what they expected to incur, or for which they believe they are not contractually responsible. In those situations where a claim against us may result in additional costs to the contract, we include in the total estimated costs of the contract (and therefore, the estimated amount of margin to be earned under the contract) an estimate, based on all relevant facts and circumstances available, of the additional costs to be incurred. Similarly, and in the normal course of business, we may present claims to our clients for costs we have incurred for which we believe we are not contractually responsible. In those situations where we have presented such claims to our clients, we include in revenues the amount of costs incurred, without profit, to the extent it is probable that the claims will result in additional contract revenue, and the amount of such additional revenue can be reliably estimated. Costs associated with unapproved change orders are included in revenues using substantially the same criteria used for claims.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts with government customers as well as certain commercial clients provide that contract costs are subject to audit and adjustment. In this situation, revenues are recorded at the time services are performed based upon the amounts we expect to realize upon completion of the contracts. In those situations where an audit indicates that we may have billed a client for costs that are not allowable under the terms of the contract, we estimate the amount of such nonbillable costs and adjust our revenues accordingly.

As is common to the industry, we execute certain contracts jointly with third parties through various forms of joint ventures and consortiums. Although the joint ventures own and hold the contracts with the clients, the services required by the contracts are typically performed by us and our joint venture partners, or by other subcontractors under subcontracting agreements with the joint ventures. The assets of our joint ventures, therefore, consist almost entirely of cash and receivables (representing amounts due from clients), and the liabilities of our joint ventures consist almost entirely of amounts due to the joint venture partners (for services provided by the partners to the joint ventures under their individual subcontracts) and other subcontractors. In general, at any given time, the equity of our joint ventures represents the undistributed profits earned on contracts the joint ventures hold with clients. Very few of our joint ventures have employees. None of our joint ventures have third-party debt or credit facilities. Our joint ventures, therefore, are simply mechanisms used to deliver engineering and construction services to clients. Rarely do they, in and of themselves, present any risk of loss to us or to our partners separate from those that we would carry if we were performing the contract on our own. Under U.S. GAAP, our share of losses associated with the contracts held by the joint ventures, if and when they occur, has always been reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page 31

On October 2, 2010 the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) new accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIE”). This guidance replaces the quantitative-based assessment for determining which participant in a VIE has a controlling interest in the VIE with an approach that is now primarily qualitative. The Company has reassessed its VIEs using the new guidance. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In evaluating our VIEs, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether or not we have a controlling financial interest in the VIE. We are deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE if we have (i) the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and (ii) the right to receive benefits, or obligation to absorb losses, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In making our qualitative analysis, we assess each VIE to determine those activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and whether we, another party, or multiple parties have the power to direct such activities.

If we determine that we have the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its financial performance and have the right or obligation to receive benefits or absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE then we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE and we consolidate the VIE. If we determine that we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE or power is shared by two or more unrelated parties then we are not the primary beneficiary and we do not consolidate the VIE. For the Company’s unconsolidated joint ventures, we use either the equity method of accounting or proportional consolidation. The Company does not currently participate in any significant VIEs in which it has a controlling financial interest that it does not consolidate.

Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and Others— We measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the award. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Like all option-pricing models, the Black-Scholes models require the use of highly subjective assumptions including (i) the expected volatility of the market price of the underlying stock, and (ii) the expected term of the award, among others. Accordingly, changes in assumptions and any subsequent adjustments to those assumptions can cause drastically different fair values to be assigned to our stock option awards. For restricted stock units containing service and performance conditions, compensation expense is based on the fair value of such units using a Monte Carlo Simulation. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of assumptions and the results of applying Monte Carlo Simulations, the amount of expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may not be representative of the effects on our future consolidated financial statements because equity awards tend to vest over several years and additional equity awards may be made in the future.

Accounting for Pension Plans— The accounting for pension plans requires the use of assumptions and estimates in order to calculate periodic pension cost and the value of the plans’ assets and liabilities. These assumptions include discount rates, investment returns, and projected salary increases, among others. The actuarial assumptions used in determining the funded statuses of the plans are provided in Note 7 – Pension Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The expected rates of return on plan assets for fiscal 2012 range from 2.7% to 7.5%; this compares to a range of 2.2% to 8.0% for fiscal 2011. We believe the range of rates we applied for fiscal 2012 reflects the long-term returns expected on the plans’ assets, considering recent market conditions, projected rates of inflation, the diversification of the plans’ assets, and the expected real rates of market returns. The discount rates used to compute plan liabilities were changed from a range of 2.1% to 5.1% in fiscal 2010 to a range of 2.6% to 5.9% in fiscal 2011. These assumptions represent the Company’s best estimate of the rates at which its pension obligations could be effectively settled.

Changes in the actuarial assumptions often have a material affect on the values assigned to plan assets and liabilities, and the associated pension expense. For example, if the discount rate used to value the net pension benefit obligation (“PBO”) at September 30, 2011 was higher (lower) by 0.5%, the PBO would have been lower (higher) at that date by approximately $79.0 million for non-U.S. plans, and by approximately $28.3 million for U.S. plans. If the expected return on plan assets was higher (lower) by 1.0%, the net periodic pension cost for fiscal 2012 would be lower (higher) by approximately $7.6 million for non-U.S. plans, and by approximately $2.4 million for U.S. plans. Differences between actuarial assumptions and actual performance (i.e., actuarial gains and losses) that are not recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost in the period in which such differences arise are recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized as part of net periodic pension cost in future periods in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management monitors trends in the marketplace within which our pension plans operate in an effort to assure the fairness of the actuarial assumptions used.

Page 32

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance— In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. The guarantees to which we are a party generally relate to project schedules and plant performance. Most of the litigation in which we are involved has us as a defendant in workers’ compensation; personal injury; environmental; employment/labor; professional liability; and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. We have elected, however, to retain a portion of losses that occur through the use of various deductibles, limits, and retentions under our insurance programs. This situation may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially insured, or completely uninsured, and we intend to mitigate any such future liability by continuing to exercise prudent business judgment in negotiating the terms and conditions of our contracts.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we record in our Consolidated Balance Sheets amounts representing our estimated liability relating to such guarantees, litigation, and insurance claims. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated results of operations.

In addition, as a contractor providing services to the United States federal government and several of its agencies, we are subject to many levels of audits, investigations, and claims by, or on behalf of, the U.S. federal government with respect to contract performance, pricing, costs, cost allocations, and procurement practices. We adjust revenues based upon the amounts we expect to realize considering the effects of any client audits or governmental investigations.

Testing Goodwill for Possible Impairment— The goodwill carried in our Consolidated Balance Sheets is tested annually for possible impairment. In performing the annual impairment test, we evaluate our goodwill at the reporting unit level. We have determined that we have two reporting units, which are based on geography. We refer to these reporting units internally as “Europe” and “Non-Europe”. Each of our reporting units conducts the business activities described elsewhere in this 2011 Form 10-K, which includes providing professional technical services such as design, engineering, and architectural services; construction and/or construction management services; and maintenance and operations services.

Our geography-based reporting units reflect the Company’s organizational structure, which is based predominately on geography, as well as our acquisition strategy, which favors acquisition targets that, among other things, provide access to new geographic areas. Our reporting units represent rational groupings into which substantially all of our major acquisitions (which are responsible for the goodwill appearing in our consolidated balance sheet) have been assimilated, and where all of the operations under each reporting unit share in the benefits of the goodwill created by our acquisitions.

U.S. GAAP does not prescribe a specific valuation method for estimating the fair value of reporting units. We determined that a market approach is an appropriate method for valuing our reporting units in light of its common use as a technique for valuing businesses in general. Using this method, the fair value of our reporting units was estimated by multiplying their respective after-tax earnings for the trailing twelve months by the Company’s overall average market earnings multiple. Since the activities of each reporting unit approximates that of the Company overall, we concluded that the use the Company’s market multiple for purposes of applying the market-based valuation approach was reasonable. We also consider the market multiples of similar businesses. We believe that the use of this multiple is appropriate considering that both reporting units have qualitative characteristics that are generally consistent with those of the parent company. Those characteristics include size in terms of resources (i.e., personnel); a large, diverse client base; broad geographic reach; and a broad range of design, engineering, and construction and construction management capabilities.

The determination of reporting units and the selection of the valuation technique used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units requires the exercise of judgment by management. The fair values resulting from the valuation technique used are not necessarily representative of the values we might obtain in a sale of the reporting units to willing third parties.

As mentioned above, the key inputs used in the valuation model are the after-tax earnings of our reporting units and the Company’s market-driven average earnings multiple. The multiples used for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 were approximately 18, 14, and 15, respectively. In the event either the after-tax earnings of the Company’s reporting units or the Company’s market earnings multiples decline significantly after the date the annual impairment test is performed, the Company will re-perform the test at a date closer to fiscal year-end. We have determined that the fair value of our reporting units substantially exceeded their respective carrying values for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Based on the most recent results of our annual impairment tests, there were no indications of impairment of the goodwill shown in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at either September 30, 2011 or October 1, 2010.

Changes in the inputs used in our valuation model (i.e., declines in the Company’s average earnings multiple or the after-tax earnings of our reporting units) could result in an indication of possible impairment of goodwill in the future.

Page 33

Fiscal 2011 — Overview

The most significant event that affects the comparability of the Company’s consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2010 is the loss that was recorded last year in connection with the SIVOM Judgment.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2010, we received an unfavorable court judgment relating to a waste incineration project in France for the SIVOM de Mulhousienne (the “SIVOM Judgment”). The SIVOM project was performed by a consortium of contractors that was led by one of our subsidiaries under a contract that was entered into in 1996, prior to our acquisition of that subsidiary. As a result of the judgment, we recorded a pre-tax charge to earnings of approximately $93.3 million. Net of the effects of the charge on the Company’s long-term incentive bonus plan and income taxes, the effect on net earnings attributable to Jacobs for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010 was approximately $60.3 million, or $0.48 per diluted share.

Because of the unusual nature of the SIVOM Judgment, we include in certain places within this MD&A a discussion of the Company’s consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2011 as it compares to fiscal 2010, both with and without the effects of the SIVOM Judgment. Although any fiscal 2010 information that excludes the effects of the SIVOM Judgment is non-U.S. GAAP, it is presented because Management believes such information provides a better point of reference for assessing the Company’s current financial performance and operating trends.

The following table reconciles the Company’s fiscal 2010 consolidated results of operations presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP to its fiscal 2010 consolidated results of operations excluding the effects of the SIVOM Judgment (in thousands, except earnings per share):

Financial Statement Element	Results as Presented (U.S. GAAP)			Effects of the SIVOM  Judgment			Results Before the Effects of the SIVOM Judgment (non-U.S. GAAP)
Revenue	$	9,915,517		$	(25,894	)	$	9,941,411
Direct costs of contracts	$	(8,582,912	)	$	(58,641	)	$	(8,524,271	)
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	$	(932,522	)	$	6,363		$	(938,885	)
Net interest income (expense)	$	(5,083	)	$	(8,725	)	$	3,642
Earnings (loss) before taxes	$	391,934		$	(86,897	)	$	478,831
Income tax (expense) benefit	$	(145,647	)	$	26,620		$	(172,267	)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Jacobs	$	245,974		$	(60,277	)	$	306,251
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	1.96		$	(0.48	)	$	2.44

The Company’s net earnings increased $85.1 million, or 34.6%, from $246.0 million for fiscal 2010 to $331.0 million for fiscal 2011. Excluding the effects of the SIVOM Judgment, the Company’s net earnings increased $24.8 million, or 8.1%, from $306.3 million for fiscal 2010 to $331.0 million for fiscal 2011. Contributing to this increase in net earnings was an increase in revenues on projects for customers operating in a number of industry groups and markets including mining and minerals (due primarily to the acquisition of the Aker Entities, which is discussed in more detail in Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements); infrastructure; chemicals and polymers; and oil & gas – upstream). Also contributing to the increase in net earnings was good control over our selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses. Although SG&A expenses increased $108.1 million, or 11.6%, from $932.5 million in fiscal 2010 to $1.04 billion in fiscal 2011, the Aker Entities contributed approximately $113.0 million of this increase.

With respect to the Company’s consolidated financial condition, bank indebtedness increased $488.2 million during fiscal 2011, from $79.9 million at October 1, 2010 to $568.1 million at September 30, 2011. Substantially all of the increase relates to debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of the Aker Entities.

Backlog at September 30. 2011 increased $1.1 billion, or 8.2%, to $14.3 billion. Included in this amount is approximately $1.0 billion related to the Aker Entities. Backlog at September 30, 2011 includes new awards from clients operating in the Oil & Gas-Upstream, High Technology, and Infrastructure industries and markets.

Page 34

Results of Operations

General

Our business focuses exclusively on providing technical, professional, and construction services to a large number of industrial, commercial, and governmental clients around the world. The services we provide generally fall into four broad categories:

• Project services (which includes engineering, design, architectural, interiors, planning, and similar services);

• Process, Scientific, and Systems Consulting services (which include a wide variety of services performed in connection with scientific testing, analysis, and consulting activities, as well as information technology, and systems engineering and integration activities);

• Construction services (which encompasses traditional field construction services as well as modular construction activities, and includes direct-hire construction and construction management services); and

• Operations and Maintenance services (which include services performed in connection with operating large, complex facilities on behalf of clients, as well as services involving process plant and facilities maintenance).

The scope of services we can provide our clients, therefore, ranges from consulting and conceptual design services (which are often required by clients in the very early stages of a project) to complete single-responsibility, design-build contracts, to services required in the post start-up phases of a project such as maintenance and operations services.

The following table sets forth our revenues by type of service for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Technical Professional Services Revenues:
Project Services	$	5,070,575	$	4,224,898	$	4,644,043
Process, Scientific, and Systems Consulting		815,561		888,405		894,446
Total Technical Professional Services Revenues		5,886,136		5,113,303		5,538,489
Field Services Revenues:
Construction		3,060,820		3,722,101		4,763,640
Operations and Maintenance (“O&M”)		1,434,708		1,080,113		1,165,247
Total Field Services Revenues		4,495,528		4,802,214		5,928,887
	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376

We focus our services on clients operating in select industry groups and markets. We believe these industry groups and markets have sufficient common needs to permit cross-utilization of our resources. The following table sets forth our revenues by these industry groups and markets for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
National Government Programs	$	2,313,240	$	2,314,548	$	2,148,688
Refining – Downstream		2,256,092		2,876,059		3,850,734
Chemicals and Polymers		1,461,125		1,203,373		1,210,027
Infrastructure		1,219,633		938,978		933,519
Buildings		893,528		869,248		793,041
Oil & Gas – Upstream		753,471		559,492		895,284
Mining & Minerals		449,194		26,161		136,851
Pharmaceuticals and Biotechnology		404,687		589,795		875,007
Industrial and Other		630,694		537,863		624,225
	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376

We recorded net earnings of $331.0 million, or $2.60 per diluted share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, compared to $246.0 million, or $1.96 per diluted share for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010. Excluding the effects of the SIVOM Judgment, net earnings and earnings per share for fiscal 2010 were $306.3 million and $2.44, respectively.

Revenues increased $466.1 million, or 4.7%, from $9.9 billion for fiscal 2010 to $10.4 billion for fiscal 2011. Revenues from clients operating in the Mining and Minerals markets increased significantly during fiscal 2011 due primarily to the acquisition of the Aker Entities. Revenues from clients for Infrastructure projects increased $280.7 million, or 29.9%, from $939.0 million for fiscal 2010 to $1.2 billion for fiscal 2011. Contributing to this increase were higher Project Services revenues for various transportation projects in the U.S. combined with revenues attributable to the Aker Entities. Revenues from clients operating in the Chemicals & Polymers markets increased $257.8 million, or 21.4%, from $1.2 billion for fiscal 2010 to $1.5 billion for fiscal 2011. Revenues from clients

Page 35

operating in the Oil & Gas – Upstream markets increased $194.0 million, or 34.7%, from $559.5 million for fiscal 2010 to $753.5 million for fiscal 2011. Contributing to this increase were several large, EPC projects performed in North America.

Direct costs of contracts increased $239.3 million, or 2.8%, from $8.6 billion during fiscal 2010 to $8.8 billion during fiscal 2011. Direct costs of contracts include all costs incurred in connection with and directly for the benefit of client contracts, including depreciation and amortization relating to assets used in connection with providing the services required by client projects. The level of direct costs of contracts may fluctuate between reporting periods due to a variety of factors including the amount of pass-through costs we incur during a period. On those projects where we are responsible for subcontract labor or third-party materials and equipment, we reflect the amounts of such items in both revenues and costs (and we refer to such costs as “pass-through costs”). On other projects, where the client elects to pay for such items directly and we have no associated responsibility for such items, these amounts are not considered pass-through costs and are, therefore, not reflected in either revenues or costs. To the extent that we incur a significant amount of pass-through costs in a period, our direct cost of contracts are likely to increase as well.

Pass-through costs decreased $604.8 million, or 22.2%, from $2.7 billion during fiscal 2010 to $2.1 billion for fiscal 2011. In general, pass-through costs are more significant on projects that have a higher content of field services activities. Field services revenues decreased $306.7 million, or 6.4%, from $4.8 billion during fiscal 2010 to $4.5 billion during fiscal 2011. Pass-through costs are generally incurred at a specific point in the lifecycle of a project and are highly dependent on the needs of our individual clients and the nature of the clients’ projects. However, because we have hundreds of projects which start at various times within a fiscal year, the effect of pass-through costs on the level of direct costs of contracts can vary between fiscal years without there being a fundamental or significant change to the underlying business.

As a percentage of revenues, direct costs of contracts were 85.0% for fiscal 2011, compared to 86.6% for fiscal 2010. The relationship between direct costs of contracts and revenues will fluctuate between reporting periods depending on a variety of factors including the mix of business during the reporting periods being compared as well as the level of margins earned from the various types of services provided. Generally speaking, the more procurement we do on behalf of our clients (i.e., where we purchase equipment and materials for use on projects, and/or procure subcontracts in connection with projects) and the more field services revenues we have relative to technical, professional services revenues, the higher the ratio will be of direct costs of contracts to revenues. Because revenues from pass-through costs typically have lower margin rates associated with them, it is not unusual for us to experience an increase or decrease in such revenues without experiencing a corresponding increase or decrease in our gross margins and operating profit. The decrease in the ratio of direct costs of contracts to revenues in fiscal 2011 as compared to last year was due primarily to lower levels of pass-through costs.

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2011 increased by $108.1 million, or 11.6%, to $1.04 billion, compared to $932.5 million for fiscal 2010. The Aker Entities contributed $113.0 million (inclusive of due diligence and integration costs) of SG&A expenses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. Excluding the SG&A expenses of the Aker Entities, SG&A expenses for fiscal 2011 decreased by $4.9 million compared to fiscal 2010. Our SG&A expenses typically fluctuate as a result of changes in home-office headcount and the amount of spending required to support our technical professional services activities, which normally require additional overhead costs. Therefore, when our technical professional services revenues increase or decrease, it is not unusual to see a corresponding change in SG&A expenses. The decrease in SG&A expenses during fiscal 2011 was due primarily to management’s efforts to reduce SG&A expenses.

Operating profit was $518.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, compared to $400.1 million ($478.3 million, before the effects of the SIVOM Judgment), for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010. As a percentage of revenues, operating profit was 5.0% for fiscal 2011, compared to 4.0% in fiscal 2010 (4.8%, before the effects of the SIVOM Judgment).

Even though the Company maintained significant cash balances during fiscal 2011, the rate of interest earned on our deposits and investments remained low in fiscal 2011.

Interest expense for fiscal 2011 decreased $1.1 million, as compared to fiscal 2010. Excluding the effects of the SIVOM Judgment, interest expense for fiscal 2011 increased $8.8 million as compared to fiscal 2010. The increase in interest expense in fiscal 2011 was due primarily to the debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of the Aker Entities. Interest expense in fiscal 2010 included the reversal of $2.9 million of interest expense that was accrued over a number of years in connection with an income tax matter that was resolved successfully.

The Company’s consolidated effective income tax rate was 35.1% for fiscal 2011, compared to 37.2% in fiscal 2010. The tax rate in fiscal 2011 decreased from fiscal 2010 due to a change in the mix of international work and the successful resolution of a U.S. domestic tax issue. In the normal course of our business, we may engage in numerous transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome (including the period in which the transaction will ultimately be included in income or deducted as an expense) is uncertain. Additionally, we file income, franchise, gross receipts and similar tax returns in many jurisdictions. Our tax returns are subject to audit and investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, most states in the United States, and by various government agencies

Page 36

representing many jurisdictions outside the United States. We continually monitor the appropriateness of the rate, and we adjust our income tax expense in the period it is probable that actual results will change.

Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

We recorded net earnings of $246.0 million, or $1.96 per diluted share ($306.3 million, or $2.44 per diluted share, before the effects of the SIVOM Judgment), for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010, compared to net earnings of $399.9 million, or $3.21 per diluted share, for fiscal 2009.

Revenues for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010 totaled $9.9 billion, and represents a decrease of $1.6 billion, or 13.5%, as compared to $11.5 billion for fiscal 2009.

Revenues during fiscal 2010 from projects for clients operating in many of the industry groups and markets we serve were significantly lower as compared to fiscal 2009. The larger decreases occurred in the Refining – Downstream; Oil & Gas – Upstream; and the Pharmaceuticals and Biotechnology industry groups and markets. These declines related to the normal winding-down and completion of large projects, combined with the lack of new project awards. These industry groups and markets was also significantly impacted by the global recession, causing many clients to re-examine their capital expenditure plans resulting in the delay in the release of new projects, and, in certain instances, cancellations of projects awarded to us previously. Also contributing to the decline in revenues within these industry groups and markets was a $1.3 billion, or 32.2%, decrease in pass-through costs.

In contrast, revenues during fiscal 2010 from projects for National Government Program clients increased by $165.9 million, or 7.7%, as compared to fiscal 2009. Most of the increase related to revenues from the U.S. federal government on projects for research and development test engineering, scientific, other technical services projects.

Similarly, revenues during fiscal 2010 related to Buildings projects increased by $76.2 million, or 9.6%, as compared to fiscal 2009. The increase relates to spending for the design of technical buildings.

For the fiscal year 2010 we earned $176.8 million in revenues for projects funded by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.

Direct costs of contracts for fiscal 2010 decreased $1.3 billion, or 13.4%, to $8.6 billion, compared to $9.9 billion for fiscal 2009. Pass-through costs for fiscal 2010 decreased $1.3 billion, or 32.2%, to $2.7 billion, compared to $4.0 billion for fiscal 2009. Field services revenues for fiscal 2010 decreased $1.1 billion, or 19.0%, to $4.8 billion, compared to $5.9 billion for fiscal 2009.

As a percentage of revenues, direct costs of contracts were 86.6% for fiscal 2010, compared to 86.4% for fiscal 2009. The decrease in the ratio of direct costs of contracts to revenues in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 was due primarily to lower levels of pass-through costs.

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2010 decreased by $7.8 million, or 0.8%, to $932.5 million, compared to $940.3 million for fiscal 2009. The decrease in SG&A expenses during fiscal 2010 was due primarily to management’s efforts to reduce SG&A expenses.

Operating profit for fiscal 2010 decreased by $220.5 million, or 35.5%, to $400.1 million ($142.3 million, or 22.9%, to $478.3 million, before the effects of the SIVOM Judgment), compared to $620.6 million for fiscal 2009. As a percentage of revenues, operating profit was 4.0% (4.9%, before the effects of the SIVOM Judgment) for fiscal 2010, compared to 5.4% in fiscal 2009. In addition to the effects of the SIVOM judgment, the decrease in operating profit was due primarily to the overall decline in business volume.

Interest income for fiscal 2010 decreased by $8.4 million, to $4.8 million, compared to $13.1 million for fiscal 2009. Even though the Company maintained significant cash balances during fiscal 2010, the rate of interest earned on our deposits and investments was significantly lower in 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

Interest expense for fiscal 2010 increased $7.0 million as compared to fiscal 2009. Excluding the effects of the SIVOM Judgment, interest expense for fiscal 2010 decreased $2.9 million as compared to fiscal 2009. This decrease in interest expense was due primarily to the reversal of $2.9 million of interest expense that was accrued over the past several years in connection with an income tax matter that was resolved successfully in fiscal 2010

The Company’s consolidated effective income tax rate was 37.2% for fiscal 2010 compared to 36.0% in fiscal 2009. The increase in the tax rate in fiscal 2010 from fiscal 2009 was primarily related to not receiving a tax benefit on the $25.9 million non-cash charge related to the SIVOM Judgment.

Page 37

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth certain information about our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2011 (in thousands):

			Payments Due by Fiscal Period
			1 Year		2 - 3		4 - 5		More than 5
	Total		or Less		Years		Years		Years
Debt obligations	$	568,073	$	566,031	$	2,042	$	—	$	—
Operating leases (a)		847,107		150,209		232,463		194,553		269,882
Obligations under defined benefit pension plans (b)		419,324		109,319		231,931		78,074		—
Obligations under nonqualified deferred compensation plans (c)		93,085		7,037		14,930		16,148		54,970
Purchase obligations (d)		979,754		979,754		—		—		—
Total	$	2,907,343	$	1,812,350	$	481,366	$	288,775	$	324,852

(a) Assumes the Company will make the end of lease term residual value guarantee payment of $38.8 million in 2015 with respect to the lease of an office buildings in Houston, Texas.

(b) Assumes that future contributions will be consistent with amounts projected to be contributed in fiscal 2012, allowing for certain growth based on rates of inflation and salary increases, but limited to the amount recorded as of September 30, 2011. Actual contributions will depend on a variety of factors, including amounts required by local laws and regulations, and other funding requirements.

(c) Assumes that future payments will be consistent with amounts paid in fiscal 2011, allowing for certain growth. Due to the nonqualified nature of the plans, and the fact that benefits are based in part on years of service, the payments included in the schedule were limited to the amount recorded as of September 30, 2011.

(d) Represents those liabilities estimated to be under firm contractual commitments as of September 30, 2011.

Backlog

Backlog represents the total dollar amount of revenues we expect to record in the future as a result of performing work under contracts that have been awarded to us. With respect to O&M contracts, however, we include in backlog the amount of revenues we expect to receive for only one succeeding year, regardless of the remaining life of the contract. For national government programs (other than U.S. federal O&M contracts), our policy is to include in backlog the full contract award, whether funded or unfunded, excluding option periods.

The following table summarizes our backlog for each of the last three fiscal years (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Technical professional services	$	9,100.1	$	7,588.9	$	8,209.3
Field services		5,189.7		5,613.1		7,010.1
Total	$	14,289.8	$	13,202.0	$	15,219.4

The entire value of contract awards are added to backlog when the contracts are awarded to us. Accordingly, backlog can fluctuate from one reporting period to the next due to the timing of when new contracts are added to backlog and when the contract revenue is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Many of our contracts require us to provide services that span over a number of fiscal quarters (and sometimes over fiscal years). Our backlog at September 30, 2011 increased by $1.1 billion, or 8.2%, to $14.3 billion from $13.2 billion at October 1, 2010.

In accordance with industry practice, substantially all of our contracts are subject to cancellation or termination at the discretion of the client. In a situation where a client terminates a contract, we would ordinarily be entitled to receive payment for work performed up to the date of termination and, in certain instances, we may be entitled to allowable termination and cancellation costs. There were no significant project cancellations in fiscal 2011.

While management uses all information available to it to determine backlog, our backlog at any given time is subject to changes in the scope of services to be provided as well as increases or decreases in costs relating to the contracts included therein. Accordingly, backlog is not necessarily a reliable indicator of future revenues.

Page 38

Backlog relating to work to be performed either directly or indirectly for the U.S. federal government and its agencies totaled approximately $3.6 billion (or 24.9% of total backlog), $4.3 billion (or 32.6% of total backlog), and $4.2 billion (or 27.7% of total backlog) at September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009, respectively. Most of our federal contracts require that services be provided beyond one year. In general, these contracts must be funded annually (i.e., the amounts to be spent under the contract must be appropriated by the U.S. Congress to the procuring agency, and then the agency must allot these sums to the specific contracts).

Subject to the factors discussed in Item 1A—Risk Factors, above, we estimate that approximately $7.7 billion, or 54.2%, of total backlog at September 30, 2011 will be realized as revenues within the next fiscal year.

Effects of Inflation

The effects of inflation on our business is discussed in Item 1A—Risk Factors, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At September 30, 2011, our primary sources of liquidity consisted of $905.6 million of cash and cash equivalents, and $89.5 million of available borrowing capacity under our $290.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility. We finance as much of our operations and growth as possible through cash generated by our operations.

In addition to our revolving credit facility, we entered into several new bilateral credit facilities with major U.S. and European banks in connection with the acquisition of the Aker Entities. Approximately $292.8 million was outstanding under these facilities at September 30, 2011. In connection with our purchase of an additional 55% interest in CES, we entered into two bilateral facilities with major banks in the U.S. and Asia. Approximately $66.7 million was outstanding under these facilities at September 30, 2011. And in connection with our fiscal 2009 acquisition of a one-third interest in AWE Management Ltd., we entered into a short-term credit facility with a major U.K. bank of which $32.6 million was outstanding at September 30, 2011.

During fiscal 2011, our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $33.2 million to $905.6 million at September 30, 2011. This compares to a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $94.8 million, to $938.8 million, during the corresponding period last year. During fiscal 2011, we used $801.8 million of cash and cash equivalents for investing activities. This cash outflow was offset in part by net cash inflows of $236.5 million from operating activities and $556.9 million from financing activities.

Our operations provided net cash of $236.5 million during fiscal 2011. This compares to net cash inflows of $221.1 million and $531.7 million during fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. The $15.4 million increase in cash provided by operations in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 was due primarily to an $88.9 million increase in net earnings and a $15.3 million increase in deferred income tax expense, offset in part by $28.4 million of changes relating to other deferred liabilities (the effects on cash flows from changes in other deferred liabilities were included in cash flows from financing activities in fiscal 2010 and 2009), a $22.5 million decrease relating to changes in our working capital accounts (discussed below), and the effect of the $25.9 million non-cash charge relating to the fiscal 2010 SIVOM Judgment.

Because such a high percentage of our revenues are earned on cost-plus type contracts, and due to the significance of revenues relating to pass-through costs, most of the costs we incur are included in invoices we send to clients. Although we continually monitor our accounts receivable, we manage the operating cash flows of the Company by managing the working capital accounts in total, rather than by the individual elements. The primary elements of the Company’s working capital accounts are accounts receivable, accounts payable, and billings in excess of cost. Accounts payable consists of obligations to third parties relating primarily to costs incurred for projects which are generally billable to clients. Accounts receivable consist of billings to our clients — a substantial portion of which is for project-related costs. Billings in excess of cost consist of billings to and payments from our clients for costs yet to be incurred.

This relationship between revenues and costs, and between receivables and payables is unique for our industry, and facilitates review of our liquidity at the total working capital level. There was little change in our total working capital accounts during fiscal 2011 when compared to fiscal 2010. However, there were significant changes within the components of our working capital accounts. These changes were due primarily to the timing of cash receipts and payments within our working capital accounts combined with an increase in our receivables relative to the increase in our overall business activity. During fiscal 2011, we experienced an increase in the age of our receivables. This situation was due primarily to a change in our customer and business mix, combined with certain customers implementing internal system and process changes which has contributed to delays in processing our receivables. We believe this situation does not present a significant risk to the Company’s cash flows.

Page 39

We used $801.8 million of cash and cash equivalents for investing activities during fiscal 2011. This compares to $398.5 million and $93.1 million during fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. The $403.4 million increase in cash used for investing activities during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 was due to increased business acquisition activity. During fiscal 2011, we acquired TechTeam, Sula, DSWA, a controlling interest in CES, the Aker Entities, and two other, smaller niche engineering and design firms.

Additions to property and equipment used $98.7 million of cash and cash equivalents during fiscal 2011 as compared to $49.1 million used during the fiscal 2010. Included in fiscal 2011 additions to property and equipment is $49.1 million related to the purchase of an office building we use in our operations and the associated equipment and furniture.

Our financing activities resulted in net cash inflows of $556.9 million during fiscal 2011. This compares to net cash inflows of $95.6 million during fiscal 2010 and net cash outflows of $39.0 million during fiscal 2009. The $461.3 million net increase in cash flows from financing activities during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 was due primarily to a net, $446.3 million increase in the Company’s overall short and long-term borrowing activities. Also contributing to the increase in cash flows from financing activities in fiscal 2011 as compared to the previous year is the change in classification of other deferred liabilities. Prior to fiscal 2011, the Company treated the effects on cash flows from changes in its other deferred liabilities as effects from financing activities. During fiscal 2011, the Company concluded that treating such changes as relating to operating activities was preferable. The Company also concluded that this change in presentation was not quantitatively or qualitatively material.

We believe we have adequate liquidity and capital resources to fund our operations, support our acquisition strategy, and service our debt for the next twelve months. Although borrowings under our $290.0 million, unsecured, revolving credit facility classified previously as long-term debt became current during the third quarter of fiscal 2011 (the facility expires in the third quarter of fiscal 2012), we nevertheless had $905.6 million in cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2011, compared to $938.8 million at October 1, 2010. In addition, we are actively negotiating a renewal of our credit facilities with several banks and other institutions, and we believe we will successfully complete the negotiations early in fiscal 2012. Our consolidated working capital position at September 30, 2011 was $1.1 billion; a decrease of $428.3 million from October 1, 2010. Additionally, there was $89.5 million of borrowing capacity available at September 30, 2011 under our $290.0 million revolving credit facility. We believe that the remaining capacity, terms and conditions of our revolving credit facility, combined with cash on-hand and the other committed and uncommitted facilities we have in place, are adequate for our working capital and general business requirements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, in the form of guarantees not reflected in our balance sheet that arise in the normal course of business. However, such off-balance sheet arrangements are not reasonably likely to have an effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or resources that is material to investors. See Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-09—Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Multiemployer Plans. ASU 2011-09 amends Topic 715-80 of the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and requires employers to provide additional, separate disclosures for multiemployer pension plans and other multiemployer postretirement benefit plans. The amendments in this ASU require an employer to provide additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures. The amended disclosures provide users with more detailed information about an employer’s involvement in multiemployer pension plans, including: disclosing: (i) the significant multiemployer plans in which an employer participates; (ii) the level of an employer’s participation in the significant multiemployer plans, including the employer’s contributions made to the plans and an indication of whether the employer’s contributions represent more than 5 percent of the total contributions made to the plan by all contributing employers; (iii) information regarding the financial health of the significant multiemployer plans, including an indication of the funded status, whether funding improvement plans are pending or implemented, and whether the plan has imposed surcharges on the contributions to the plan; (iv) the nature of the employer commitments to the plan, including when the collective-bargaining agreements that require contributions to the significant plans are set to expire and whether those agreements require minimum contributions to be made to the plans. The current recognition and measurement guidance for an employer’s participation in a multiemployer plan requires that an employer recognize its required contribution to the plan as pension or other postretirement benefit cost for the period and recognize a liability for any contributions due at the reporting date. That guidance is unchanged by this ASU. ASU 2011-09 is effective for annual periods for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2011-09, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

Page 40

Also in September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08—Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. ASU 2011-08 amends Topic 350 of the ASC and simplifies how entities test goodwill for possible impairment. Under this ASU, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. Under this ASU, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. An entity may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2011-08, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05—Comprehensive Income. ASU 2011-05 amends Topic 220 of the ASC and provides that an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The provisions of ASU 2011-05 will be applied retrospectively and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2011-05, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, which amends certain guidance in ASC 605-25. ASU 2009-13 requires entities to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling prices of the delivered goods and services based on a selling price hierarchy. The amendments eliminate the residual method of revenue allocation and require revenue to be allocated using the relative selling price method. ASU 2009-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and should be applied on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2009-13, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading, speculation or other purposes that would expose the Company to market risk. In the normal course of business, our results of operations are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary source for credit is a $290.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility. The total amount utilized under this facility at September 30, 2011 was $200.5 million ($171.8 million in the form of direct borrowings and $28.7 million utilized in the form of letters of credit). This agreement expires in May 2012, and provides for both fixed-rate and variable-rate borrowings. Our objectives in managing our interest rate risk are to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows, and to lower our overall borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives, we continuously monitor changes in interest rates, and use cash provided from operations to re-pay our borrowings as quickly as possible. Furthermore, the Company can generally use a combination of both fixed rate and variable rate debt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

In situations where our operations incur contract costs in currencies other than their functional currency, we attempt to have a portion of the related contract revenues denominated in the same currencies as the costs. In those situations where revenues and costs are transacted in different currencies, we sometimes enter into foreign exchange contracts in order to limit our exposure to fluctuating foreign currencies. We follow the provisions of ASC 815-10 in accounting for our derivative contracts. The Company does not currently have exchange rate sensitive instruments that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

Page 41

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by this Item 8 is submitted as a separate section beginning on page F-1of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporate herein by reference.

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Page 42

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined by Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as of September 30, 2011, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the Evaluation Date.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of the Evaluation Date based on the framework established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework”, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Management excluded from the scope of its assessment the acquired operations of the Aker Entities, which are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The majority of the operations comprising the Aker Entities was acquired in February 2011, and the balance of the Aker Entities was acquired in May 2011. The Aker Entities comprised 11.2% and 11.8% of the Company’s consolidated total assets and net assets, respectively, as of September 30, 2011. The Aker Entities contributed 6.6% and 8.6% of the Company’s total, consolidated revenues and net earnings, respectively, for the year ended September 30, 2011.

Based on management’s assessment and subject only to the qualification described in the preceding paragraph, management has concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of the Evaluation Date were effective. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which appears later in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures or its system of internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed or operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system of internal control are met. The design of the Company’s control system reflects the fact that there are resource constraints, and that the benefits of such control system must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control failures and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the intentional acts of individuals, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that the design of any particular control will always succeed in achieving its objective under all potential future conditions.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On November 17, 2011, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors adopted a new Incentive Bonus Plan for Officers and Key Managers (the “Plan”), effective as of October 1, 2011. The Plan replaces the Company’s prior Incentive Bonus Plan for Officers and Key Managers which was effective as of October 1, 2006.

Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, each year a bonus pool is determined by a formula approved by the Committee. Up to 80 percent of the pool is allocated to participants in the Plan with the remaining balance reserved for distribution to non-participating employees who have made an outstanding contribution during the year. The bonus pool is established as a percentage of pretax, pre-bonus earnings above a preset trigger point or hurdle rate. Once the trigger point is reached, the bonus pool accrues at a rate set by the Committee up to 20 percent of pretax, pre-bonus income in excess of the trigger point. When pretax, pre-bonus earnings reaches up to two times the trigger point, the accrual rate increases to a rate set by the Committee up to 33 percent of pretax, pre-bonus income in excess of two times the trigger point. The bonus pool formula is subject to change at any time and is determined at the sole discretion of the Committee.

The foregoing summary of the Plan is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Plan, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Page 43

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

The information required by Paragraph (a), and Paragraphs (c) through (g) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K (except for information required by Paragraph (e) of that Item to the extent the required information pertains to our executive officers) and Item 405 of Regulation S-K is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year. The information required by Paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K is set forth in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics for our chief executive, chief financial, and principal accounting officers; a code of business conduct and ethics for members of our Board of Directors; and corporate governance guidelines. The full text of the codes of ethics and corporate governance guidelines is available at our website www.jacobs.com. In the event we make any amendment to, or grant any waiver from, a provision of the code of ethics that applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer that requires disclosure under applicable SEC rules, we will disclose such amendment or waiver and the reasons therefor on our website. We will provide any person without charge a copy of any of the aforementioned codes of ethics upon receipt of a written request. Requests should be addressed to: Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., 1111 S. Arroyo Parkway, Pasadena, California, 91105, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

Corporate Governance

The information required by Items 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

Page 44

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table presents certain information about our equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2011:

	Column A		Column B		Column C
Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants, and rights		Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants, and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in Column A)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders - (a)		6,461,510	$	43.28		6,574,638
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders		—		—		—
Total		6,461,510	$	43.28		6,574,638

(a): The number in Column A excludes purchase rights accruing under our two, broad-based, shareholder-approved employee stock purchase plans: The Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1989 ESPP”), and the Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “GESPP”). These plans give employees the right to purchase shares at an amount and price that are not determinable until the end of the specified purchase periods, which occurs monthly. Our shareholders have authorized a total of 27.8 million shares of common stock to be issued through the 1989 ESPP and the GESPP. From the inception of the 1989 ESPP and the GESPP through September 30, 2011, a total of 23.5 million shares have been issued, leaving 4.3 million shares of common stock available for future issuance at that date.

The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

Page 45

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

(1) The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009 and the notes thereto, together with the report of the independent auditors on those Consolidated Financial Statements are hereby filed as part of this report, beginning on page F-1.

(2) Financial statement schedules – no financial statement schedules are presented as the required information is either not applicable, or is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(3) See Exhibits and Index to Exhibits, below.

(b) Exhibits and Index to Exhibits:

2.1	Share Purchase Agreement between Aker Solutions ASA and certain of its subsidiaries and the Registrant and certain of its subsidiaries, dated as of December 21, 2010, for the purchase of certain Aker Solutions businesses. Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated November 18, 2010. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
4.1	See Sections 5 through 18 of Exhibit 3.1.
4.2	See Article II, Section 3.03 of Article III, Article VI and Section 7.04 of Article VII of Exhibit 3.2.
†10.1 #	The Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Incentive Bonus Plan for Officers and Key Managers.
10.2 #	The Executive Security Program of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.3 #	Amendment to the Executive Security Program of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., dated December 23, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.4 #	Amendment to the Executive Security Program of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., dated May 31, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.5 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1991 Executive Deferral Plan, effective June 1, 1991. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.6 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1993 Executive Deferral Plan, effective December 1, 1993. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.7 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1995 Executive Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1995. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.8 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferral Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Page 46

10.9 #	The Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as Amended and Restated-effective January 22, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
†10.10 #	The Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.11	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and certain of its officers and directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.12 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 401(k) Plus Savings Plan and Trust, as Amended and Restated April 1, 2003. Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.13 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.14 #	Amendment No. 1 to the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.15 #	Form of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on January 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.16 #	Form of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on January 29, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.17 #	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Market Stock Units). Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.18 #	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.19 #	Amendment One to Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Market Stock Units) by and between Craig Martin and the Company dated as of October 14, 2011. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 18, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.20	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1999 Outside Director Stock Plan, as Amended and Restated. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.21	Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2005 among Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries (as “Borrowers”), and the Bank of Nova Scotia, Wachovia Bank N.A., BNP Paribas., Bank of America, N.A. (as “Administrative Agent”), and other lender parties, and Banc of America Securities LLC (as “Sole Lead Arranger”). Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.22	Amendment Agreement Entered Into as of May 4, 2007 Among Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and Certain Subsidiaries, the Bank of Nova Scotia as Canadian Facility Agent, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and Certain Other Lending Banks and Financial Institutions. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2007 and incorporated herein by reference
10.23 #	Assignment Letter Agreement dated February 16, 2005 between the Registrant and Thomas R. Hammond, Executive Vice President. Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Page 47

10.24 #	Amendment dated March 24, 2005 to the February 16, 2005 Assignment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas R. Hammond, Executive Vice President. Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.25 #	Amendment dated April 23, 2008 to the February 16, 2005 Assignment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas R. Hammond, Executive Vice President. Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
10.26 #	Amendment dated October 1, 2009 to the February 16, 2005 Assignment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas R. Hammond, Executive Vice President. Filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated by reference.
10.27 #	Relocation/Repatriation Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Thomas Hammond. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 29, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.28 #	Relocation Agreement dated October 1, 2009 between the Registrant and George A. Kunberger, Executive Vice President. Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s fiscal 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated by reference.
10.29 #	Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 2005 Executive Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2005. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.30 #	Agreement between Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and Noel G. Watson dated July 1, 2010. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.31 #	Consulting Agreement between Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and Noel G. Watson dated July 1, 2010. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.32 #	Amendment No. 1 to Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Noel G. Watson dated July 1, 2011. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.33	Term Loan Agreement dated January 27, 2011 between Jacobs Engineering U.K. Limited and Royal Bank of Scotland Finance (Ireland). Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.34	Senior Term Loan Facility dated January 26, 2011 between Jacobs Nederland B.V. and BNP Paribas. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.35	Senior Term Loan Facility dated January 26, 2011 between Jacobs Engineering U.K. Limited and Bank of America, N.A., London Branch. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.36	Senior Term Loan Facility dated January 26, 2011 between Jacobs Australia Pty Limited and Bank of America, N.A., Australian Branch. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.37	Form of Guaranty among certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Royal Bank of Scotland Finance (Ireland), BNP Paribas, Bank of America, N.A., London Branch, and Bank of America, N.A., Australian Branch. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

Page 48

10.38 #	Employment Agreement dated December 23, 2010 between the Registrant and Gary Mandel. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
†21.	List of Subsidiaries of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
†23.	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
†31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
†31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
†32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
†32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
†101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
†101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
†101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
†101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
†101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
†101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

† Being filed herewith.

# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Page 49

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC.
Dated: November 21, 2011	By:	/S/ Craig L. Martin
		Craig L. Martin
		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
		(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/S/ Craig L. Martin Craig L. Martin	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	November 21, 2011
/S/ Noel G. Watson Noel G. Watson	Chairman of the Board	November 21, 2011
/S/ Joseph R. Bronson Joseph R. Bronson	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ John F. Coyne John F. Coyne	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ Robert C. Davidson, Jr. Robert C. Davidson, Jr.	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ Edward V. Fritzky Edward V. Fritzky	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ John P. Jumper John P. Jumper	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ Linda Fayne Levinson Linda Fayne Levinson	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ Benjamin F. Montoya Benjamin F. Montoya	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ Thomas M.T. Niles Thomas M.T. Niles	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ Peter J. Robertson Peter J. Robertson	Director	November 21, 2011
/S/ John W. Prosser, Jr. John W. Prosser, Jr.	Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	November 21, 2011
/S/ Nazim G. Thawerbhoy Nazim G. Thawerbhoy	Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	November 21, 2011

Page 50

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

WITH REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

September 30, 2011

F-1

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

September 30, 2011

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October  1, 2010, and October 2, 2009	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended September  30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended September  30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October  1, 2010, and October 2, 2009	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7 – F-36
Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-37 – F-38

F-2

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share information)

At September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010

	2011			2010
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	905,633		$	938,842
Receivables		2,077,494			1,659,844
Deferred income taxes		110,680			117,698
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		63,546			50,658
Total current assets		3,157,353			2,767,042
Property, Equipment, and Improvements, Net		284,633			215,032
Other Noncurrent Assets:
Goodwill		1,745,708			1,118,889
Miscellaneous		861,734			582,954
Total other noncurrent assets		2,607,442			1,701,843
	$	6,049,428		$	4,683,917
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Notes payable	$	566,031		$	79,399
Accounts payable		351,299			303,877
Accrued liabilities		837,217			661,278
Billings in excess of costs		276,739			194,899
Income taxes payable		26,759			—
Total current liabilities		2,058,045			1,239,453
Long-term Debt		2,042			509
Other Deferred Liabilities		665,956			579,027
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity:
Capital stock:
Preferred stock, $1 par value, authorized—1,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding—none		—			—
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized—240,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding—127,784,884 shares and 125,909,073 shares, respectively		127,785			125,909
Additional paid-in capital		858,460			767,514
Retained earnings		2,564,281			2,251,366
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(237,538	)		(285,741	)
Total Jacobs stockholders’ equity		3,312,988			2,859,048
Noncontrolling interests		10,397			5,880
Total Group stockholders’ equity		3,323,385			2,864,928
	$	6,049,428		$	4,683,917

See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009

(In thousands, except per share information)

	2011			2010			2009
Revenues	$	10,381,664		$	9,915,517		$	11,467,376
Costs and Expenses:
Direct costs of contracts		(8,822,171	)		(8,582,912	)		(9,906,493	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses		(1,040,575	)		(932,522	)		(940,310	)
Operating Profit		518,918			400,083			620,573
Other (Expense) Income:
Interest income		4,917			4,791			13,145
Interest expense		(8,799	)		(9,874	)		(2,916	)
Miscellaneous income (expense), net		1,625			(3,066	)		(6,670	)
Total other income (expense), net		(2,257	)		(8,149	)		3,559
Earnings Before Taxes		516,661			391,934			624,132
Income Tax Expense		(181,440	)		(145,647	)		(224,919	)
Net Earnings of the Group		335,221			246,287			399,213
Net (Earnings) Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests		(4,192	)		(313	)		641
Net Earnings Attributable to Jacobs	$	331,029		$	245,974		$	399,854
Net Earnings Per Share:
Basic	$	2.63		$	1.98		$	3.26
Diluted	$	2.60		$	1.96		$	3.21

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009

(In thousands)

	2011			2010			2009
Net Earnings of the Group	$	335,221		$	246,287		$	399,213
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(22,524	)		(9,338	)		(4,106	)
FASB Statement No. 158 adjustment to remove early pension measurement date		—			—			(1,395	)
Change in pension liability		99,881			(89,091	)		(116,381	)
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges		137			(1,444	)		(6,623	)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes		77,494			(99,873	)		(128,505	)
Income Tax Benefit (Expense)		(29,291	)		25,647			46,260
Net Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)		48,203			(74,226	)		(82,245	)
Net Comprehensive Income of the Group		383,424			172,061			316,968
Net Comprehensive (Income) Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests		(4,192	)		(313	)		641
Total Comprehensive Income	$	379,232		$	171,748		$	317,609

See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009

(In thousands)

	Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comp- rehensive Income (Loss)			Total Jacobs Stock- holders’ Equity			Non- controlling Interests			Total Group Stock- holders’ Equity
Balances at September 26, 2008	$	122,701		$	631,043		$	1,620,673		$	(129,270	)	$	2,245,147		$	6,178		$	2,251,325
Net earnings		—			—			399,854			—			399,854			(641	)		399,213
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of deferred tax expense of $8,850		—			—			—			4,744			4,744			25			4,769
FASB Statement No. 158 adjustment to remove early pension measurement date, net of deferred tax benefit of $2,469		—			—			(5,735	)		(982	)		(6,717	)		—			(6,717	)
Pension liability, net of deferred tax benefit of $34,536		—			—			—			(81,845	)		(81,845	)		—			(81,845	)
Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax benefit of $2,461		—			—			—			(4,162	)		(4,162	)		—			(4,162	)
Issuances of equity securities, net		1,673			75,493			—			—			77,166			—			77,166
Repurchases of equity securities		(144	)		(2,676	)		(5,454	)		—			(8,274	)		—			(8,274	)
Balances at October 2, 2009		124,230			703,860			2,009,338			(211,515	)		2,625,913			5,562			2,631,475
Net earnings		—			—			245,974			—			245,974			313			246,287
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—			—			—			(9,338	)		(9,338	)		5			(9,333	)
Pension liability, net of deferred tax benefit of $25,095		—			—			—			(63,996	)		(63,996	)		—			(63,996	)
Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax benefit of $552		—			—			—			(892	)		(892	)		—			(892	)
Issuances of equity securities, net		1,802			66,635			—			—			68,437			—			68,437
Repurchases of equity securities		(123	)		(2,981	)		(3,946	)		—			(7,050	)		—			(7,050	)
Balances at October 1, 2010		125,909			767,514			2,251,366			(285,741	)		2,859,048			5,880			2,864,928
Net earnings		—			—			331,029			—			331,029			4,192			335,221
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of deferred tax expense of $2,500		—			—			—			(25,024	)		(25,024	)		—			(25,024	)
Pension liability, net of deferred tax expense of $26,707		—			—			—			73,174			73,174			—			73,174
Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax expense of $84		—			—			—			53			53			—			53
Noncontrolling interest acquired / consolidated		—			—			—			—			—			4,942			4,942
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			—			—			(4,617	)		(4,617	)
Issuances of equity securities, net		2,282			96,010			—			—			98,292			—			98,292
Repurchases of equity securities		(406	)		(5,064	)		(18,114	)		—			(23,584	)		—			(23,584	)
Balances at September 30, 2011	$	127,785		$	858,460		$	2,564,281		$	(237,538	)	$	3,312,988		$	10,397		$	3,323,385

See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010, and October 2, 2009

(In thousands)

	2011			2010 (Restated)			2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net earnings attributable to the group	$	335,221		$	246,287		$	399,213
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash flows from operations:
Depreciation and amortization:
Property, equipment and improvements		57,620			64,447			68,670
Intangible assets		37,750			24,048			17,672
Write-off of the SIVOM receivable		—			25,894			—
Purchase accounting gain		(3,716	)		—			—
Gains on sales of investments		—			—			(1,249	)
Stock based compensation		29,084			24,361			24,085
Excess tax benefits from stock based compensation		(6,837	)		(2,884	)		(3,514	)
Equity in earnings of investees, net of dividends		(8,729	)		(1,759	)		(1,808	)
(Gains) Losses on sales of assets, net		(481	)		353			152
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of businesses acquired:
Receivables		(234,024	)		(3,052	)		300,929
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(14,604	)		(56	)		(4,972	)
Accounts payable		(15,997	)		(46,920	)		(117,537	)
Accrued liabilities		41,529			(43,328	)		(135,121	)
Billings in excess of costs		13,304			(42,819	)		14,475
Income taxes payable		26,387			(24,733	)		(30,414	)
Deferred income taxes		15,853			551			342
Other deferred liabilities		(28,368	)		—			—
Other, net		(7,502	)		715			736
Net cash provided by operating activities		236,490			221,105			531,659
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Additions to property and equipment		(98,749	)		(49,075	)		(55,528	)
Disposals of property and equipment		3,860			14,379			2,270
Purchases of investments		(193	)		(106,733	)		(32,232	)
Sales of investments		4,667			—			—
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired		(711,421	)		(259,492	)		(23,329	)
Other, net		—			2,435			15,713
Net cash used for investing activities		(801,836	)		(398,486	)		(93,106	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		825,681			—			2,030
Repayments of long-term borrowings		(239,189	)		(217	)		(47,993	)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings		77,055			105,184			35,889
Repayments of short-term borrowings		(159,394	)		(47,094	)		(19,956	)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock		45,943			36,209			43,361
Excess tax benefits from stock based compensation		6,837			2,884			3,514
Change in pension commitments		—			2,516			(45,223	)
Other, net		—			(3,852	)		(10,625	)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		556,933			95,630			(39,003	)
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes		(24,796	)		(13,026	)		29,649
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		(33,209	)		(94,777	)		429,199
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		938,842			1,033,619			604,420
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$	905,633		$	938,842		$	1,033,619

See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

We provide a broad range of technical, professional, and construction services including engineering, design, and architectural services; construction and construction management services; operations and maintenance services; and process, scientific, and systems consulting services. We provide our services through offices and subsidiaries located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, the Middle East, India, Australia, Africa, and Asia. We provide our services under cost-reimbursable, cost-reimbursable with a guaranteed maximum price, and fixed-price contracts. The percentage of revenues realized from each of these types of contracts for each of the last three fiscal years was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Cost-reimbursable		81	%		86	%		85	%
Fixed-price		16			13			14
Guaranteed maximum price		3			1			1

Basis of Presentation, Definition of Fiscal Year, and Other Matters

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of the parent company, Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliates which it controls. As used herein, references to “the Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” are to both Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, and references to “Jacobs” refer to the parent company only. References herein to “Group” are to the combined economic interests and activities of Jacobs and the persons and entities holding noncontrolling interests in our consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the fiscal 2011 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, amounts related to changes in the Company’s other deferred liability accounts have been included in cash flows from operating activities. The corresponding amounts for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 were not reclassified as the Company believes a reclassification would not be quantitatively or qualitatively material. Certain other amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2010 and 2009 have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2011 presentation.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to September 30 (determined on the basis of the number of workdays) and, accordingly, an additional week of activity is added every five-to-six years.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) revised the accounting for variable interest entities (“VIEs”). These revisions require the Company to perform an analysis to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs in which it participates. The Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it has (i) the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (ii) the right to receive benefits, or obligation to absorb losses, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The revisions adopted by the FASB eliminate the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE and significantly enhances disclosures. The new accounting requirements became effective for the Company as of the beginning of fiscal 2011. The adoption of this revised standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In the Company’s fiscal 2010 Form 10-K, and in connection with the SIVOM judgment (see Note 11—Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance, below) we incorrectly included the effect of the write-off of a $25.9 million claim receivable in the investing activities section of our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2010. This amount should have been classified as an adjustment to cash flows from operating activities. The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010 has been restated to reflect this correction. This adjustment had no effect on any of the Company’s other financial statements.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Accounting for Contracts and Use of Joint Ventures

In general, we recognize revenues at the time we provide services. Depending on the commercial terms of the contract, we recognize revenues either when costs are incurred, or using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting by relating contract costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion. Contract losses are provided for in their entirety in the period they become known, without regard to the percentage-of-completion. For multiple contracts with a single customer we account for each

F-7

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

contract separately. We also recognize as revenues costs associated with claims and unapproved change orders to the extent it is probable that such claims and change orders will result in additional contract revenue, and the amount of such additional revenue can be reliably estimated.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts include incentive-fee arrangements. The incentive fees in such contracts can be based on a variety of factors but the most common are the achievement of target completion dates, target costs, and/or other performance criteria. Failure to meet these targets can result in unrealized incentive fees. We recognize incentive fees based on expected results using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. As the contract progresses and more information becomes available, the estimate of the anticipated incentive fee that will be earned is revised as necessary. We bill incentive fees based on the terms and conditions of the individual contracts. In certain situations, we are allowed to bill a portion of the incentive fees over the performance period of the contract. In other situations, we are allowed to bill incentive fees only after the target criterion has been achieved. Incentive fees which have been recognized but not billed are included in receivables in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts with government customers as well as certain commercial clients provide that contract costs are subject to audit and adjustment. In this situation, revenues are recorded at the time services are performed based upon the amounts we expect to realize upon completion of the contracts. Revenues are not recognized for non-recoverable costs. In those situations where an audit indicates that we may have billed a client for costs not allowable under the terms of the contract, we estimate the amount of such nonbillable costs and adjust our revenues accordingly.

When we are directly responsible for subcontractor labor or third-party materials and equipment, we reflect the costs of such items in both revenues and costs (and we refer to such costs as “pass-through” costs). On those projects where the client elects to pay for such items directly and we have no associated responsibility for such items, these amounts are not reflected in either revenues or costs.

The following table sets forth pass-through costs included in revenues during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Pass-through costs included in revenues	$	2,118.5	$	2,723.3	$	4,017.0

As is common to the industry, we execute certain contracts jointly with third parties through various forms of joint ventures and consortiums. Although the joint ventures own and hold the contracts with the clients, the services required by the contracts are typically performed by us and our joint venture partners, or by other subcontractors under subcontracting agreements with the joint ventures. The assets of our joint ventures, therefore, consist almost entirely of cash and receivables (representing amounts due from clients), and the liabilities of our joint ventures consist almost entirely of amounts due to the joint venture partners (for services provided by the partners to the joint ventures under their individual subcontracts) and other subcontractors. In general, at any given time, the equity of our joint ventures represents the undistributed profits earned on contracts the joint ventures hold with clients. Very few of our joint ventures have employees. None of our joint ventures have third-party debt or credit facilities. Our joint ventures, therefore, are simply mechanisms used to deliver engineering and construction services to clients. Rarely do they, in and of themselves, present any risk of loss to us or to our partners separate from those that we would carry if we were performing the contract on our own. Under U.S. GAAP, our share of losses associated with the contracts held by the joint ventures, if and when they occur, has always been reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

On October 2, 2010, we adopted the FASB’s new accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIE”). This guidance replaces the quantitative-based assessment for determining which participant in a VIE has a controlling interest in the VIE with an approach that is primarily qualitative in nature. The Company has reassessed its VIEs using the new guidance. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In evaluating our VIEs, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether or not we have a controlling financial interest in the VIE. We are deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE if we have (i) the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and (ii) the right to receive benefits from the VIE, or obligation to absorb losses, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In making our qualitative analysis, we assess each VIE to determine those activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and whether we, another party, or multiple parties have the power to direct such activities.

If we determine that we have the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its financial performance and have the right or obligation to receive benefits or absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE then

F-8

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE and we consolidate the VIE. If we determine that we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE or power is shared by two or more unrelated parties then we are not the primary beneficiary and we do not consolidate the VIE.

For the Company’s unconsolidated joint ventures, we use either the equity method of accounting or proportional consolidation. The Company does not currently participate in any significant VIEs in which it has a controlling financial interest that it does not consolidate.

There were no changes in facts and circumstances during the period that caused the Company to reassess the method of accounting for its VIEs.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain amounts included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented at “fair value”. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the date fair value is determined (the “measurement date”). When determining fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, and we consider only those assumptions we believe a typical market participant would consider when pricing an asset or liability. In measuring fair value, we use the following inputs in the order of priority indicated:

Level 1     Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2     Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, such as (i) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; (ii) quoted prices in markets that have insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (i.e., less active markets); and (iii) model-driven valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated with, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3     Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The net carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Similarly, we believe the carrying value of notes payable also approximates fair value based on the interest rates and scheduled maturities applicable to the outstanding borrowings. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as forward contracts and an interest rate swap agreement we purchased as cash-flow hedges discussed in Note 10 —Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value.

The fair value of the Company’s reporting units (needed for purposes of determining whether there is an indication of possible impairment of the carrying value of goodwill) is determined using a market approach that multiplies the after-tax earnings of each reporting unit for the trailing twelve months by the Company’s overall average market earnings multiple.

With respect to share-based payments, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Like all option-pricing models, the Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including (i) the expected volatility of the market price of the underlying stock, and (ii) the expected term of the award, among others. Accordingly, changes in assumptions and any subsequent adjustments to those assumptions can cause drastically different fair values to be assigned to our stock option awards. For restricted stock units containing service and performance conditions, compensation expense is based on the fair value of such units using a Monte Carlo Simulation. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of assumptions and the results of applying Monte Carlo Simulations, the amount of expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may not be representative of the effects on our future consolidated financial statements because equity awards tend to vest over several years and additional equity awards may be made in the future.

The fair values of the assets owned by the various pension plans that the Company sponsors are determined based on the type of asset. Publicly traded corporate equity securities and publicly traded debt securities are valued at the last reported sale price on the last business day of the year of the plans. Securities not traded on the last business day are valued at the last reported bid price. Insurance contracts and investments in “with profits” funds are valued using actuarial assumptions and values reported by the fund managers. Real estate assets (which consist primarily of common or collective trusts with underlying investments in real estate), commodities, industrial/raw goods, and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using the best information available, including quoted market prices or market prices for similar assets when available or internal cash flow estimates discounted at an appropriate interest rate or independent appraisals, as appropriate.

F-9

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The methodologies described above and elsewhere in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements may produce a fair value that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 consisted primarily of money market mutual funds and overnight bank deposits.

Receivables and Billings in Excess of Costs

“Receivables” include billed receivables, unbilled receivables, and retentions. Billed receivables represent amounts invoiced to clients in accordance with the terms of our client contracts. They are recorded in our financial statements when they are issued. Unbilled receivables and retentions receivable represent reimbursable costs and amounts earned and reimbursable under contracts in progress as of the respective balance sheet dates. Such amounts become billable according to the contract terms, which usually consider the passage of time, achievement of certain milestones or completion of the project. We anticipate that substantially all of such unbilled amounts will be billed and collected over the next fiscal year.

Certain contracts allow us to issue invoices to clients in advance of providing services. “Billings in excess of costs” represent billings to and cash collected from clients in advance of work performed. We anticipate that substantially all such amounts will be earned over the next twelve months.

Property, Equipment, and Improvements

Property, equipment and improvements are carried at cost, and are shown net of accumulated depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Depreciation and amortization is computed primarily by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the related lease. Estimated useful lives range from 20 to 40 years for buildings, from 3 to 10 years for equipment and from 4 to 10 years for leasehold improvements.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and the cost of intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are instead tested for possible impairment annually (or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair values of our reporting units below their respective carrying values). The first step in the impairment test process is to compare the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units to their respective carrying amount, including goodwill. In the event that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In performing the annual impairment test, the Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level. We have determined that our operating segment is comprised of two reporting units based on geography. Based on the results of these tests, we have determined that the fair value of our reporting units substantially exceeded their respective carrying values for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009.

F-10

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table provides certain information related to the Company’s acquired intangible assets for each of the fiscal years presented (in thousands):

	Customer Relationships, Contracts, and Backlog			Developed Technology			Trade Names			Other			Total
Balances, September 26, 2008	$	54,250		$	—		$	2,789		$	2,864		$	59,903
Acquisitions		7,173			—			478			87			7,738
Amortization		(6,416	)		—			(1,674	)		(630	)		(8,720	)
Foreign currency translation		(1,332	)		—			(85	)		(45	)		(1,462	)
Balances, October 2, 2009		53,675			—			1,508			2,276			57,459
Acquisitions		50,600			—			2,400			1,100			54,100
Amortization		(8,619	)		—			(1,851	)		(736	)		(11,206	)
Foreign currency translation		(178	)		—			(5	)		(125	)		(308	)
Balances, October 1, 2010		95,478			—			2,052			2,515			100,045
Acquisitions		155,512			23,000			2,744			2,542			183,798
Amortization		(21,239	)		(1,023	)		(1,214	)		(1,225	)		(24,701	)
Foreign currency translation		(13	)		—			(109	)		(14	)		(136	)
Balances, September 30, 2011	$	229,738		$	21,977		$	3,473		$	3,818		$	259,006
Estimated remaining useful lives (years)		1 - 14			15			1 - 20			1 - 8

The above table excludes the values assigned to those intangible assets embedded in the Company’s investment in AWE Management Ltd. (“AWE”). Those amounts are included in the carrying value of the Company’s investment in AWE. The amount of amortization expense we estimate we will record during each of the next five fiscal years relating to intangible assets existing at September 30, 2011 including those associated with AWE is: fiscal 2012 - $40.5 million; fiscal 2013 - $27.2 million; fiscal 2014 - $24.6 million; fiscal 2015 - $24.2 million; and fiscal 2016 - $24.1 million.

The change in goodwill during the period is predominately related to businesses acquired during fiscal 2011.

Foreign Currencies

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, it is necessary to translate the financial statements of our subsidiaries operating outside the United States, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, into the U.S. dollar. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, revenues and expenses of operations outside the United States are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates for the applicable period(s) being translated while the assets and liabilities of operations outside the United States are generally translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates. The net effect of foreign currency translation adjustments is included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive securities that were outstanding during the period. Our dilutive securities consist of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock (including restricted stock units).

Share-Based Payments

We measure the value of services received from employees and directors in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The computed value is recognized as a non-cash cost over the period the individual provides services, which is typically the vesting period of the award. The grant date fair value of the instruments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

The Company has two incentive plans whereby eligible employees and directors of Jacobs may be granted stock options, restricted stock, and/or restricted stock units.

F-11

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Assumptions Used to Value Stock Options Granted to Employees and Directors— The majority of stock options granted during the year are awarded on the same date (although the date is different for employees and directors). The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows:

	Awards Made to Employees									Awards Made to Directors
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%
Expected volatility		41.54	%		43.12	%		45.42	%		41.97	%		40.78	%		47.62	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.00	%		2.54	%		2.94			2.40	%		2.85	%		2.44
Expected term of options (in years)		5.82			6.14			6.25			5.82			6.29			6.29

With respect to stock units containing service and performance conditions, the number of restricted stock units in which the employee may ultimately vest is determined using a stock performance multiplier (“SPM”). The SPM is the quotient obtained by dividing the 60 calendar day average market price of our common stock ending on the vesting date (“Ending Average Stock Price”) by the 60 calendar day average market price of our common stock ending on the grant date (“Beginning Average Stock Price”). The maximum SPM is 2 and will be zero if the Ending Average Market Price of our common stock is less than 50% of the Beginning Average Market Price. The number of restricted stock units earned is equal to the target restricted stock units awarded to an employee multiplied by the SPM.

Assumptions Used to Value Restricted Stock Units with Service and Performance Conditions— The majority of restricted stock units with performance conditions granted during the year are awarded on the same date. With respect to these annual awards, the fair value of each restricted stock unit was estimated on the date of the grant using the following assumptions:

	2011
Dividend yield		0	%
Expected volatility		46.67	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.83	%
Expected term (in years)		3.0

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Our cash balances and short-term investments are maintained in accounts held by major banks and financial institutions located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, Australia, and Asia. In the normal course of business, and consistent with industry practices, we grant credit to our clients without requiring collateral. Concentrations of credit risk is the risk that, if we extend a significant amount of credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience disproportionately high levels of default if those clients are adversely affected by factors particular to their geographic area or industry. Concentrations of credit risk relative to trade receivables are limited due to our diverse client base, which includes the U.S. federal government and multi-national corporations operating in a broad range of industries and geographic areas. Additionally, in order to mitigate credit risk, we continually evaluate the credit worthiness of our major commercial clients.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to employ estimates and make assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities; the revenues and expenses reported for the periods covered by the financial statements; and certain amounts disclosed in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are based on management’s most recent assessment of the underlying facts and circumstances utilizing the most current information available and past experience, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. Our estimates, judgments, and assumptions are evaluated periodically and adjusted accordingly.

Earlier in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we discussed three significant accounting policies that rely on the application of estimates and assumptions: revenue accounting for contracts; the process for testing goodwill for possible impairment; and the accounting for share-based payments to employees and directors. The following is a discussion of certain other significant accounting policies that rely on the use of estimates:

Accounting for Pensions— We use certain assumptions and estimates in order to calculate periodic pension cost and the value of the assets and liabilities of our pension plans. These assumptions involve discount rates, investment returns, and projected salary increases, among others. Changes in the actuarial assumptions may have a material effect on the plans’ liabilities and the projected pension expense.

F-12

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Accounting for Income Taxes— We determine our consolidated income tax provision using the asset and liability method prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. If and when we determine that a deferred tax asset will not be realized for its full amount, we will recognize and record a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to earnings. Judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the normal course of business, we may engage in numerous transactions every day for which the ultimate tax outcome (including the period in which the transaction will ultimately be included in taxable income or deducted as an expense) is uncertain. Additionally, we file income, franchise, gross receipts and similar tax returns in many jurisdictions. Our tax returns are subject to audit and investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, most states in the United States, and by various government agencies representing many jurisdictions outside the United States.

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance—In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. We record in the Consolidated Balance Sheets amounts representing our estimated liability relating to such guarantees, litigation, and insurance claims. We perform an analysis to determine the level of reserves to establish for both insurance-related claims that are known and have been asserted against us as well as for insurance-related claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators as of the respective balance sheet dates. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. In addition, as a contractor providing services to various agencies of the United States federal government, we are subject to many levels of audits, investigations, and claims by, or on behalf of, the U.S. federal government with respect to contract performance, pricing, costs, cost allocations, and procurement practices. We adjust revenues based upon the amounts we expect to realize considering the effects of any client audits or governmental investigations.

3. Business Combinations

Acquisitions of TechTeam, Sula, DSWA, Magellan Consulting, Alpha Telecom, and CES

In October 2010, we acquired TechTeam Government Solutions, Inc. (“TechTeam”), formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of TechTeam Global, Inc. TechTeam is a 500-person information technology (“IT”) solutions company that provides support to U.S. federal, state and local government agencies, including the United States Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Army, and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The firm’s core competencies include systems integration, enterprise application integration, ERP implementation support, IT infrastructure support, network operations management, and call center operations. The primary purpose for acquiring TechTeam was to expand the Company’s IT, modeling, and simulation services capabilities with the U.S. federal government.

Also in October 2010, we acquired Sula Systems Ltd (“Sula”), a 70-person professional services firm headquartered in Gloucestershire, England. Founded in 1996, Sula provides systems engineering and technical services on large, complex programs and projects to clients in the United Kingdom’s defense and aerospace markets. Sula is also involved in a number of major defense programs in areas such as armored vehicles, complex weapons, test and evaluation, submarine nuclear propulsion, and capability and network level systems engineering. Sula also provides services relating to civil airliners and space-based subsystems. The primary purpose for acquiring Sula was to expand the Company’s position in the defense and aerospace markets.

In December 2010, we acquired the assets of Damon S. Williams Associates, L.L.C. (“DSWA”). DSWA is a 50 person professional services firm headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona specializing in water and wastewater facilities, with expertise in planning, design, construction administration and operations services. The primary purpose for acquiring DSWA was to expand our water and wastewater capabilities to better serve our customers in the western United States.

Also in December 2010, we acquired the assets of two other, smaller niche firms: (i) Magellan Consulting which provides services to clients in the education market, and (ii) Alpha Telecom Services Company which provides services to clients in the telecommunications industry.

In May 2011, we acquired an additional 55% interest in Consulting Engineering Services (India) Private Limited (“CES”) bringing our ownership interest to 70%. CES is a leading power, infrastructure, and civil engineering company in India, headquartered in Delhi. CES employs approximately 2,000 people and provides a range of solutions in infrastructure, development,

F-13

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

planning, engineering, and construction management. The acquisition of CES significantly expands the Company’s resources and capabilities in India and expands our presence in other regions in Asia and the Middle East.

The results of operations of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations commencing with the dates control of the acquired businesses were obtained.

The above acquisitions were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements at September 30, 2011 and for the year then ended.

The Aker Solutions ASA Transactions

On February 1, 2011, we acquired certain operations within the process and construction business of Aker Solutions ASA, and in April 2011, we completed the acquisition of Aker Projects (Shanghai) Company Limited (Aker Solutions’ onshore P&C operations in China) (the acquired operations are referred to herein as the “Aker Entities”). We believe this acquisition will significantly expand Jacobs’ global presence in the mining and metals market; provide a new geographic region with South America; and strengthen Jacobs’ presence in China and Australia. Jacobs’ regional presence in Europe and North America will also be enhanced as a result of this acquisition.

The purchase price was $675.0 million plus approximately $234.6 million representing certain transactions specified in the share purchase agreement (“SPA”) and a preliminary estimate of net cash and working capital acquired. At closing, the Company funded approximately $909.6 million pursuant to the SPA. The acquisition was financed through a combination of cash-on-hand and borrowings under a number of new, bilateral credit facilities with major U.S. and European banks. The results of operations of the Aker Entities have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations commencing with the date control of the entities was obtained.

The following table presents the unaudited, pro forma consolidated results of operations for each of fiscal 2011 and 2010 as if the acquisition of the Aker Entities had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2010. These pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of (i) the results of operations that would have occurred had the Aker Entities operations actually been acquired at the beginning of fiscal 2010; or (ii) future results of operations (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Revenues	$	10,733,797	$	10,633,975
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs	$	339,437	$	262,114

Due to the size of the Aker transaction and considering the number of geographies in which it operates, we have not completed the purchase price allocation. The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the net assets (excluding intangibles and goodwill) of the Aker Entities as of the dates of acquisition (in thousands):

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	329,689
Receivables and other current assets		145,049
Property and equipment, and other assets		115,911
Total assets		590,649
Liabilities:
Current liabilities		195,910
Long-term liabilities		22,534
Total liabilities		218,444
Net assets acquired	$	372,205

The Company expects to collect substantially all of the acquired receivables of $134.2 million.

F-14

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the Company’s latest estimate of the values of the acquired intangible assets (in thousands):

Customer relationships / backlog	$	136,000
Technology		23,000
	$	159,000

The preliminary values of intangible assets subject to amortization are included in “Other Noncurrent Assets” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011, and are being amortized over lives that range from 1 year to 15 years (the weighted average life for all intangibles is 12.8 years). The preliminary amount of goodwill created as a result of this transaction is summarized as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price	$	910,000
Amount assigned to net assets acquired		(372,000	)
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets		(159,000	)
Deferred taxes related to intangible assets		55,000
Goodwill recognized, preliminary	$	434,000

Some of the factors contributing to a purchase price that resulted in the recognition of goodwill include: (i) access to a large, highly-trained and stable workforce; (ii) the opportunity to expand our client base in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and China; (iii) the opportunity to enter new geographic markets in South America; (iv) the opportunity to expand our presence in the mining and minerals market; and (v) the opportunity of achieving operating synergies.

We do not expect a material amount of the goodwill recognized during fiscal 2011 to be deductible for income tax purposes. Included in selling, general and administrative expense for fiscal 2011 is $15.2 million of acquisition-related costs pertaining to our acquisition activities.

4. Stock Purchase and Stock Option Plans

Broad-Based, Employee Stock Purchase Plans

We sponsor two, broad-based, shareholder-approved employee stock purchase plans: the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1989 ESPP”) and the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “GESPP”). Both plans offer employees the right to purchase shares of the common stock of Jacobs at a discount that is limited to 5% of the per-share market value on the day shares are sold to employees.

The following table summarizes the stock issuance activity under the 1989 ESPP and the GESPP during each of the last three fiscal years:

	2011		2010		2009
Aggregate Purchase Price Paid for Shares Sold:
Under the 1989 ESPP	$	31,887,660	$	30,042,431	$	37,246,390
Under the GESPP		2,894,302		2,850,202		3,033,146
Total	$	34,781,962	$	32,892,633	$	40,279,536
Aggregate Number of Shares Sold:
Under the 1989 ESPP		771,818		802,508		966,241
Under the GESPP		69,386		74,848		76,420
Total		841,204		877,356		1,042,661

At September 30, 2011, there were 3,910,515 shares reserved for issuance under the 1989 ESPP, and there were 413,391 shares reserved for issuance under the GESPP.

F-15

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Stock Incentive Plans

We sponsor two, continuing, shareholder-approved stock incentive plans: the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 SIP”) and the 1999 Outside Director Stock Plan (the “1999 ODSP”). The 1999 SIP provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to employees. The 1999 ODSP provides for awards of shares of common stock, restricted stock, and restricted stock units, and grants of nonqualified stock options to our outside (i.e., nonemployee) directors. The 1999 SIP and the 1999 ODSP (together, the “1999 Plans”) replaced our 1981 Executive Incentive Plan (the “1981 Plan”). The following table sets forth certain information about the 1999 Plans:

	1999 SIP		1999 ODSP		Total
Number of shares authorized		18,700,000		800,000		19,500,000
Number of remaining shares reserved for issuance at September 30, 2011		8,255,742		456,500		8,712,242
Number of shares relating to outstanding stock options at September 30, 2011		6,205,635		255,875		6,461,510
Number of shares available for future awards:
At September 30, 2011		2,050,107		200,625		2,250,732
At October 1, 2010		2,916,492		245,625		3,162,117

The number of shares of common stock that may be awarded under the 1999 SIP in the form of restricted stock is limited to 4,870,000 shares, and shares of restricted stock that are subsequently forfeited become available again for issuance as restricted stock. At September 30, 2011, there were a total of 2,050,107 shares of common stock that remained available for issuance in the form of restricted stock under the 1999 SIP.

The following table presents the fair value of shares (of restricted stock and restricted stock units) vested during the years presented (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Fair value of shares vested	$	4,848	$	4,188	$	1,424

The following table presents the Company’s total pre-tax compensation cost relating to share-based payments included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Share-based compensation expense (pre-tax)	$	29,084	$	24,361	$	24,085

The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the 1999 Plans and the 1981 Plan for each of the last three fiscal years:

	Number of Stock Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at September 26, 2008		6,932,559		$	35.45
Granted		688,650		$	41.07
Exercised		(527,616	)	$	15.07
Cancelled or expired		(62,576	)	$	57.38
Outstanding at October 2, 2009		7,031,017		$	37.43
Granted		975,000		$	43.79
Exercised		(447,200	)	$	15.90
Cancelled or expired		(148,237	)	$	60.39
Outstanding at October 1, 2010		7,410,580		$	39.10
Granted		433,600		$	46.04
Exercised		(1,363,005	)	$	21.37
Cancelled or expired		(19,665	)	$	47.81
Outstanding at September 30, 2011		6,461,510		$	43.28

F-16

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Stock options outstanding at September 30, 2011 consisted entirely of nonqualified stock options. The following table presents the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$	34,665	$	11,764	$	15,033

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercisable at September 30, 2011 was approximately $18.0 million. The following table presents certain other information regarding our stock incentive plans:

	2011		2010		2009
At fiscal year end:
Range of exercise prices for options outstanding	$	13.29–$94.11	$	10.79–$94.11	$	7.03–$94.11
Number of options exercisable		4,822,297		5,441,883		5,075,975
For the fiscal year:
Range of prices relating to options exercised	$	10.785–$41.18	$	7.03–$37.35	$	7.73–$37.68
Estimated weighted average fair values of options granted	$	19.43	$	19.33	$	19.71

F-17

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents certain information regarding stock options outstanding, and stock options exercisable at September 30, 2011:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Price		Number		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$13.29 - $18.49		262,200		0.89	$	15.70		262,200	$	15.70
$19.21 - $26.95		1,489,535		1.11	$	23.10		1,489,535	$	23.10
$32.51 - $37.35		474,250		2.20	$	37.30		452,375	$	37.33
$37.68 - $46.86		2,656,000		5.88	$	42.85		1,515,550	$	43.00
$47.11 - $55.04		391,550		8.83	$	48.41		82,465	$	48.17
$56.95 - $57.81		515,825		2.76	$	56.97		513,825	$	56.97
$76.15 - $83.61		80,625		4.27	$	81.33		60,625	$	81.33
$88.19 - $94.11		591,525		3.63	$	92.57		445,722	$	92.57
		6,461,510		4.01	$	43.28		4,822,297	$	41.47

Our stock incentive plans allow participants to satisfy the exercise price of stock options by tendering shares of Jacobs common stock that have been owned by the participants for at least six months. Shares so tendered are retired and canceled, and are shown as repurchases of common stock in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

At September 30, 2011, the amount of compensation cost relating to nonvested awards not yet recognized in the financial statements is approximately $27.9 million. The majority of the unrecognized compensation costs will be recognized by the second quarter of fiscal 2013. The weighted average remaining contractual term of options currently exercisable is 2.60 years.

The following table presents the number of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units issued under the 1999 Plans:

	2011		2010		2009
Restricted stock issued		226,850		525,600		147,300
Restricted stock units issued (service condition)		12,100		9,000		9,000
Restricted stock units issued (service and performance conditions)		291,700		—		—

The restrictions generally relate to the recipient’s ability to sell or otherwise transfer the stock or stock units. There are also restrictions that subject the stock and stock units to forfeiture back to the Company until earned by the recipient through continued employment or service. At September 30, 2011, there were 1,167,300 shares of restricted stock; 44,100 shares of restricted stock units (service condition) and 291,700 shares of restricted stock units (service and performance conditions) outstanding under the 1999 Plans.

F-18

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

5. Earnings Per Share

The following table (i) reconciles the denominator used to compute Basic EPS to the denominator used to compute Diluted EPS for each of the last three fiscal years, and (ii) discloses the number of antidilutive stock options outstanding at the end of each of the fiscal years indicated (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Shares used to calculate EPS:
Weighted average shares outstanding (denominator used to compute basic EPS)		125,686		124,134		122,772
Effect of stock options and restricted stock		1,549		1,656		1,762
Denominator used to compute diluted EPS		127,235		125,790		124,534
Antidilutive stock options and restricted stock		4,507		3,814		2,288

6. Borrowings

Short-Term Credit Arrangements

The following table presents certain information regarding the Company’s various credit facilities and bank loan agreements at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

	2011					2010
	Principal Balance Outstanding		Range of Interest Rates			Principal Balance Outstanding		Range of Interest Rates
$290.0 Million revolving credit facility	$	171,788		0.96 – 1.57	%	$	—		—
Bilateral loan agreements	$	392,059		1.0 – 2.15	%	$	79,157		1.42	%
Other loan agreements	$	2,184		6.0	%	$	242		4.5	%

The Company’s $290.0 million revolving credit facility expires in May 2012; hence, amounts classified previously as long-term debt are now classified as current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011. This facility provides for unsecured borrowings from banks (a syndicate consisting of U.S., Canadian, European, and Asian banks) at either fixed rates offered by the banks at the time of borrowing on loans not greater than twelve months, or at variable rates based on the agent bank’s base rate, LIBOR or the latest federal funds rate. The credit agreement contains certain negative covenants relating to the Company’s “consolidated net worth”, and a “leverage ratio” based on outstanding borrowings (including financial letters of credit) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (all as defined in the agreement). The agreement requires us to pay a facility fee based on the total amount of the commitments.

The Company’s “bilateral loan agreements” include a number of credit facilities with major U.S. and European banks entered into in fiscal 2011 in connection with the acquisition of the Aker Entities. Also included in this category are amounts outstanding under two bilateral facilities we entered into in connection with the Company’s purchases of (i) a one-third interest in AWE, and (ii) an additional 55% interest in CES. These bilateral loan agreements expire between April 30, 2012 and May 28, 2012, and bear interest at Libor plus 0.75%. The following table presents certain additional information regarding the Company’s various loan agreements for he fiscal years shown:

	2011			2010
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the fiscal year	$	675,083		$	117,482
Average amount outstanding during the year	$	403,649		$	84,018
Weighted average interest rate during the year		1.81	%		1.29	%

Included in “Long-term Debt” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 are amounts relating to a real estate mortgage and other, miscellaneous indebtedness assumed in connection with various business combinations.

F-19

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the amount of interest paid by the Company during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Amount of interest paid	$	7,778	$	11,702	$	1,690

Included in interest payments during fiscal 2010 is approximately $9.9 million of interest paid in connection with the SIVOM judgment (see Note 11—Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance, below).

7. Pension Plans

Company-Only Sponsored Plans

We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans covering employees of certain U.S. and international subsidiaries. The pension plans provide pension benefits that are based on the employee’s compensation and years of service. Our funding policy is to fund the actuarially determined accrued benefits, allowing for projected compensation increases using the projected unit method.

The following table sets forth the changes in the plans’ combined net benefit obligation (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) for each balance sheet presented (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Net benefit obligation at the beginning of the year	$	160,264		$	148,532		$	1,007,105		$	842,928
Service cost		10,684			—			30,816			22,722
Interest cost		21,377			7,545			54,631			46,584
Participants’ contributions		3,318			—			12,108			12,467
Actuarial (gains)/losses		30,378			12,300			(141,498	)		134,702
Benefits paid		(34,486	)		(8,113	)		(32,419	)		(25,283	)
Curtailments/settlements		—			—			(3,744	)		(6,051	)
Transfers		—			—			—			(35	)
Business combinations/consolidations		290,887			—			49,638			—
Special termination benefits		120			—			—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(7,699	)		(20,929	)
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	482,542		$	160,264		$	968,938		$	1,007,105

The following table sets forth the changes in the combined fair value of the plans’ assets (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) for each balance sheet presented (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year	$	107,791		$	106,313		$	661,825		$	573,189
Actual return on plan assets		1,899			9,591			3,729			79,409
Employer contributions		21,753			—			70,575			42,595
Participants’ contributions		3,318			—			12,108			12,467
Gross benefits paid		(34,486	)		(8,113	)		(32,419	)		(25,283	)
Transfers		—			—			—			(35	)
Business combinations/consolidations		185,502			—			40,922			—
Curtailments/settlements		—			—			(3,744	)		(6,051	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(8,307	)		(14,466	)
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year	$	285,777		$	107,791		$	744,689		$	661,825

F-20

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table reconciles the combined funded statuses of the plans and recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	482,542	$	160,264	$	968,938	$	1,007,105
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year		285,777		107,791		744,689		661,825
Under funded amount recognized at the end of the year	$	196,765	$	52,473	$	224,249	$	345,280

The following table presents the amounts recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Accrued benefit cost included in current liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,690	$	1,473
Accrued benefit cost included in noncurrent liabilities		196,765		52,473		222,559		343,807
Net amount recognized at the end of the year	$	196,765	$	52,473	$	224,249	$	345,280

Included in the tables above for fiscal 2011 are amounts relating to a pension plan in the U.S. covering employees of a certain entity which the Company began consolidating at the beginning of this fiscal year. The covered employees are assigned to a particular operating contract with the U.S. government; it is the intention of the parties to the contract that the cost of this pension plan will be fully reimbursed by the U.S. government pursuant to applicable cost accounting standards. Included in “Other Noncurrent Assets” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011 is a receivable from the U.S. government of approximately $140.9 million representing the underfunded amount for this pension plan.

The following table presents the significant actuarial assumptions used in determining the funded statuses of the Company’s U.S. plans for each fiscal year presented:

	2011			2010			2009
Weighted average discount rates		4.3% to 4.6	%		4.6	%		5.25	%
Rates of compensation increases		3.5	%		—			—

The following table presents the significant actuarial assumptions used in determining the funded statuses of the Company’s Non-U.S. plans for each fiscal year presented:

	2011			2010			2009
Weighted average discount rates		2.6% to 5.9	%		2.1% to 5.1	%		2.5% to 5.6	%
Rates of compensation increases		3.0% to 3.5	%		3.25% to 3.5	%		3.5	%

The following table presents certain amounts relating to our U.S. pension plans recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial loss	$	7,486		$	8,297		$	24,585
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial gain		(2,011	)		(1,154	)		(811	)
Total	$	5,475		$	7,143		$	23,774

F-21

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents certain amounts relating to our Non-U.S. pension plans recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial (gain) loss	$	(73,258	)	$	64,809		$	63,028
Prior service cost (benefit)		1,005			(117	)		(32	)
Total		(72,253	)		64,692			62,996
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial gain		(4,990	)		(7,646	)		(3,700	)
Prior service benefit		(1,406	)		(193	)		(243	)
Total		(6,396	)		(7,839	)		(3,943	)
Total	$	(78,649	)	$	56,853		$	59,053

The following table presents certain amounts relating to our pension plans recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Net actuarial loss	$	68,224	$	62,749	$	124,560	$	202,806
Prior service cost		—		—		1,166		1,569
Total	$	68,224	$	62,749	$	125,726	$	204,375

The following table presents the amount of accumulated comprehensive income that will be amortized against earnings as part of our net periodic pension cost in fiscal 2012 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension Plans
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	$	3,217	$	8,138
Unrecognized prior service cost		—		247
Accumulated comprehensive loss to be recorded against earnings	$	3,217	$	8,385

We consider various factors in developing the estimates for the expected, long-term rates of return on plan assets. These factors include the projected, long-term rates of returns on the various types of assets in which the plans invest, as well as historical returns. In general, investment allocations are determined by each plan’s trustees and/or investment committees. The objectives of the plans’ investment policies are to (i) maximize returns while preserving capital; (ii) provide returns sufficient to meet the current and long-term obligations of the plan as the obligations become due; and (iii) maintain a diversified portfolio of assets so as to reduce the risk associated with having a disproportionate amount of the plans’ total assets invested in any one type of asset, issuer or geography. None of our pension plans hold Jacobs common stock directly (although some plans may hold shares indirectly through investments in mutual funds). The plans’ weighted average asset allocations at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (the measurement dates used in valuing the plans’ assets and liabilities) were as follows:

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Pans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Equity securities		68	%		70	%		41	%		39	%
Debt securities		23	%		22	%		37	%		37	%
Real estate investments		2	%		3	%		6	%		6	%
Other		7	%		5	%		16	%		18	%

F-22

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s U.S. pension plan assets at September 30, 2011 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	172,986	$	—	$	172,986
Overseas equities		22,057		—		22,057
U.S. Domestic bonds		66,333		—		66,333
Cash and equivalents		4,203		—		4,203
Real estate		—		5,353		5,353
Hedge funds		—		14,845		14,845
Total	$	265,579	$	20,198	$	285,777

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s Non-U.S. pension plan assets at September 30, 2011 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	156,264	$	—	$	156,264
Overseas equities		149,926		—		149,926
U.S. Domestic bonds		262,377		—		262,377
Overseas bonds		13,794		—		13,794
Cash and equivalents		14,486		—		14,486
Infrastructure / Raw goods		—		4,776		4,776
Real estate		—		43,997		43,997
Insurance contracts		—		17,293		17,293
Hedge funds		—		81,776		81,776
Total	$	596,847	$	147,842	$	744,689

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s U.S. pension plan assets at October 1, 2010 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	64,520	$	—	$	64,520
Overseas equities		10,526		—		10,526
U.S. Domestic bonds		2,935		—		2,935
Overseas bonds		20,452		—		20,452
Cash and equivalents		703		—		703
Real estate		—		3,164		3,164
Hedge funds		—		5,491		5,491
Total	$	99,136	$	8,655	$	107,791

F-23

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s Non-U.S. pension plan assets at October 1, 2010 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	135,060	$	—	$	135,060
Overseas equities		118,145		—		118,145
U.S. Domestic bonds		241,251		—		241,251
Overseas bonds		1,376		—		1,376
Cash and equivalents		15,486		—		15,486
“With Profits” funds		—		1,482		1,482
Real estate		—		38,351		38,351
Insurance contracts		—		27,465		27,465
Hedge funds		—		83,209		83,209
Total	$	511,318	$	150,507	$	661,825

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company’s U.S. Plans’ Level 3 assets for the year ended September 30, 2011 (in thousands):

	Real Estate			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,164		$	5,491
Transfers		4,661			9,208
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)		(2,472	)		146
Balance, end of year	$	5,353		$	14,845

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Non-U.S. Plans’ Level 3 assets for the year ended September 30, 2011 (in thousands):

	Infrastructure / Raw Goods		Real Estate			Insurance Contracts			Hedge Funds			“With Profits” Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	—	$	38,351		$	27,465		$	83,209		$	1,482
Purchases, sales, and settlements		4,776		2,248			323			(1,452	)		—
Realized and unrealized gains		—		3,799			593			937			—
Transfers		—		—			(10,964	)		—			(1,513	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—		(401	)		(124	)		(918	)		31
Balance, end of year	$	4,776	$	43,997		$	17,293		$	81,776		$	—

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company’s U.S. Plans’ Level 3 assets for the year ended October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	Real Estate			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,387		$	5,505
Realized and unrealized losses		(223	)		(14	)
Balance, end of year	$	3,164		$	5,491

F-24

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Non-U.S. Plans’ Level 3 assets for the year ended October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	“With Profits” Funds			Real Estate			Insurance Contracts			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,557		$	31,047		$	25,706		$	52,323
Purchases, sales, and settlements		—			3,247			—			20,546
Realized and unrealized gains		(55	)		4,661			2,888			10,699
Transfers		—			(5	)		—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		(20	)		(599	)		(1,129	)		(359	)
Balance, end of year	$	1,482		$	38,351		$	27,465		$	83,209

The following table presents the amount of cash contributions we anticipate making into the plans during fiscal 2012 (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension  Pans
Anticipated cash contributions	$	60,974	$	48,345

The following table presents the total benefit payments expected to be paid to pension plan participants during each of the next five fiscal years, and in total for the five years thereafter (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension  Pans
2012	$	74,472	$	33,946
2013		35,503		36,379
2014		38,211		37,602
2015		29,728		40,738
2016		36,150		46,146
For the period 2017 through 2021		210,743		286,879

The following table presents the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company’s U.S. plans recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	10,684		$	—		$	—
Interest cost		21,377			7,545			8,147
Expected return on plan assets		(23,558	)		(10,566	)		(9,208	)
Actuarial loss		7,025			1,846			1,038
Prior service cost		(103	)		—			—
Net pension cost, before special items		15,425			(1,175	)		(23	)
Special termination benefits		120			—			—
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$	15,545		$	(1,175	)	$	(23	)

F-25

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company’s Non-U.S. plans recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	30,816		$	22,722		$	19,212
Interest cost		54,631			46,584			41,634
Expected return on plan assets		(50,033	)		(36,988	)		(35,629	)
Actuarial loss		13,535			10,488			4,078
Prior service cost		303			293			293
Net pension cost, before special items		49,252			43,099			29,588
Special termination benefits		—			—			203
Curtailments and settlements		381			1,206			—
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$	49,633		$	44,305		$	29,791

Multiemployer Plans

In the United States and Canada, we contribute to various trusteed pension plans covering hourly construction employees under industry-wide agreements. We also contribute to various trusteed plans in certain countries in Europe covering both hourly and certain salaried employees. Contributions are based on the hours worked by employees covered under these agreements and are charged to direct costs of contracts on a current basis. Information from the plans’ administrators is not available to permit us to determine our share of unfunded benefits, if any. The following table presents the Company’s contributions to these multiemployer plans during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Contributions to multiemployer pension plans	$	98,270	$	65,382	$	51,958

8. Savings and Deferred Compensation Plans

Savings Plans

We sponsor various defined contribution savings plans which allow participants to make voluntary contributions by salary deduction. Such plans cover substantially all of our domestic, nonunion employees in the U.S. and are qualified under section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code. Similar plans outside the U.S. cover various groups of employees of our international subsidiaries and affiliates. Several of these plans allow the Company to match, on a voluntary basis, a portion of the employee contributions. The following table presents the Company’s contributions to these savings plans during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Savings plans contributions	$	61,065	$	57,346	$	54,957

Deferred Compensation Plans

Our Executive Security Plan and Executive Deferral Plans are nonqualified deferred compensation programs that provide benefits payable to directors, officers, and certain key employees or their designated beneficiaries at specified future dates, upon retirement, or death. Benefit payments under both plans are funded by a combination of contributions from participants and the Company, and most of the participants are covered by life insurance policies with the Company designated as the beneficiary. The following table presents the amount charged to expense for the Company’s deferred compensation plans during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Deferred compensation plans expense	$	3,075	$	3,631	$	8,327

F-26

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

9. Income Taxes

The following table presents the components of our consolidated income tax expense for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	102,903		$	123,154		$	146,865
State		25,067			23,477			30,137
Foreign		37,617			22,909			42,597
Total current tax expense		165,587			169,540			219,599
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal		10,482			(19,518	)		(733	)
State		(1,760	)		(675	)		397
Foreign		7,131			(3,700	)		5,656
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)		15,853			(23,893	)		5,320
Consolidated income tax expense	$	181,440		$	145,647		$	224,919

Deferred taxes reflect the tax effects of the differences between the amounts recorded as assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the comparable amounts recorded for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The following table presents the components of our net deferred tax assets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Obligations relating to:
Defined benefit pension plans	$	80,632		$	108,826
Other employee benefit plans		151,855			137,810
Self-insurance programs		14,999			19,481
Contract revenues and costs		15,333			13,602
Foreign tax credits carryforward		320			14,305
Other		9,081			10,719
Gross deferred tax assets		272,220			304,743
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(130,536	)		(81,693	)
Other, net		(7,068	)		(792	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(137,604	)		(82,485	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	134,616		$	222,258

The following table presents the income tax benefits realized from the exercise of nonqualified stock options, and disqualifying dispositions of stock sold under our employee stock purchase plans during each of the last three fiscal years (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Income tax benefits realized under stock plans	$	11.9	$	4.0	$	4.7

F-27

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table reconciles total income tax expense using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the consolidated income tax expense shown in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the last three fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Statutory amount	$	180,831		$	137,177		$	218,446
State taxes, net of the federal benefit		15,150			14,821			19,848
Utilization of foreign tax credit carryover		—			—			(5,856	)
Tax differential on foreign earnings		(7,841	)		(7,178	)		(9,838	)
Other, net		(6,700	)		827			2,319
Consolidated income tax expense	$	181,440		$	145,647		$	224,919
Rates used to compute statutory amount		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Consolidated effective income tax rate		35.1	%		37.2	%		36.0	%

The following table presents income tax payments made during each of the last three fiscal years (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Income tax payments	$	139.2	$	170.8	$	255.5

The following table presents the components of our consolidated earnings before taxes for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
United States earnings	$	341,059	$	295,144	$	449,065
Foreign earnings		175,602		96,790		175,067
	$	516,661	$	391,934	$	624,132

United States income taxes, net of applicable credits, have been provided on the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, except in those instances where the earnings are expected to be permanently reinvested. At September 30, 2011, approximately $26.1 million of such undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries was expected to be permanently reinvested. Should these earnings be repatriated, approximately $7.4 million of income taxes would be payable.

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification 740. It accounts for interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as interest and penalties (i.e., not as part of income tax expense). The Company’s liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits was $31.1 million and $27.8 million at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, respectively, all of which, if recognized, would affect the Company’s consolidated effective income tax rate. The Company had $4.0 million and $4.4 million in accrued interest and penalties at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, respectively. The Company estimates that, within 12 months, $4.5 million of gross, primarily non-U.S. unrecognized tax benefits will reverse due to the anticipated expiration of time to assess tax. As of September 30, 2011, the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2008 through 2011 remain subject to examination.

F-28

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

10. Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments

Commitments Under Operating Leases

We lease certain of our facilities and equipment under operating leases with net aggregate future lease payments of approximately $832.7 million at September 30, 2011 payable as follows (in thousands):

In fiscal years,
2012	$	150,209
2013		131,481
2014		100,982
2015		127,554
2016		66,999
Thereafter		269,882
		847,107
Amounts representing sublease income		(14,406	)
	$	832,701

We recognize rent expense, inclusive of landlord concessions and tenant allowances, over the lease term on a straight-line basis. We also recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis for leases containing fixed escalation clauses and rent holidays. Contingent rentals are included in rent expense as accruable. Operating leases relating to many of our major offices generally contain renewal options, and provide for additional rental based on escalation in operating expenses and real estate taxes.

The following table presents rent expense and sublease income offsetting the Company’s rent expense during each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Rent expense	$	157,955		$	155,517		$	159,682
Sublease income		(8,315	)		(11,160	)		(10,012	)
Net rent	$	149,640		$	144,357		$	149,670

Guarantee

We are party to a synthetic lease agreement involving certain real and personal property located in Houston, Texas that we use in our operations. A synthetic lease is a type of off-balance sheet transaction which provides us with certain tax and other financial benefits. Significant terms of the lease are as follows:

End of lease term		2015
End of term purchase option (in thousands)	$	52,200
Residual value guaranty (in thousands)	$	38,800

The lease agreement gives us the right to request an extension of the lease term. We may also assist the owner in selling the property at the end of the lease term, the proceeds from which would be used to reduce our residual value guarantee. In connection with the lease, we entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement with a U.S. bank which fixes the amount of the Company’s lease payments. The notional amount of this hedge at September 30, 2011 was $52.2 million. This instrument allows us to receive a floating rate payment tied to the 1-month LIBOR from the counterparty in exchange for a fixed-rate payment from us. We’ve determined this interest rate swap to be “highly effective” according to U.S. GAAP. The minimum lease payments required by the lease agreement is included in the above lease pay-out schedule. We have determined that the estimated fair value of the aforementioned financial guarantee was not significant at September 30, 2011.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In situations where our operations incur contract costs in currencies other than their functional currency, we attempt to have a portion of the related contract revenues denominated in the same currencies as the costs. In those situations where revenues and costs are transacted in different currencies, we sometimes enter into foreign exchange contracts in order to limit our exposure to fluctuating foreign currencies. The Company does not currently have exchange rate sensitive instruments that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

F-29

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Letters of Credit

Letters of credit outstanding at September 30, 2011 totaled $309.6 million. Of this amount $28.7 million has been issued under our revolving credit facility and $280.9 million are stand-alone letters of credit.

11. Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance

In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. The guarantees to which we are a party generally relate to project schedules and plant performance. Most of the litigation in which we are involved has us as a defendant in workers’ compensation; personal injury; environmental; employment/labor; professional liability; and other similar lawsuits.

We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. We have elected, however, to retain a portion of losses that occur through the use of various deductibles, limits, and retentions under our insurance programs. This situation may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially insured, or completely uninsured. We intend to mitigate any such future liability by continuing to exercise prudent business judgment in negotiating the terms and conditions of our contracts.

Additionally, as a contractor providing services to the United States federal government and several of its agencies, we are subject to many levels of audits, investigations, and claims by, or on behalf of, the U.S. federal government with respect to our contract performance, pricing, costs, cost allocations, and procurement practices. Furthermore, our income, franchise, and similar tax returns and filings are also subject to audit and investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, most states within the United States as well as by various government agencies representing jurisdictions outside the United States.

We record in our Consolidated Balance Sheets amounts representing our estimated liability relating to such claims, guarantees, litigation, and audits and investigations. We perform an analysis to determine the level of reserves to establish for insurance-related claims that are known and have been asserted against us, and for insurance-related claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators as of the respective balance sheet dates. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated results of operations.

Management believes, after consultation with counsel, that such guarantees, litigation, United States government contract-related audits, investigations and claims, and income tax audits and investigations should not have any material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

On August 1, 2007 the I-35W bridge in Minneapolis, Minnesota suffered a tragic collapse. The bridge was designed and built in the early 1960’s. Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. (“Sverdrup & Parcel”) provided design services to the Minnesota Department of Transportation (“MnDOT”) on the bridge. Sverdrup & Parcel was a predecessor company to Sverdrup Corporation, a company acquired by Jacobs in 1999. Several lawsuits have been filed against a consultant who had been providing engineering analyses of the bridge prior to its collapse, and against a contractor who was providing maintenance and construction work on the bridge at the time of its collapse. No lawsuits have been filed directly against the Company by any of the primary plaintiffs. The consultant and the contractor have filed suit against the Company claiming that the Company was liable for negligent design services by Sverdrup & Parcel, and against MnDOT claiming that MnDOT had an obligation to inspect, maintain and repair the bridge and that it failed to do so. MnDOT has filed a suit against the Company claiming that it is entitled to be indemnified for any and all amounts that it pays out under its Victims Compensation Fund. We understand that the contractor has settled all of the plaintiffs’ claims against it. The contractor’s suit against the Company is in the process of being dismissed without any compensation being paid by the Company. The Company’s motions to dismiss the remaining claims against it by the consultant and MnDOT based on the State Statute of Repose were denied. The Company filed an appeal and the appellate court reversed the trial court and granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the consultant’s claim. The consultant has petitioned the Minnesota Supreme Court to grant review. The appellate court upheld the trial court’s decision denying the Company’s motion to dismiss MnDOT’s claim. The Company has petitioned the Minnesota Supreme Court to grant review. The Minnesota Supreme Court has granted the petition for review in both matters. The Company does not expect this matter to have any material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

On June 25, 2010, we received an unfavorable judgment from an Administrative Tribunal in Strasbourg, France relating to a waste incineration plant project in France. The dispute involved a project to design and build a waste incineration plant in Sausheim, France by a consortium led by Serete (an entity Jacobs acquired in 1997) for the SIVOM de Mulhousienne (“SIVOM”). The contract was entered into in 1996, prior to the acquisition of Serete. Jacobs filed suit in 2002 seeking approximately $49.0 million in damages to recover its contract balance and additional project costs that it had incurred. The SIVOM counterclaimed for project completion

F-30

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

costs, increased operating costs, and costs relating to emissions problems. As a result of the judgment, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge to earnings of approximately $93.3 million. Included in this amount is a $25.9 million write-off of revenue. The balance of the charge reflects the cash payments the Company made to the SIVOM, net of cash payments the Company received. Net of the effects of the charge on the Company’s long-term incentive bonus plan and income taxes, the effect on net earnings attributable to Jacobs was approximately $60.3 million, or $0.48 per diluted share.

12. Common and Preferred Stock

Jacobs is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock designated “common stock” and “preferred stock” (each has a par value of $1.00 per share). The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series. The number of shares to be included in a series as well as each series’ designation, relative powers, dividend and other preferences, rights and qualifications, redemption provisions, and restrictions are to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time each series is issued. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in a preferred stock designation, or otherwise provided for by statute, the holders of shares of common stock have the exclusive right to vote for the election of Directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. The holders of shares of common stock are entitled to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors from whatever assets are legally available for that purpose.

F-31

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

13. Other Financial Information

Receivables

The following table presents the components of “Receivables” appearing in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 as well as certain other related information (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Amounts billed, net	$	1,016,792	$	818,761
Unbilled receivables and other		996,516		793,918
Retentions receivable		64,186		47,165
Total receivables, net	$	2,077,494	$	1,659,844
Other information about receivables:
Amounts due from the United States federal government included above, net of advanced billings	$	288,165	$	309,176
Claims receivable	$	14,712	$	14,201

Billed receivables consist of amounts invoiced to clients in accordance with the terms of our client contracts and are shown net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Property, Equipment, and Improvements, Net

The following table presents the components of our property, equipment and improvements at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Land	$	23,542		$	12,223
Buildings		136,161			90,565
Equipment		446,628			433,395
Leasehold improvements		144,903			142,358
Construction in progress		10,046			3,570
		761,280			682,111
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(476,647	)		(467,079	)
	$	284,633		$	215,032

Miscellaneous Noncurrent Assets

The following table presents the components of “Miscellaneous noncurrent assets” as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Deferred income taxes	$	161,540	$	187,045
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		75,440		68,107
Intangible assets (a)		259,006		100,045
Investments		185,590		209,898
Notes receivable		6,942		4,794
Reimbursable pension costs (b)		140,878		—
Other		32,338		13,065
Total	$	861,734	$	582,954

(a) Consists primarily of intangible assets acquired in connection with various business combinations.

(b) Consists of costs incurred relating to a defined benefit pension plan covering employees providing services on a contract with, and for the benefit of, the U.S. federal government pursuant to which such costs are fully reimbursable.

F-32

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Accrued Liabilities

The following table presents the components of “Accrued liabilities” as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Accrued payroll and related liabilities	$	535,631	$	419,513
Project-related accruals		125,742		71,465
Insurance liabilities		54,945		63,751
Sales and other similar taxes		38,395		34,385
Deferred rent		20,021		13,019
Other		62,483		59,145
Total	$	837,217	$	661,278

Other Deferred Liabilities

The following table presents the components of “Other deferred liabilities” as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Liabilities relating to defined benefit pension and early retirement plans	$	419,324	$	396,939
Liabilities relating to nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements		85,032		77,765
Deferred income taxes		137,604		82,485
Miscellaneous		23,996		21,838
Total	$	665,956	$	579,027

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents the components of “Total accumulated other comprehensive loss” as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(38,437	)	$	(13,413	)
Adjustments relating to defined benefit pension plans		(193,950	)		(267,124	)
Other		(5,151	)		(5,204	)
Total	$	(237,538	)	$	(285,741	)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, the Company acquired businesses for cash and stock of $711.4 million and $259.5 million, respectively. The following table presents the non-cash adjustments relating to these acquisitions made in preparing the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Working capital	$	(40,508	)	$	11,832
Property and equipment		33,195			3,116
Noncurrent assets		15,723			2,658
Deferred liabilities		(15,908	)		(34	)
Non-controlling interests		(1,936	)		—
Foreign currency translation		(79	)		—
Goodwill		720,933			241,920

F-33

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

14. Segment Information

As discussed above, we provide a broad range of technical, professional, and construction services. We provide our services through offices and subsidiaries located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, the Middle East, India, Australia, Africa, and Asia.

All of our operations share similar economic characteristics. For example, all of our operations are highly influenced by the general availability of qualified engineers and other technical professional staff. They also provide similar services as well as share similar processes for delivering our services. There is also a high degree of similarity of the workforces employed among the various categories of services we provide. For example, engineering and design services (i.e., services provided by persons who are degreed, and in certain circumstances licensed, professionals such as engineers, architects, scientists, and economists) exist in all four service categories. In addition, there is a high degree of similarity among a significant component of the workforces we employ to perform construction and operations and maintenance projects. In providing construction and operations and maintenance services, we employ a large number of skilled craft labor personnel. These may include welders, pipe fitters, electricians, crane operators, and other personnel who work on very large capital projects (in the case of projects classified within the construction services category) or on smaller capital projects (in the case of maintenance projects classified within the operations and maintenance services category). In addition, the use of technology is highly similar and consistent throughout our organization, as is our client base (with the exception of our operations outside the United States, which perform very little work for the U.S. federal government), and our quality assurance and safety programs. Furthermore, the types of information and internal reports used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) and other members of management to monitor performance, evaluate results of operations, allocate resources, and otherwise manage the business support a single reportable segment. Accordingly, based on these operational similarities and the way management monitors the Company’s results of operations, we have concluded that our operations may be aggregated into one reportable segment for purposes of this disclosure.

The following table presents certain financial information by geographic area for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Revenues:
United States	$	6,435,078	$	6,969,264	$	7,362,752
Europe		1,649,678		1,666,325		2,204,503
Canada		1,656,487		989,298		1,597,568
Asia		102,272		98,259		117,164
India		103,842		54,413		64,929
Australia		194,560		28,589		36,716
South America and Mexico		109,520		10,149		12,173
Middle East and Africa		130,227		99,220		71,571
Total	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376
Long-Lived Assets:
United States	$	169,914	$	122,551	$	159,451
Europe		49,372		53,586		40,840
Canada		42,496		21,859		23,564
Asia		1,653		809		1,308
India		16,831		13,372		11,821
Australia		1,040		356		441
South America and Mexico		1,533		821		1,063
Middle East and Africa		1,794		1,678		1,862
Total	$	284,633	$	215,032	$	240,350

Revenues were earned from unaffiliated clients located primarily within the various and respective geographic areas shown. Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization.

The following table presents the revenues earned directly or indirectly from the U.S. federal government and its agencies, expressed as a percentage of total revenues, for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Percentage of revenue earned from the U.S. federal government and its agencies		24.4	%		25.4	%		20.3	%

F-34

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the fiscal year ended October 2, 2009 revenues earned from Motiva Enterprises LLC accounted for 12.2% of total revenues (revenues earned from this customer in prior fiscal years constituted less than 10% of total revenues).

F-35

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

15. Selected Quarterly Information — Unaudited

The following table presents selected quarterly financial information for each of the last three fiscal years. Amounts are presented in thousands, except for per share amounts:

	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter		Fiscal Year
2011
Revenues	$	2,356,175	$	2,558,016	$	2,744,178		$	2,723,295	$	10,381,664
Operating profit (a)		103,619		128,015		139,380			147,904		518,918
Earnings before taxes		103,723		126,481		141,301			145,156		516,661
Net earnings of the Group		66,697		81,341		91,936			95,247		335,221
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		65,823		80,250		90,676			94,280		331,029
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.53		0.64		0.72			0.75		2.63
Diluted		0.52		0.63		0.71			0.74		2.60
2010
Revenues	$	2,477,785	$	2,586,974	$	2,507,725		$	2,343,033	$	9,915,517
Operating profit (a)		113,481		122,004		45,083			119,515		400,083
Earnings before taxes		113,148		121,160		37,239			120,387		391,934
Net earnings of the Group		72,401		77,567		19,240			77,079		246,287
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		72,437		77,500		19,043	(b)		76,994		245,974	(b)
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.59		0.63		0.15	(b)		0.62		1.98	(b)
Diluted		0.58		0.62		0.15	(b)		0.61		1.96	(b)
2009
Revenues	$	3,232,653	$	2,975,452	$	2,706,724		$	2,552,547	$	11,467,376
Operating profit (a)		181,068		170,688		146,674			122,143		620,573
Earnings before taxes		181,581		170,628		148,067			123,856		624,132
Net earnings of the Group		116,116		109,171		94,686			79,240		399,213
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		116,350		109,287		94,900			79,317		399,854
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.95		0.89		0.77			0.64		3.26
Diluted		0.94		0.88		0.76			0.63		3.21

(a) Operating profit represents revenues less (i) direct costs of contracts, and (ii) selling, general and administrative expenses.

(b) Includes a non-recurring loss of $60.3 million, or $0.48 per basic and diluted share, related to the SIVOM judgment.

F-36

Report of Ernst & Young LLP

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated November 21, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

                    

Los Angeles, California

November 21, 2011

F-37

Report of Ernst & Young LLP

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

We have audited Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of the acquired operations of Aker Solutions ASA (“Aker Entities”), which are included in the fiscal 2011 consolidated financial statements of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries and constituted 11.2% and 11.8% of total and net assets, respectively, as of September 30, 2011, and 6.6% and 8.6% of revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries’ also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the Aker Entities.

In our opinion, Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 2011, and our report dated November 21, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

                

Los Angeles, California

November 21, 2011

F-38

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

CONFIDENTIAL

INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

FOR OFFICERS AND KEY MANAGERS

Effective 10/1/2011

Summary of the Program

The purpose of the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Company”) Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is to promote the success of the Company by attracting and retaining highly qualified people who perform to the best of their abilities to achieve Company objectives and profitability. This program is designed to cover designated officers and key managers of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and its subsidiaries. Key managers are defined as management level personnel who do not normally receive overtime compensation and who are approved for participation by the Chief Executive Officer and the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of Jacobs’ Board of Directors.

Each year a bonus pool is determined by a formula approved by the Committee. From the pool up to 80 percent is allocated to participants in the Plan, with the balance reserved for distribution to nonparticipating employees who have made an outstanding contribution during the year. The allocation of each participant’s portion of the pool may be up to 50 percent by formula with the balance allocated solely at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer. The allocation of the nonparticipant’s portion of the pool is totally at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer. All award recommendations are approved by the Committee which has sole and absolute discretion to administer the plan.

Bonuses are paid in three annual installments. The first installment is paid approximately three months after the close of the first fiscal year to which it pertains. A participant is not vested in any future installments. A participant must be employed by the Company at the date each future installment is paid as the bonus is not only for service done in a particular year but also for services to be rendered in the years when future installments may be paid. The bonus award reflects recognition of performance attained and expected to be attained in the future. If an employee is a participant in the plan for less than a full year, the measure of his or her bonus will be prorated accordingly. If a participant’s employment is severed from the Company at any time prior to the time a future installment is to be paid, such installment and any and all

Page #2	CONFIDENTIAL
Incentive Bonus Plan

future installments are automatically forfeited. For the purposes of this program, a participant will be considered employed by the Company for purposes of receiving future installments only if on the date of payment, the participant is an active full time employee with the Company.

Bonus Pool Formula

The bonus pool is established as a percentage of pretax, pre-bonus earnings above a preset trigger point or hurdle rate. The hurdle rate for each fiscal year will be established by the Committee. Once the trigger point is reached, the bonus pool accrues at a rate set by the Committee up to 20 percent of pretax, pre-bonus income in excess of the trigger point. When a pretax, pre-bonus earnings reaches up to 2.0 times the trigger point, the accrual rate increases to a rate set by the Committee up to 33 percent of pretax, pre-bonus income in excess of to 2.0 times the trigger point. The percentage rate used for calculating the trigger point is established each year based on economic and market conditions in effect at that time. The bonus pool formula is subject to change at any time and is determined at the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

Allocation of Bonus Pool

The portion of the pool allocated to the Plan participants is distributed 50 percent based on their weighted salary (using factors approved by the Committee each year) versus the total weighted salaries of all participants of the plan and 50 percent at the discretion of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer. The weighted salaries will be determined by multiplying the salary earned while a participant in the plan times the weighting factors as determined by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Committee.

If a participant moves from one level to another during the year, the different weighting factors is applied to the salary earned at each level and prorated.

Payments

An Award shall be paid at such time or times as determined by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion. The Committee may reduce any award up to the date of payment. All payments are subject to federal, state, or local taxes unless deferred pursuant to the terms of a Company sponsored plan a participant may be eligible for.

Page #3	CONFIDENTIAL
Incentive Bonus Plan

Modifications and Administration

This Plan is provided at the discretion of the Committee and the Committee reserves the right to alter or modify it in the future. The Committee is responsible for the administration of the Plan and has the exclusive right to make any and all interpretations, rules, and regulations regarding the Plan.

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Page 1

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan

INDEX

1.	Purpose of the Plan	4
2.	Definitions	4
3.	Participation	7
4.	Enrollment and Election Periods	8
5.	Term of Plan	9
6.	Number and Type of Shares to Be Made Available	9
7.	Use of Funds	9
8.	Amount of Contribution; Method of Payment	9
9.	Purchasing, Transferring Shares	10
10.	Dividends and Other Distributions	11
11.	Voting of Shares	12
12.	In-Service Distribution or Sale of Shares	12
13.	Cessation of Active Participation	12
14.	Termination of Employment or Cessation on Eligible Employee	13
15.	Assignment	13
16.	Adjustment of and Changes in Shares	13
17.	Amendment or Termination of the Plan	13
18.	Designation of Subsidiaries	14
19.	Operating Regulations	14
20.	Administration	14
21.	Securities Law and Other Restrictions	15
22.	No Independent Employees’ Rights	15

Page 2

23.	Applicable Law	15
24.	Merger or Consolidation	15
I.	Addenda	17

Page 3

Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan

1. Purpose of the Plan

This 2001 Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to advance the interests of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. by encouraging stock ownership by employees of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and certain subsidiaries of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

2. Definitions

(a) “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) “Administrator” shall mean the bank, brokerage firm, financial institution, or other entity or person(s) engaged, retained or appointed by the Committee to act as the agent of the Employer and of the Participants under the Plan from time to time.

(c) “Addendum or Addenda” shall mean, individually and collectively, the appendices A to I hereto and such other additional appendices as may be added to this Plan at the discretion of the Committee. Each appendix will govern the operation of the Plan in respect of the Designated Subsidiaries in the countries named in the appendix and will be considered part of the Plan. Unless otherwise stated, the applicable appendix for the country will govern the operation of the Plan in that country and to that extent the appendix will override other parts of this Plan.

(d) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Closing Value” shall mean, as of a particular date, the value of a Share determined by:

(i) the closing sales price for such Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on The New York Stock Exchange, or such other established stock exchange or national market system on which the Shares are listed or traded, for the day for which the Closing Value is to be determined.

(ii) such other valuation method as required under the applicable Local Law.

In the event that the foregoing valuation method is not practicable, the “Closing Value” shall be determined by such other reasonable valuation method as the Committee shall, in its discretion, select and apply in good faith as of such date.

(f) “Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and currently in effect, or any successor body of federal tax law in the United States.

(g) “Committee” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, a designated committee thereof, or the person(s) or entity delegated the responsibility of administering the Plan.

(h) “Company” shall mean Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., including any successor thereto.

(i) “Compensation”, shall mean, unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law, regular fixed basic gross compensation.

“Compensation” does not include, unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law:

Page 4

(i) any bonus, overtime payment, contribution to an employee benefit plan or other similar payment or contribution;

(ii) amounts realized from the exercise, sale, exchange or other disposition of a non-qualified stock option or sale, exchange or other disposition of a stock acquired under a non-qualified stock option;

(iii) amounts realized when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or becomes fully owned by the Employee;

(iv) amounts realized from the exercise, sale, exchange, or other disposition of a qualified or incentive stock option or sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified or incentive stock option;

(v) moving allowances, automobile allowances, tuition reimbursement, financial/tax planning reimbursement, lunch vouchers, house allowances, and other allowances that receive special tax benefits, other extraordinary compensation, including tax “gross-up” payments, and imputed income from other employer-provided benefits; and

(vi) other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as, but not limited to, premiums for group term life insurance or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under salary reduction agreement) or mandatory payments made by the Employer to the Employee under the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Employer of this Employee is located or the Employee is employed or resides.

(j) “Designated Subsidiaries” shall mean those Subsidiaries whose Employees have been designated by the Board, in its sole discretion, as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(k) “Election Period” shall mean the period during which Participants in the Plan authorize payroll deductions or provide alternative contributions to fund the purchase of Shares on their behalf under the Plan pursuant to the right to purchase Shares granted to them hereunder. Alternative contributions for the purpose of this Plan shall mean payment of contributions to fund the purchase of Shares under the Plan pursuant to the right to purchase Shares granted to the Participants hereunder through such other means as authorized by the Committee, including, but not limited to, personal checks of the Participants. As determined by the Committee, Election Periods may vary from country to country, or from Designated Subsidiary to Designated Subsidiary.

(l) “Eligible Employee” shall mean subject to the applicable Local Law, an Employee of a Designated Subsidiary with one (1) year service on an Enrollment Date. Employees of Designated Subsidiaries that have become Subsidiaries by reason of having been acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary and companies that have been merged with the Company or a Subsidiary may, at the discretion of the Committee, receive credit for the time they have worked for such acquired or merged company prior to its affiliation with the Company or the Designated Subsidiary.

The Committee in its sole discretion may determine that the following Employees shall not be Eligible Employees under the Plan:

(i) Unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law, Employees whose customary employment is less than 20 hours per week or who are employed for less than five months in any calendar year;

Page 5

(ii) Employees who are not actively employed by the Employer at the beginning of a six-month Election Period, including Employees who are on disability, or leave of absence;

(iii) Any Employee who would own more than five (5) percent of the common stock in the Company immediately after the Share purchase opportunity is granted to them under the Plan. Shares that the Employee may purchase under all outstanding stock options or such other share-based compensation plan of the Company shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee for such purposes, even though the option is not presently exercisable or the Shares are not presently receivable by the Employee;

(iv) Employees who are subject to Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act; and

(v) Employees who are eligible to participate or who participate in the Company’s 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(m) “Employee” shall subject to the applicable Local Law:

(i) an individual who is a regular full time or part time employee of the Employer as defined under the applicable Local Law;

(ii) an individual who work schedule and is normally included in the authorized staffing targets and budget of the Employer; and

(iii) an individual who has been hired on a temporary contract but who is expected to fill a permanent staffing need.

Unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law, Employee shall not include unionized Employees as defined by the regular practices of the Employer.

(n) “Employer” means, individually and collectively, the Company, a Designated Subsidiary and the Designated Subsidiaries.

(o) “Enrollment Period” shall mean the period immediately preceding the Election Period that is designated by the Committee in its discretion as the period during which an Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan.

(p) “Holding Period” shall mean the period during which the Participant is not permitted to transfer, sell, pledge or otherwise deal in the Shares credited to the Participant’s Plan Account. Unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law, there is no Holding Period for the purposes of this Plan.

(q) “Local Law” shall mean the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Employer is incorporated or located or where the Employee or Participant is employed or resides including but not limited to the securities regulatory body requirements and the taxation requirements of that same jurisdiction.

(r) “1934 Act” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and currently in effect, or any successor body of federal securities law in the United States.

(s) “Participant” shall mean any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan for an Election Period by authorizing payroll deductions or by making alternative contributions and following all applicable procedures established by the Committee during the Enrollment Period for such Election Period.

Page 6

(t) “Plan” shall mean this Jacobs Engineering Group 2001 Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Addenda hereof; as amended from time to time.

(u) “Plan Account” shall mean the individual account established for each Participant for purposes of accounting for and/or holding each Participant’s payroll deductions, alternative contributions, Shares, etc. The Plan Account may be a book keeping account or a brokerage account, or such other account as determined by the Committee.

(v) “Plan Year” shall mean the period of twelve (12) calendar months commencing on September 1 each year or such other period as determined by the Committee.

(w) “Purchase Period” shall mean a period within an Election Period of such duration and commencing on such date as the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, approve.

(x) “Purchase Price” shall mean, for each Share purchased in accordance with Paragraph 9 hereof, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Closing Value of a Share on the last Trading Day in a Purchase Period.

Provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve, in lieu of the foregoing formula for determining the Purchase Price, the Closing Value on the last Trading Day of the Purchase Period multiplied by any percentage figure from eighty-five percent (85%) to one-hundred percent (100%) as selected by the Committee.

The Purchase Price as determined hereunder may be in respect of one or more countries and for one or more Purchase Periods and shall remain in effect until changed by the Committee.

In no event, however, may the Committee select a Purchase Price that would be lower than that allowed under Section 423(b)(6) of the Code or any successor section.

(y) “Shares” means shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company.

(z) “Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation or other entity, domestic or foreign, of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary (except for the U.K. in which this term shall mean a corporation or other entity, domestic or foreign, of which more than fifty percent (50%) ownership of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary) whether or not such corporation or other entity now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary (or as otherwise may be defined in Code Section 424).

(aa) “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which The New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

3. Participation

Participation in the Plan is voluntary. All Eligible Employees of an Employer are eligible to participate in the Plan. All Eligible Employees granted rights to purchase Shares hereunder shall have the same rights and privileges as every other such Eligible Employee and only Eligible Employees of an Employer satisfying the applicable requirements of the Plan will be entitled to participate in the Plan.

Page 7

4. Enrollment and Election Periods

(a) Enrolling in the Plan. To participate in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must enroll in the Plan. Enrollment for a given Election Period will take place during the Enrollment Period for such Election Period. The Committee shall designate the initial Enrollment Period and each subsequent Enrollment Periods and the Election Periods to which each Enrollment Period relates. Participation in the Plan with respect to any one or more of the Election Periods shall neither limit nor require participation in the Plan for any other Election Period.

(b) The Election Period. Any Employee who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to be granted rights to purchase Shares hereunder must enroll, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, during an Enrollment Period. Such authorization shall be effective for the Election Period immediately following such Enrollment Period.

The duration of an Election Period shall be determined by the Committee prior to the Enrollment Period; provided, however, that if the Committee terminates the Plan during an Election Period, pursuant to its authority in Paragraph 17 of the Plan, such Election Period and any associated Purchase Period shall be deemed to end on the date the Plan is terminated. The termination of the Plan and the Election Period shall end the Participant’s rights to contribute amounts to the Plan or continue participation in the Election Period. The date of termination of the Plan shall be deemed to be the final day of a Purchase Period for the purposes of determining the Purchase Price under the Purchase Period and all amounts contributed during the Purchase Period will be used as of such termination date to purchase Shares in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 8 of this Plan or alternatively, at the sole discretion of the Committee, refunded in cash without interest or with interest where required under the applicable Local Law.

The Committee may designate one or more Election Periods during each Plan Year during the term of this Plan. Any such Election Period may commence and end in different Plan Years. On the first day or the first Trading Day of each Election Period, as determined by the Committee, each Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Shares under the Plan. Each right granted hereunder shall expire at the end of the Election Period for which it was granted. In no event may a right granted hereunder be exercised later than the period of time specified in section 423(b)(7)(B) of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 9, a right to purchase Shares granted under the Plan shall be treated as exercised on the last Trading Day of each Election Period.

(c) Changing Enrollment. The offering of Shares pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall occur only during an Election Period and shall be made only to Participants. Once an Eligible Employee is enrolled in the Plan, the Committee or the Employer will inform the Administrator of such fact.

Once enrolled, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan for each successive Election Period (s) until he or she terminates his or her participation by revoking his or her payroll deduction authorization or by revoking his or her alternative contribution authorization or not contributing his or her alternative contributions or ceases to be an Eligible Employee;

Once a Participant has elected to participate under the Plan, that Participant’s payroll deduction authorization or alternative contribution authorization shall apply to all subsequent Election Periods unless and until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee or the Participant changes or terminates said authorization.

Page 8

Unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law if a Participant desires to change his or her rate of contribution during an Election Period such change shall be effective for the next Election Period and only if such change is made by the Participant by giving a notice to the Committee or the Employer in the manner established by the Committee.

5. Term of Plan

This Plan shall be in effect from September 1, 2001, and end on January 27, 2021.

6. Number and Type of Shares to Be Made Available Under The Plan

Subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 16 hereof, the total number of Shares made available for purchase by Participants granted rights which are exercised under Paragraph 9 hereof is, three hundred thousand (300,000) Shares, which may consist of authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares purchased by the company in the open market. The provisions of Paragraph 9(d) shall control in the event the number of Shares covered by rights which are exercised for any Purchase Period exceeds the number of Shares available for sale under the Plan. If all of the Shares authorized for sale under the Plan have been sold, the Plan shall either be continued through additional authorizations of Shares made by the Board (such authorizations must, however, comply with Paragraph 17 hereof), or shall be terminated in accordance with Paragraph 17 hereof.

7. Use of Funds

All payroll deductions or alternative contributions received or held by an Employer under the Plan will be used to purchase Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. Any amounts held by an Employer or other party holding amounts in connection with or as a result of payroll deductions or alternative contributions made pursuant to the Plan and pending the purchase of Shares hereunder shall be considered a non-interest-bearing, unsecured indebtedness extended to the Employer or other party by the Participants, unless otherwise required under the applicable Local Law. Administrative expenses of the Plan shall be allocated to each Participant’s Plan Account unless the Employer pays such expenses.

8. Amount of Contribution; Method of Payment

(a) Payroll Deduction or Alternative Contribution. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Purchase Price will be payable by each Participant by means of payroll deduction or alternative contribution. The payroll deduction or alternative contribution shall be in increments of one percent (1%). Unless otherwise authorized by the Committee, the minimum payroll deduction or alternative contribution permitted shall be an amount equal to two percent (2%) of a Participant’s Compensation and the maximum payroll deduction or alternative contribution shall be an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of a Participant’s Compensation. In any event, the total payroll deduction or alternative contribution permitted to be made by any Participant in any calendar year shall be limited to the sum of legal currency equivalent of U.S. $25,000 as specified under Section 423(b)(8)(C), or such other amount as Section 423(b)(8)(C) of the Code, or any successor section, may hereafter allow. The actual percentage of Compensation to be deducted or contributed shall be

Page 9

specified by a Participant in his or her authorization to participate in the Plan. Unless otherwise authorized by the Committee, Participant may not deposit any separate cash payments into their Plan Accounts.

Payroll deductions will commence with the first payroll issued during the Election Period and will, except as otherwise provided herein, continue with each payroll throughout the entire Election Period, except for pay periods for which such Participant receives no Compensation. A pay period which ends at such time that it is administratively impracticable to credit any payroll for such pay period to the then current Election Period will be credited in its entirety to the immediately subsequent Election Period. A pay period that overlaps Election Periods will be credited in its entirety to the Election Period in which it is paid. Alternative contributions will be made in accordance with the procedure established by the Committee.

(b) Application of Withholding Rules. Payroll deductions or alternative contributions shall be retained by the Employer or other party, designated by the Committee or the Employer as the case may be, until applied to the purchase of Shares as described in Paragraph 9 hereof and the satisfaction of any related withholding obligations (including any employment tax obligations) under the applicable Local Law.

At the time the Shares are purchased, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan are disposed of, Participants must make adequate provision for the Employer’s tax withholding obligations (including any employment tax obligations), if any, which arise in any applicable jurisdiction upon the purchase or disposition of the Shares. Subject to the applicable Local Law, and the Holding Period, if any, the Employer may instruct the Administrator to dispose or sell such number of Shares (credited to the Participant’s Plan Account) to raise the amount necessary, or may withhold from each Participant’s Compensation the amount necessary, to enable the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant. Each Participant, as a condition of participating under the Plan, agrees to bear responsibility for all taxes required to be withheld in any applicable jurisdiction from his or her Compensation as well as the Participant’s portion of applicable social security or similar such taxes, with respect to any Compensation arising on account of the purchase or disposition of Shares. The Employer may increase income and/or employment tax withholding on a Participant’s Compensation after the purchase or disposition of Shares in order to comply with the applicable tax laws in any jurisdiction, and each Participant agrees to sign any and all appropriate documents to facilitate such withholding.

9. Purchasing, Transferring Shares

(a) Maintenance of Plan Account. Upon the exercise of a Participant’s initial right to purchase Shares under the Plan, the Administrator shall establish a Plan Account in the name of such Participant. At the close of each Purchase Period, the aggregate amount deducted during such Purchase Period by the Employer from a Participant’s Compensation by way of payroll deduction or alternative contributions made to the Plan by the Participant (and credited to an account maintained by the Employer or other party) and interest, if any, payable under the applicable Local Law will be communicated by the Employer to the Administrator. The Company shall convert the said payroll deductions or alternative contributions into US dollars in accordance with the process and at the rate

Page 10

established by the Committee. The Administrator shall thereupon credit to the Participant’s Plan Account such US dollars. As of the last day of each Purchase Period, or as soon thereafter as is administratively practicable, each Participant’s right to purchase Shares will be exercised automatically for him or her by the Administrator with respect to those amounts reported to the Administrator by the Committee or Employer as credited to that Participant’s Plan Account. On the date of exercise, the amount then credited to the Participant’s Plan Account for the purpose of purchasing Shares hereunder will be divided by the Purchase Price and there shall be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account by the Administrator the number of whole Shares which results.

The Administrator shall hold in its name, or in the name of its nominee, all Shares so purchased by Participants under the Plan. Participation in the Plan, purchase, ownership and sale of Shares under the Plan, is subject to risk of fluctuation in Shares’ price and currency exchange.

(c) Insufficient Funds for Whole Shares. In the event that the amount credited to Participant’s Plan Account is not exactly equal to the Purchase Price for a whole number of Shares, then any excess amount may be refunded to the Participant without interest or where required by the applicable Local Law with interest, or may be used to purchase Shares in the subsequent Purchase Periods, as determined by the Committee.

(d) Insufficient Number of Available Shares. In the event the number of Shares covered by rights which are exercised for any Purchase Period exceeds the number of Shares available for sale under the Plan, the number of Shares actually available for sale hereunder shall be allocated by the Administrator among the Participants in proportion to the amount then credited to each Participant’s Plan Account over the total amount then credited to all Participant’s Plan Accounts. Any excess amounts withheld and credited to Participants’ Plan Accounts then shall be returned to the Participants as soon as is administratively practicable without interest or with interest where required by the applicable Local Law.

(e) Handling Excess Shares. In the event that the number of Shares which would be credited to any Participant’s Plan Account in any Purchase Period exceeds the limit specified in Paragraph 2(l)(iii) hereof, such Participant’s Plan Account shall be credited with the maximum number of Shares permissible, and the remaining amounts will be refunded in cash as soon as administratively practicable without interest or with interest where required by the applicable Local Law or used to purchase Shares in the subsequent Purchase Periods, as determined by the Committee.

10. Dividends and Other Distributions

(a) Subject to the applicable Local Law, cash dividends and other cash distributions and stock dividend or other non-cash distributions received by the Administrator on Shares held in custody hereunder will be credited to the Plan Account of an individual Participants in accordance with such Participant’s interest in the Shares with respect to which such dividends or distributions are paid.

(b) Cash dividends or cash distributions will be paid in cash to the Participant as soon as administratively possible, after receipt thereof by the Administrator.

(c) Stock dividend and other non-cash distribution of property will be subject to the similar Holding Period, if any applicable to the Shares with respect to which the same is declared.

Page 11

(d) Tax Responsibilities. The Administrator shall report to each Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) the amount of dividends credited to his or her Plan Account. Subjecting the stock dividend or other non-cash distributions to the Holding Period requirement will not relieve a Participant (or Eligible Employee with Plan Account) of any income or other tax that may be due on or with respect to such dividend or other non-cash distribution of property.

11. Voting of Shares

A Participant shall have no interest or voting rights in the Shares until such time as the Shares are credited to the Participant’s Plan Account. Shares held for a Participant (or Eligible Employee) in his or her Plan Account will be voted in accordance with the Participant’s (or the Eligible Employee’s) express direction. In the absence of any such directions such Shares will not be voted.

12. In-Service Distribution or Sale of Shares

(a) Sale of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 hereof, a Participant may at any time after the end of the Holding Period, if any, and without withdrawing from the Plan, by giving notice to the Administrator, direct the Administrator to sell all or part of the Shares held on behalf of the Participant. Upon receipt of such a notice, the Administrator shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, sell such Shares and transmit the net proceeds of such sale (less any bank service fees, brokerage charges, transfer or withholding taxes, and any other transaction fee, expense or cost) to the Participant.

(b) In-Service Share Distributions. A Participant may after the end of the Holding Period, if any, and without withdrawing from the Plan, request that a certificate for all or part of the whole number of Shares held in his or her Plan Account be sent to him or her as described in Paragraph 9(a) above. All such requests must be submitted in writing to the Administrator. The Administrator may impose a reasonable charge, to be paid by the Participant, for each stock certificate so issued.

13. Cessation of Active Participation

A Participant may during the Enrollment Period, by giving notice to the Committee or the Employer, in the manner established by the Committee, revoke his or her authorization for payroll deduction or alternative contribution for the Election Period to which such Enrollment Period relates. Unless otherwise required by the applicable Local Law, a Participant may not terminate his or participation by revoking his or her authorization for payroll deduction or alternative contribution or not contributing his or her alternative contributions for the Election Period after such Election Period has commenced. If a Participant terminates his or her participation in the Plan during an Election Period, such termination shall be effective for the next Election Period, and only if such change is made by the Participant by giving notice to the Committee or the Employer in the manner established by the Committee.

Page 12

14. Termination of Employment or Cessation on Eligible Employee

In the event that a Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any reason, including death, disability, retirement or voluntary or involuntary termination, or ceases to be an Eligible Employee, then the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall terminate. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, below, the Company shall as soon as administratively possible, refund to the Participant without interest or where required by the applicable Local Law with interest the payroll deductions or alternative contributions made by the Participant during the Purchase Period in which such termination of employment or cessation of eligibility occurs, unless such payroll deductions or alternative contributions have already been used to purchase Shares in respect of that Purchase Period.

15. Assignment

The payroll deductions, or alternative contributions or interest where payable under the applicable Local Law credited to a Participant’s Plan Account, or any rights to purchase Shares under the Plan may not be assigned, alienated, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any such assignment, alienation, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Committee may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan. A Participant’s right to purchase Shares under this Plan may be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. A Participant’s Plan Account shall be payable to the Participant’s estate upon his or her death in accordance with the applicable law of death and descent and distribution.

16. Adjustment of and Changes in Shares

If at any time after the effective date of the Plan the Company shall subdivide or reclassify the Shares with respect to which a purchase right has been or may be granted under the Plan, or shall declare thereon any stock split or dividend payable in Shares, or shall alter the capital structure of the Shares or the Company in any similar manner, then the number and class of Shares held in the Plan and which may thereafter be subject to the Share purchase right granted under the Plan (in the aggregate and to any Participant) shall be adjusted accordingly, and in the case of each right outstanding at the time of any such action, the number and class of Shares which may thereafter be purchased pursuant to such right and the Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly, as necessary to preserve the rights of the holder(s) of such Shares and right(s).

17. Amendment or Termination of the Plan

The Committee shall have the right, at any time, to amend, modify or terminate the Plan without notice; provided, however, that no Participant’s existing rights shall be adversely affected by any such amendment, modification or termination, except to comply with the applicable Local Law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the right to terminate the Plan with respect to all future payroll deductions or alternative contributions and related purchases at any time.

Page 13

Such termination of the Plan shall also terminate any current Election Period and any associated Purchase Period in accordance with Paragraph 4 of the Plan.

18. Designation of Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries may be added as Designated Subsidiaries by the Committee in its sole discretion from time to time.

19. Operating Regulations

The Committee may make regulations for the operation of the Plan that are not inconsistent with these rules to apply to Employees and Participants who are employed or resident outside of the United States of America (provided such regulations are not in violation of the applicable Local Law) including, but not limited to, regulations in respect of those matters set out at Paragraphs 2(d), 2(h), 2(k), 2(l), 4, 7, 9, 13, 14, 17 and 20 hereof. Regulations shall be made by way of Addendum.

20. Administration

(a) Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of all matters under the Plan which have not been delegated to the Administrator. The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Any rule or regulation adopted by the Committee shall remain in full force and effect unless and until altered, amended or repealed by the Committee.

(b) Specific Responsibilities. The Committee’s responsibilities shall include, but shall not be limited to:

(i) interpreting the Plan (including issues relating to the definition and application of “Compensation”);

(ii) identifying and compiling a list of persons who are Eligible Employees for an Election Period;

(iii) identifying those Eligible Employees not entitled to be granted rights or other rights for an Election Period on account of the limitations described in Paragraph 2(k)(iii) hereof;

(iv) providing to Participants upon request Company financial statements which are publicly available; and

(v) delivering to the Participants stock certificates, subject to Holding Period, if any, representing the Shares purchased or credited to the Participant’s Plan Account.

The Committee may from time to time adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the terms of the Plan. Interpretation or construction of any provision of the Plan by the Committee shall be final and conclusive on all persons, absent specific and contrary action taken by the Board. Any interpretation or construction of any provision of the Plan by the Committee or the Board shall be final and conclusive.

Page 14

21. Securities Law and Other Restrictions

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no payroll deductions or alternative contributions shall take place and no Shares may be purchased or sold under the Plan until a registration statement has been filed and become effective with respect to the issuance of the Shares covered by the Plan under the Act and any other required action has been taken under any other applicable Local Law of the jurisdiction in which the Employer of the Employee is located or the Employee is employed or resides. Prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement, Shares subject to purchase under the Plan may be offered to Eligible Employees only pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and pursuant to any other action that is required under any applicable Local Law.

22. No Independent Employees’ Rights

Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to be a contract of employment between an Employer or its parent or any Subsidiary and any Employee, or any group or category of Employees (whether for a definite or specific duration or otherwise), or to prevent the Employer, its parent or any Subsidiary from terminating any Employee’s employment at any time, in accordance with the applicable Local Law. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring any rights of a shareholder in any Employee or any other person until the Shares are credited to the Plan Account.

23. Applicable Law

(a) Section 423 of the Code. The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed having regard to Section 423 of the Code.

(b) Other Applicable Law. Subject to Paragraph 23(a) hereof, the Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the State of California.

24. Merger or Consolidation

Each outstanding purchase right will automatically be exercised immediately prior to the effective date of any Corporate Transaction (as defined below), by applying the accumulated payroll deductions or alternative contributions and interest where payable under the applicable Local Law, of each Participant for the Purchase Period in which such Corporate Transaction occurs to the purchase of whole Shares at the Purchase Price for such Purchase Period by treating the day immediately prior to the effective date of any Corporate Transaction as the last Trading Day of the Purchase Period, unless the Committee determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion, to establish an earlier date as the last Trading Day of the Purchase Period, or to provide that purchase rights shall be assumed by a successor entity that is a party to the Corporate Transaction or terminate the Plan as of the end of the Purchase Period immediately preceding the effective date of the Corporate Transaction and promptly refund to Participants all payroll deductions or alternative contributions and interest where payable under the applicable Local Law accumulated through such effective date. The applicable limitation on the number of whole Shares purchasable per Participant will continue to apply to any purchase made hereunder. With respect to Shares acquired prior to or in connection with a Corporate Transaction, each Participant will thereafter be entitled to receive as soon as practicable following the effective date of such Corporate Transaction the securities or property which a holder of Shares of

Page 15

the Company was entitled to receive in connection with such Corporate Transaction. For purposes of this Paragraph 23, “Corporate Transaction” shall mean a transaction by which the Company is acquired by merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or outstanding voting stock.

Page 16

I. Addenda

Page 17

EX-21

EXHIBIT 21

JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC.

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following table sets forth all subsidiaries of the Company other than subsidiaries that, when considered in the aggregate, would not constitute a significant subsidiary, including the percentage of issued and outstanding voting securities beneficially owned by the Company.

Jacobs Government Services Company, a California corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Field Services North America Inc., a Texas corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Field Services Ltd., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Triton Industrial Group Ltd., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Triton Construction Ltd., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Triton Projects, a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
JE Remediation Technologies Inc., a Louisiana corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Maintenance Inc., a Louisiana corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Consultancy Inc., a Texas corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs P&C US Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs PSG Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs P&C Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Minerals, Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
DSI Constructors Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Professional Services Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Fields Services Americas Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
CODE International Assurance Ltd., a Nevada corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering SA, a Moroccan corporation	50.00	%
Jacobs Engineering España, S.L., a Spanish corporation	100.00	%
Neste Jacobs Oy, a corporation of Finland	40.00	%
Rintekno Oy, a corporation of Finland	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering Ireland Limited, a Republic of Ireland corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering de México, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Luxembourg, Sarl, a Luxembourg corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Holding France SAS, a French corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs France SAS, a French corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Italia, SpA, an Italian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Morocco SARLAU, a Moroccan corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Nucléaire SAS, a French corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Spain S.L., a Spanish corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering Deutschland GmbH, a German corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Projects GmbH, a German corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Nederland B.V., a Netherlands corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Process B.V., a Netherlands corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Russia LLC, a Russian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Norway AS, a Norwegian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Chile S.A., a Chilean corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Peru S.A., a Peruvian corporation	100.00	%
Chemetics Inc., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Minerals Canada Inc. a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Österreich GmbH, an Austrian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Advanced Manufacturing B.V., a Netherlands corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Nuclear Engineering Services Private Ltd., an India corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Belgïe N.V., a Belgian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Sverige A.B., a Swedish corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs UK Holdings Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering U.K. Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%

EXHIBIT 21

Jacobs Process Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs E&C Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs E&C International Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs Matasis (Pty) Ltd., a corporation of South Africa	74.00	%
Sula Systems Ltd., a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs Consultancy Ltd.,, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs Industrial Services U.K. Ltd, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Lindsey Engineering Services Ltd, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs L.E.S. Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering India Private Limited, an India corporation	100.00	%*
HGC Constructors Private Ltd.	100.00	%
Gibb Holdings Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Jacobs U.K. Limited, a corporation of Scotland	100.00	%
Babtie International Limited, a corporation of Scotland	100.00	%
Jacobs Consultancy Spol s.r.o, a Czech Republic corporation	100.00	%
Ringway Babtie Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	25.00	%
Le Crossing Company Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	57.00	%
Jacobs China Limited, a Hong Kong corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Macau Limited, a Macau corporation	100.00	%
BEAR Scotland Limited, a corporation of Scotland	25.00	%
Ringway Jacobs Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	50.00	%
JacobsGIBB Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Westminster & Earley Services Ltd, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
Thistle Water Ltd., a corporation of England and Wales	30.00	%
Jacobs Suomi Oy, a corporation of Finland	100.00	%
JEG Acquisition Company Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
AWE Management Limited, a corporation of England and Wales	33.34	%
Jacobs, Zamel and Turbag Consulting Engineers Company, a Saudi Arabian professional services partnership	60.00	%
Jacobs International Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Hellas A.E. a Greek corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Polska S.p z.o.o., a Polish corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Puerto Rico Inc., a Puerto Rican corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Panama Inc., a Panamanian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Holdings Singapore Pte. Limited., a Singapore corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Constructors Singapore Pte. Limited, a Singapore corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering Singapore Pte. Limited., a Singapore corporation	100.00	%
Consulting Engineering Services (India) Private Limited, an India corporation	70.00	%
Consulting Engineering Services LLC, a Sultanate of Oman corporation	70.00	%
Jacobs Projects (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a Peoples Republic of China corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Construction Engineering Design Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a Peoples Republic of China corporation	100.00	%
Babtie Asia Pte Limited, a Singapore corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Industrial Services Limited., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Consultancy Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs DCSA Saudi Arabia Limited., a Saudi Arabian corporation	60.00	%
Jacobs Advisers Inc., a California corporation	100.00	%**
Jacobs Civil Consultants Inc., a New York corporation	100.00	%
JE Professional Resources Inc., a California corporation	100.00	%

EXHIBIT 21

Jacobs Technology Inc., a Tennessee corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Australia Pty Limited, an Australian corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs E&C Australia Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation	100.00	%
TYBRIN Corporation, a Florida corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Strategic Solutions Group, Inc.	100.00	%
Jacobs Industrial Services Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
CRSS International Inc., a South Carolina corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Engineering New York Inc., a New York corporation	100.00	%
Jacobs Telecommunications Inc., a New Jersey corporation	100.00	%
Edwards and Kelcey Caribe Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation	100.00	%
Edwards and Kelcey Design Services Inc., an Illinois corporation	100.00	%
Edwards and Kelcey Partners LLP, a New Jersey corporation	99.00	%
Jacobs Project Management Co. a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
LeighFisher Inc., a Delaware corporation	100.00	%
LeighFisher Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation	100.00	%
LeighFisher Holdings Ltd., a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
LeighFisher Ltd., a corporation of England and Wales	100.00	%
LeighFisher (India) Pvt. Ltd., a corporation of India	100.00	%

* Ownership is divided between Jacobs Engineering Inc. and Jacobs Engineering U.K. Limited

** Ownership is divided between Jacobs Engineering Inc. and Jacobs Canada Inc.

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-67048) pertaining to the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-38984) pertaining to the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1999 Outside Director Stock Plan,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-45475) pertaining to the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1981 Executive Incentive Plan,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-157014) pertaining to the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-157015) pertaining to the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-147936) and related Prospectus of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.;

of our reports dated November 21, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended September 30, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 21, 2011

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Craig L. Martin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/S/ Craig L. Martin

Craig L. Martin

Chief Executive Officer

November 21, 2011

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, John W. Prosser, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/S/ John W. Prosser, Jr.

John W. Prosser, Jr.

Chief Financial Officer

November 21, 2011

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Craig L. Martin, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/S/ Craig L. Martin

Craig L. Martin

Chief Executive Officer

November 21, 2011

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John W. Prosser, Jr., Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/S/ John W. Prosser, Jr.

John W. Prosser, Jr.

Chief Financial Officer

November 21, 2011

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011 months years
Unbilled amounts billed and collected, collection period	12
Amortization of intangible assets year one	$ 40.5
Amortization of intangible assets year two	27.2
Amortization of intangible assets year three	24.6
Amortization of intangible assets year four	24.2
Amortization of intangible assets year five	$ 24.1
Stock performance multiplier, maximum	2
Stock performance multiplier, if ending Average Market Price of common stock less than 50 percent of beginning Average Market Price	0
Average Market Price of common stock	50.00%
Minimum [Member] | Building [Member]
Estimated useful life minimum	20
Minimum [Member] | Equipment [Member]
Estimated useful life minimum	3
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Estimated useful life minimum	4
Estimated useful life maximum	10
Building [Member]
Estimated useful life maximum	40
Equipment [Member]
Estimated useful life maximum	10

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Total Intrinsic Value Of Options Exercised) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$ 34,665,000	$ 11,764,000	$ 15,033,000
Intrinsic value of options exercisable	$ 18,000,000

XML

Business Combinations (Summary Of Goodwill In The Consolidated Balance Sheet) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Purchase price	$ 711,400	$ 259,500
Aker Entity [Member]
Purchase price	910,000
Amount assigned to the net assets acquired	(372,000)
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets	(159,000)
Deferred taxes related to intangible assets	55,000
Goodwill recognized, preliminary	$ 434,000

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Accumulated Comprehensive Income Amortized Against Earnings In The Next Year) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 28, 2012
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	$ 3,217
Unrecognized prior service cost
Accumulated comprehensive loss to be recorded against earnings	3,217
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	8,138
Unrecognized prior service cost	247
Accumulated comprehensive loss to be recorded against earnings	$ 8,385

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Information Regarding Our Stock Option Plans) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans
Prices relating to options outstanding minimum	$ 13.29	$ 10.79	$ 7.03
Prices relating to options outstanding maximum	$ 94.11	$ 94.11	$ 94.11
Number of options exercisable	4,822,297	5,441,883	5,075,975
Prices relating to options exercised minimum	10.785	7.03	7.73
Prices relating to options exercised maximum	41.18	37.35	37.68
Estimated weighted average fair values of options granted	$ 19.43	$ 19.33	$ 19.71

XML

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans (Savings Plans) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans
Savings plans contributions	$ 61,065	$ 57,346	$ 54,957

XML

Business Combinations (Summary Of Purchase Price Allocation) (Details) (Aker Solutions ASA [Member], USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011
Aker Solutions ASA [Member]
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 329,689
Receivables and other current assets	145,049
Property and equipment, and other assets	115,911
Total assets	590,649
Current liabilities	195,910
Long-term liabilities	22,534
Total liabilities	218,444
Net assets acquired	$ 372,205

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Income Taxes

Components Of Consolidated Income Tax Expense

	2011			2010			2009
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	102,903		$	123,154		$	146,865
State		25,067			23,477			30,137
Foreign		37,617			22,909			42,597
Total current tax expense		165,587			169,540			219,599
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal		10,482			(19,518	)		(733	)
State		(1,760	)		(675	)		397
Foreign		7,131			(3,700	)		5,656
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)		15,853			(23,893	)		5,320
Consolidated income tax expense	$	181,440		$	145,647		$	224,919

Components Of Deferred Tax Assets

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Obligations relating to:
Defined benefit pension plans	$	80,632		$	108,826
Other employee benefit plans		151,855			137,810
Self-insurance programs		14,999			19,481
Contract revenues and costs		15,333			13,602
Foreign tax credits carryforward		320			14,305
Other		9,081			10,719
Gross deferred tax assets		272,220			304,743
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(130,536	)		(81,693	)
Other, net		(7,068	)		(792	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(137,604	)		(82,485	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	134,616		$	222,258

Income Tax Benefits Realized From The Exercise Of Nonqualified Stock Options, And Disqualifying Dispositions Of Stock Sold Under Our Employee Stock Purchase Plans

	2011		2010		2009
Income tax benefits realized under stock plans	$	11.9	$	4.0	$	4.7

Income Tax Expense In Consolidated Statements Of Earnings

	2011			2010			2009
Statutory amount	$	180,831		$	137,177		$	218,446
State taxes, net of the federal benefit		15,150			14,821			19,848
Utilization of foreign tax credit carryover		—			—			(5,856	)
Tax differential on foreign earnings		(7,841	)		(7,178	)		(9,838	)
Other, net		(6,700	)		827			2,319
Consolidated income tax expense	$	181,440		$	145,647		$	224,919
Rates used to compute statutory amount		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Consolidated effective income tax rate		35.1	%		37.2	%		36.0	%

Income Tax Payments

	2011		2010		2009
Income tax payments	$	139.2	$	170.8	$	255.5

Components Of Our Consolidated Earnings Before Taxes

	2011		2010		2009
United States earnings	$	341,059	$	295,144	$	449,065
Foreign earnings		175,602		96,790		175,067
	$	516,661	$	391,934	$	624,132

XML

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans (Deferred Compensation Plans) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans
Deferred compensation plans expense	$ 3,075	$ 3,631	$ 8,327

XML

Pension Plans (Summary Of Changes In The Fair Value Of The Plans' Level 3 Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	$ 107,791	$ 106,313
Effect of exchange rate changes
Balance, end of year	285,777	107,791
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member]
Balance, end of year	5,353	3,164
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	3,164	3,387
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	(2,472)	(223)
Transfers	4,661
Balance, end of year	5,353	3,164
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member]
Balance, end of year	14,845	5,491
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	5,491	5,505
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	146	(14)
Transfers	9,208
Balance, end of year	14,845	5,491
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, end of year	20,198	8,655
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	661,825	573,189
Effect of exchange rate changes	(8,307)	(14,466)
Balance, end of year	744,689	661,825
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | With Profits Funds [Member]
Balance, end of year		1,482
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | With Profits Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	1,482	1,557
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)		(55)
Transfers	(1,513)
Effect of exchange rate changes	31	(20)
Balance, end of year		1,482
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Infrastructure \ Raw Goods [Member]
Balance, end of year	4,776
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Infrastructure \ Raw Goods [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year
Purchases, sales, and settlements	4,776
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)
Transfers
Effect of exchange rate changes
Balance, end of year	4,776
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member]
Balance, end of year	43,997	38,351
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	38,351	31,047
Purchases, sales, and settlements	2,248	3,247
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	3,799	4,661
Transfers		(5)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(401)	(599)
Balance, end of year	43,997	38,351
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Insurance Contracts [Member]
Balance, end of year	17,293	27,465
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Insurance Contracts [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	27,465	25,706
Purchases, sales, and settlements	323
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	593	2,888
Transfers	(10,964)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(124)	(1,129)
Balance, end of year	17,293	27,465
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member]
Balance, end of year	81,776	83,209
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	83,209	52,323
Purchases, sales, and settlements	(1,452)	20,546
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	937	10,699
Effect of exchange rate changes	(918)	(359)
Balance, end of year	81,776	83,209
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Balance, end of year	$ 147,842	$ 150,507

XML

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments (Rent Expense And Sublease Income) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments
Rent expense	$ 157,955	$ 155,517	$ 159,682
Sublease income	(8,315)	(11,160)	(10,012)
Net rent	$ 149,640	$ 144,357	$ 149,670

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Number Of Shares Of Restricted Stock And Restricted Stock Units Issued Under The 1999 Plans) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Restricted stock issued	226,850	525,600	147,300
Number of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units outstanding	1,167,300
Service Condition [Member]
Restricted stock units issued	12,100	9,000	9,000
Restricted stock units outstanding	44,100
Service And Performance Condition [Member]
Restricted stock units issued	291,700
Restricted stock units outstanding	291,700

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Components Of Net Periodic Pension Cost Recognized) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Service cost	$ 10,684
Interest cost	21,377	7,545	8,147
Expected return on plan assets	(23,558)	(10,566)	(9,208)
Actuarial loss	7,025	1,846	1,038
Prior service cost	(103)
Net pension cost, before special items	15,425	(1,175)	(23)
Special termination benefits	120
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	15,545	(1,175)	(23)
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Service cost	30,816	22,722	19,212
Interest cost	54,631	46,584	41,634
Expected return on plan assets	(50,033)	(36,988)	(35,629)
Actuarial loss	13,535	10,488	4,078
Prior service cost	303	293	293
Net pension cost, before special items	49,252	43,099	29,588
Special termination benefits			203
Curtailments and settlements	381	1,206
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$ 49,633	$ 44,305	$ 29,791

XML

Income Taxes (Components Of Our Consolidated Earnings Before Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Results of operations, income before income taxes	$ 516,661	$ 391,934	$ 624,132
Domestic Country [Member]
Results of operations, income before income taxes	341,059	295,144	449,065
Foreign Country [Member]
Results of operations, income before income taxes	$ 175,602	$ 96,790	$ 175,067

XML

Income Taxes (Consolidated Income Tax Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Income Taxes
Federal	$ 102,903	$ 123,154	$ 146,865
State	25,067	23,477	30,137
Foreign	37,617	22,909	42,597
Total current tax expense	165,587	169,540	219,599
Federal	10,482	(19,518)	(733)
State	(1,760)	(675)	397
Foreign	7,131	(3,700)	5,656
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)	15,853	(23,893)	5,320
Consolidated income tax expense	$ 181,440	$ 145,647	$ 224,919

XML

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2011
Operating leases, aggregate future lease payments	$ 832,701,000
Net aggregate future lease payments	832,700,000
Notional amount of floating-to-fixed interest rate swap hedge	52,200,000
Letters of credit outstanding	309,600,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Letters of credit outstanding	28,700,000
Standby Letters Of Credit [Member]
Letters of credit outstanding	$ 280,900,000

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Contribution To Multiemployer Pension Plans) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Pension Plans
Contributions to multiemployer pension plans	$ 98,270	$ 65,382	$ 51,958

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Weighted Average Measurement Of Assets And Liabilities) (Details)	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Equity securities	68.00%	70.00%
Debt securities	23.00%	22.00%
Real estate investments	2.00%	3.00%
Other	7.00%	5.00%
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Equity securities	41.00%	39.00%
Debt securities	37.00%	37.00%
Real estate investments	6.00%	6.00%
Other	16.00%	18.00%

XML

Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation

Revenues Realized From Each Of These Types Of Contracts

	2011			2010			2009
Cost-reimbursable		81	%		86	%		85	%
Fixed-price		16			13			14
Guaranteed maximum price		3			1			1

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans Information On The 1999 Plans) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Number of shares authorized	19,500,000
Number of remaining shares reserved for issuance at September 30, 2011	8,712,242
Number of shares relating to outstanding stock options at September 30, 2011	6,461,510
Number of shares available for future awards	2,250,732	3,162,117
Restricted Stock [Member]
Maximum number of shares may be awarded	4,870,000
Stock Option Plans 1999 SIP [Member]
Number of shares authorized	18,700,000
Number of remaining shares reserved for issuance at September 30, 2011	8,255,742
Number of shares relating to outstanding stock options at September 30, 2011	6,205,635
Number of shares available for future awards	2,050,107	2,916,492
Remaining common stock available for issuance	2,050,107
Stock Option Plans 1999 ODSP [Member]
Number of shares authorized	800,000
Number of remaining shares reserved for issuance at September 30, 2011	456,500
Number of shares relating to outstanding stock options at September 30, 2011	255,875
Number of shares available for future awards	200,625	245,625

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Fair Value Of Option Grant Date Award) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011 years	Oct. 01, 2010 years	Oct. 02, 2009 years
Employee Awards [Member]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected volatility	41.54%	43.12%	45.42%
Risk-free interest rate	2.00%	2.54%	2.94%
Expected term of options (in years)	5.82	6.14	6.25
Director Awards [Member]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected volatility	41.97%	40.78%	47.62%
Risk-free interest rate	2.40%	2.85%	2.44%
Expected term of options (in years)	5.82	6.29	6.29

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Expected Payments To Participants In Pension Plan) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
2012	$ 74,472
2013	35,503
2014	38,211
2015	29,728
2016	36,150
For the period 2017 through 2021	210,743
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
2012	33,946
2013	36,379
2014	37,602
2015	40,738
2016	46,146
For the period 2017 through 2021	$ 286,879

XML

Other Financial Information (Components Of Accrued Liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Accrued payroll and related liabilities	$ 535,631	$ 419,513
Project-related accruals	125,742	71,465
Insurance liabilities	54,945	63,751
Sales and other similar taxes	38,395	34,385
Deferred rent	20,021	13,019
Other	62,483	59,145
Total	$ 837,217	$ 661,278

XML

Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited

Schedule Of Quarterly Financial Information

	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter		Fiscal Year
2011
Revenues	$	2,356,175	$	2,558,016	$	2,744,178		$	2,723,295	$	10,381,664
Operating profit (a)		103,619		128,015		139,380			147,904		518,918
Earnings before taxes		103,723		126,481		141,301			145,156		516,661
Net earnings of the Group		66,697		81,341		91,936			95,247		335,221
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		65,823		80,250		90,676			94,280		331,029
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.53		0.64		0.72			0.75		2.63
Diluted		0.52		0.63		0.71			0.74		2.60
2010
Revenues	$	2,477,785	$	2,586,974	$	2,507,725		$	2,343,033	$	9,915,517
Operating profit (a)		113,481		122,004		45,083			119,515		400,083
Earnings before taxes		113,148		121,160		37,239			120,387		391,934
Net earnings of the Group		72,401		77,567		19,240			77,079		246,287
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		72,437		77,500		19,043	(b)		76,994		245,974	(b)
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.59		0.63		0.15	(b)		0.62		1.98	(b)
Diluted		0.58		0.62		0.15	(b)		0.61		1.96	(b)
2009
Revenues	$	3,232,653	$	2,975,452	$	2,706,724		$	2,552,547	$	11,467,376
Operating profit (a)		181,068		170,688		146,674			122,143		620,573
Earnings before taxes		181,581		170,628		148,067			123,856		624,132
Net earnings of the Group		116,116		109,171		94,686			79,240		399,213
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		116,350		109,287		94,900			79,317		399,854
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.95		0.89		0.77			0.64		3.26
Diluted		0.94		0.88		0.76			0.63		3.21

(a) Operating profit represents revenues less (i) direct costs of contracts, and (ii) selling, general and administrative expenses.

(b) Includes a non-recurring loss of $60.3 million, or $0.48 per basic and diluted share, related to the SIVOM judgment.

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Total Pre-Tax Compensation Cost Relating To Share-Based Payments Included In The Accompanying Consolidated Statements Of Earnings) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans
Share-based compensation expense (pre-tax)	$ 29,084	$ 24,361	$ 24,085

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Significant Actuarial Assumptions In Determining The Funded Status Plan) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Weighted average discount rates		4.60%	5.25%
Rates of compensation increases	3.50%
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted average discount rates	4.60%
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted average discount rates	4.30%
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Rates of compensation increases			3.50%
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted average discount rates	5.90%	5.10%	5.60%
Rates of compensation increases	3.50%	3.50%
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted average discount rates	2.60%	2.10%	2.50%
Rates of compensation increases	3.00%	3.25%

XML

Borrowings (Schedule Of Other Loan Agreements) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Borrowings
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the fiscal year	$ 675,083	$ 117,482
Average amount outstanding during the year	$ 403,649	$ 84,018
Weighted average interest rate during the year	1.81%	1.29%

XML

Business Combinations (Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired In Connection With The Acquisition) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets	$ 159,000
Customer Relationship, Contracts And Backlog [Member]
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets	136,000
Technology [Member]
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets	$ 23,000

XML

Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation

Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

We provide a broad range of technical, professional, and construction services including engineering, design, and architectural services; construction and construction management services; operations and maintenance services; and process, scientific, and systems consulting services. We provide our services through offices and subsidiaries located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, the Middle East, India, Australia, Africa, and Asia. We provide our services under cost-reimbursable, cost-reimbursable with a guaranteed maximum price, and fixed-price contracts. The percentage of revenues realized from each of these types of contracts for each of the last three fiscal years was as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Cost-reimbursable		81	%		86	%		85	%
Fixed-price		16			13			14
Guaranteed maximum price		3			1			1

Basis of Presentation, Definition of Fiscal Year, and Other Matters

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") and include the accounts of the parent company, Jacobs Engineering Group Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliates which it controls. As used herein, references to "the Company", "we", "us" or "our" are to both Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, and references to "Jacobs" refer to the parent company only. References herein to "Group" are to the combined economic interests and activities of Jacobs and the persons and entities holding noncontrolling interests in our consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the fiscal 2011 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, amounts related to changes in the Company's other deferred liability accounts have been included in cash flows from operating activities. The corresponding amounts for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 were not reclassified as the Company believes a reclassification would not be quantitatively or qualitatively material. Certain other amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2010 and 2009 have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2011 presentation.

The Company's fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to September 30 (determined on the basis of the number of workdays) and, accordingly, an additional week of activity is added every five-to-six years.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") revised the accounting for variable interest entities ("VIEs"). These revisions require the Company to perform an analysis to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs in which it participates. The Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it has (i) the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, and (ii) the right to receive benefits, or obligation to absorb losses, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The revisions adopted by the FASB eliminate the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE and significantly enhances disclosures. The new accounting requirements became effective for the Company as of the beginning of fiscal 2011. The adoption of this revised standard did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In the Company's fiscal 2010 Form 10-K, and in connection with the SIVOM judgment (see Note 11—Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance, below) we incorrectly included the effect of the write-off of a $25.9 million claim receivable in the investing activities section of our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2010. This amount should have been classified as an adjustment to cash flows from operating activities. The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010 has been restated to reflect this correction. This adjustment had no effect on any of the Company's other financial statements.

XML

Borrowings (Schedule Of Interest Paid) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Borrowings
Interest Paid	$ 7,778	$ 11,702	$ 1,690

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Fair Value Of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Date Awards) (Details) (Restricted Stock Units [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011 years
Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Dividend yield	0.00%
Expected volatility	46.67%
Risk-free interest rate	0.83%
Expected term (in years)	3.00

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

	2011		2010		2009
Shares used to calculate EPS:
Weighted average shares outstanding (denominator used to compute basic EPS)		125,686		124,134		122,772
Effect of stock options and restricted stock		1,549		1,656		1,762
Denominator used to compute diluted EPS		127,235		125,790		124,534
Antidilutive stock options and restricted stock		4,507		3,814		2,288

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans

Stock Issuance Activity Under The 1989 ESPP And The GESPP

	2011		2010		2009
Aggregate Purchase Price Paid for Shares Sold:
Under the 1989 ESPP	$	31,887,660	$	30,042,431	$	37,246,390
Under the GESPP		2,894,302		2,850,202		3,033,146
Total	$	34,781,962	$	32,892,633	$	40,279,536
Aggregate Number of Shares Sold:
Under the 1989 ESPP		771,818		802,508		966,241
Under the GESPP		69,386		74,848		76,420
Total		841,204		877,356		1,042,661

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans Information On The 1999 Plans

	1999 SIP		1999 ODSP		Total
Number of shares authorized		18,700,000		800,000		19,500,000
Number of remaining shares reserved for issuance at September 30, 2011		8,255,742		456,500		8,712,242
Number of shares relating to outstanding stock options at September 30, 2011		6,205,635		255,875		6,461,510
Number of shares available for future awards:
At September 30, 2011		2,050,107		200,625		2,250,732
At October 1, 2010		2,916,492		245,625		3,162,117

Fair Value Of Shares Vested

	2011		2010		2009
Fair value of shares vested	$	4,848	$	4,188	$	1,424

Total Pre-Tax Compensation Cost Relating To Share-Based Payments Included In The Accompanying Consolidated Statements Of Earnings

	2011		2010		2009
Share-based compensation expense (pre-tax)	$	29,084	$	24,361	$	24,085

Stock Option Activity Under The 1999 Plans And The 1981 Plan

	Number of Stock Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at September 26, 2008		6,932,559		$	35.45
Granted		688,650		$	41.07
Exercised		(527,616	)	$	15.07
Cancelled or expired		(62,576	)	$	57.38
Outstanding at October 2, 2009		7,031,017		$	37.43
Granted		975,000		$	43.79
Exercised		(447,200	)	$	15.90
Cancelled or expired		(148,237	)	$	60.39
Outstanding at October 1, 2010		7,410,580		$	39.10
Granted		433,600		$	46.04
Exercised		(1,363,005	)	$	21.37
Cancelled or expired		(19,665	)	$	47.81
Outstanding at September 30, 2011		6,461,510		$	43.28

Total Intrinsic Value Of Options Exercised

	2011		2010		2009
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$	34,665	$	11,764	$	15,033

Information Regarding Our Stock Option Plans

	2011		2010		2009
At fiscal year end:
Range of exercise prices for options outstanding	$	13.29–$94.11	$	10.79–$94.11	$	7.03–$94.11
Number of options exercisable		4,822,297		5,441,883		5,075,975
For the fiscal year:
Range of prices relating to options exercised	$	10.785–$41.18	$	7.03–$37.35	$	7.73–$37.68
Estimated weighted average fair values of options granted	$	19.43	$	19.33	$	19.71

Information Regarding Options Outstanding, And Options Exercisable

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Price		Number		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$13.29 - $18.49		262,200		0.89	$	15.70		262,200	$	15.70
$19.21 - $26.95		1,489,535		1.11	$	23.10		1,489,535	$	23.10
$32.51 - $37.35		474,250		2.20	$	37.30		452,375	$	37.33
$37.68 - $46.86		2,656,000		5.88	$	42.85		1,515,550	$	43.00
$47.11 - $55.04		391,550		8.83	$	48.41		82,465	$	48.17
$56.95 - $57.81		515,825		2.76	$	56.97		513,825	$	56.97
$76.15 - $83.61		80,625		4.27	$	81.33		60,625	$	81.33
$88.19 - $94.11		591,525		3.63	$	92.57		445,722	$	92.57
		6,461,510		4.01	$	43.28		4,822,297	$	41.47

Number Of Shares Of Restricted Stock And Restricted Stock Units Issued Under The 1999 Plans

	2011		2010		2009
Restricted stock issued		226,850		525,600		147,300
Restricted stock units issued (service condition)		12,100		9,000		9,000
Restricted stock units issued (service and performance conditions)		291,700		—		—

XML

Other Financial Information (Supplemental Cash Flow Information) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Working capital	$ (40,508)	$ 11,832
Property and equipment	33,195	3,116
Noncurrent assets	15,723	2,658
Deferred liabilities	(15,908)	(34)
Non-controlling interests	(1,936)
Foreign currency translation	(79)
Goodwill	$ 720,933	$ 241,920

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Information Regarding Options Outstanding, And Options Exercisable) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011 months years	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009	Sep. 26, 2008
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 13.29	$ 10.79	$ 7.03
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 94.11	$ 94.11	$ 94.11
Options Outstanding Number	6,461,510	7,410,580	7,031,017	6,932,559
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	4.01
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 43.28	$ 39.10	$ 37.43	$ 35.45
Options Exercisable Number	4,822,297
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 41.47
Nonvested not yet recognized	$ 27.9
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term, in Years	2.60
Range Of Exercise Prices $13.29 - $18.49 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 13.29
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 18.49
Options Outstanding Number	262,200
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	0.89
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 15.70
Options Exercisable Number	262,200
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 15.70
Range Of Exercise Prices $19.21 - $26.95 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 19.21
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 26.95
Options Outstanding Number	1,489,535
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	1.11
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 23.10
Options Exercisable Number	1,489,535
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 23.10
Range Of Exercise Prices $32.51 - $37.35 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 32.51
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 37.35
Options Outstanding Number	474,250
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	2.20
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 37.30
Options Exercisable Number	452,375
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 37.33
Range Of Exercise Prices $37.68 - $46.86 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 37.68
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 46.86
Options Outstanding Number	2,656,000
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	5.88
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 42.85
Options Exercisable Number	1,515,550
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 43.00
Range Of Exercise Prices $47.11 - $55.04 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 47.11
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 55.04
Options Outstanding Number	391,550
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	8.83
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 48.41
Options Exercisable Number	82,465
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 48.17
Range Of Exercise Prices $56.95 - $57.81 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 56.95
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 57.81
Options Outstanding Number	515,825
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	2.76
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 56.97
Options Exercisable Number	513,825
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 56.97
Range Of Exercise Prices $76.15 - $83.61 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 76.15
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 83.61
Options Outstanding Number	80,625
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	4.27
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 81.33
Options Exercisable Number	60,625
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 81.33
Range Of Exercise Prices $88.19 - $94.11 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices minimum	$ 88.19
Range of Exercise Prices maximum	$ 94.11
Options Outstanding Number	591,525
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life, in Years	3.63
Options Outstanding Weighted Average Price	$ 92.57
Options Exercisable Number	445,722
Options Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 92.57

XML

Business Combinations (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	May 31, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Additional interest purchased under agreements	55.00%	70.00%
Purchase price	$ 711,400,000		$ 259,500,000
General and administrative expense	15,200,000
TechTeam [Member]
Entity number of employees	500
Sula Systems [Member]
Entity number of employees	70
Damon S Williams Associates, LLC [Member]
Entity number of employees	50
Consulting Engineering Services (India) Private Limited [Member]
Entity number of employees	2,000
Aker Solutions ASA [Member]
Purchase price, before estimate	675,000,000
Specified transactions added to share purchase agreement price	234,600,000
Purchase price	909,600,000
Acquired receivables	$ 134,200,000
Minimum useful life for intangibles, years	1
Maximum useful life for intangibles, years	15
Weighted average life for intangibles, years	12.8

XML

Borrowings (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Borrowings

Schedule Of Short-Term Credit Agreement

	2011					2010
	Principal Balance Outstanding		Range of Interest Rates			Principal Balance Outstanding		Range of Interest Rates
$290.0 Million revolving credit facility	$	171,788		0.96 – 1.57	%	$	—		—
Bilateral loan agreements	$	392,059		1.0 – 2.15	%	$	79,157		1.42	%
Other loan agreements	$	2,184		6.0	%	$	242		4.5	%

Schedule Of Other Loan Agreements

	2011			2010
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the fiscal year	$	675,083		$	117,482
Average amount outstanding during the year	$	403,649		$	84,018
Weighted average interest rate during the year		1.81	%		1.29	%

Schedule Of Interest Expense

	2011		2010		2009
Amount of interest paid	$	7,778	$	11,702	$	1,690

XML

Pension Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Oct. 01, 2010

Schedule Of Change In Plans' Combined Net Benefit Obligation

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Net benefit obligation at the beginning of the year	$	160,264		$	148,532		$	1,007,105		$	842,928
Service cost		10,684			—			30,816			22,722
Interest cost		21,377			7,545			54,631			46,584
Participants' contributions		3,318			—			12,108			12,467
Actuarial (gains)/losses		30,378			12,300			(141,498	)		134,702
Benefits paid		(34,486	)		(8,113	)		(32,419	)		(25,283	)
Curtailments/settlements		—			—			(3,744	)		(6,051	)
Transfers		—			—			—			(35	)
Business combinations/consolidations		290,887			—			49,638			—
Special termination benefits		120			—			—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(7,699	)		(20,929	)
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	482,542		$	160,264		$	968,938		$	1,007,105

Schedule Of Change In Combined Fair Value Of The Plans' Assets

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year	$	107,791		$	106,313		$	661,825		$	573,189
Actual return on plan assets		1,899			9,591			3,729			79,409
Employer contributions		21,753			—			70,575			42,595
Participants' contributions		3,318			—			12,108			12,467
Gross benefits paid		(34,486	)		(8,113	)		(32,419	)		(25,283	)
Transfers		—			—			—			(35	)
Business combinations/consolidations		185,502			—			40,922			—
Curtailments/settlements		—			—			(3,744	)		(6,051	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(8,307	)		(14,466	)
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year	$	285,777		$	107,791		$	744,689		$	661,825

Reconciliation Of Combined Funded Status Of Plans And Recognized In Consolidated Balance Sheet

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	482,542	$	160,264	$	968,938	$	1,007,105
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year		285,777		107,791		744,689		661,825
Under funded amount recognized at the end of the year	$	196,765	$	52,473	$	224,249	$	345,280

Schedule Of Amount Recognized In Accompanying Balance Sheets

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Accrued benefit cost included in current liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,690	$	1,473
Accrued benefit cost included in noncurrent liabilities		196,765		52,473		222,559		343,807
Net amount recognized at the end of the year	$	196,765	$	52,473	$	224,249	$	345,280

Schedule Of Pension Plans Recorded In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Not Yet Recognized As Component Of Net Periodic Pension Cost

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Net actuarial loss	$	68,224	$	62,749	$	124,560	$	202,806
Prior service cost		—		—		1,166		1,569
Total	$	68,224	$	62,749	$	125,726	$	204,375

Schedule Of Accumulated Comprehensive Income Amortized Against Earnings In The Next Year

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension Plans
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	$	3,217	$	8,138
Unrecognized prior service cost		—		247
Accumulated comprehensive loss to be recorded against earnings	$	3,217	$	8,385

Schedule Of Weighted Average Measurement Of Assets And Liabilities

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Pans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Equity securities		68	%		70	%		41	%		39	%
Debt securities		23	%		22	%		37	%		37	%
Real estate investments		2	%		3	%		6	%		6	%
Other		7	%		5	%		16	%		18	%

Anticipated Cash Contributions

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension  Pans
Anticipated cash contributions	$	60,974	$	48,345

Schedule Of Expected Payments To Participants In Pension Plan

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension  Pans
2012	$	74,472	$	33,946
2013		35,503		36,379
2014		38,211		37,602
2015		29,728		40,738
2016		36,150		46,146
For the period 2017 through 2021		210,743		286,879

Schedule Of Contribution To Multiemployer Pension Plans

	2011		2010		2009
Contributions to multiemployer pension plans	$	98,270	$	65,382	$	51,958

U.S. Pension Plans [Member]

Schedule Of Significant Actuarial Assumptions In Determining The Funded Status Plans

	2011			2010			2009
Weighted average discount rates		4.3% to 4.6	%		4.6	%		5.25	%
Rates of compensation increases		3.5	%		—			—

Schedule Of Pension Plans Recognized In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

	2011			2010			2009
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial loss	$	7,486		$	8,297		$	24,585
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial gain		(2,011	)		(1,154	)		(811	)
Total	$	5,475		$	7,143		$	23,774

Schedule Of Fair Value Of Pension Plan Assets

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	172,986	$	—	$	172,986
Overseas equities		22,057		—		22,057
U.S. Domestic bonds		66,333		—		66,333
Cash and equivalents		4,203		—		4,203
Real estate		—		5,353		5,353
Hedge funds		—		14,845		14,845
Total	$	265,579	$	20,198	$	285,777

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	64,520	$	—	$	64,520
Overseas equities		10,526		—		10,526
U.S. Domestic bonds		2,935		—		2,935
Overseas bonds		20,452		—		20,452
Cash and equivalents		703		—		703
Real estate		—		3,164		3,164
Hedge funds		—		5,491		5,491
Total	$	99,136	$	8,655	$	107,791

Summary Of Changes In The Fair Value Of The Plans' Level 3 Assets

	Real Estate			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,164		$	5,491
Transfers		4,661			9,208
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)		(2,472	)		146
Balance, end of year	$	5,353		$	14,845

	Real Estate			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,387		$	5,505
Realized and unrealized losses		(223	)		(14	)
Balance, end of year	$	3,164		$	5,491

Schedule Of Components Of Net Periodic Pension Cost Recognized

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	10,684		$	—		$	—
Interest cost		21,377			7,545			8,147
Expected return on plan assets		(23,558	)		(10,566	)		(9,208	)
Actuarial loss		7,025			1,846			1,038
Prior service cost		(103	)		—			—
Net pension cost, before special items		15,425			(1,175	)		(23	)
Special termination benefits		120			—			—
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$	15,545		$	(1,175	)	$	(23	)

Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]

Schedule Of Significant Actuarial Assumptions In Determining The Funded Status Plans

	2011			2010			2009
Weighted average discount rates		2.6% to 5.9	%		2.1% to 5.1	%		2.5% to 5.6	%
Rates of compensation increases		3.0% to 3.5	%		3.25% to 3.5	%		3.5	%

Schedule Of Pension Plans Recognized In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

	2011			2010			2009
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial (gain) loss	$	(73,258	)	$	64,809		$	63,028
Prior service cost (benefit)		1,005			(117	)		(32	)
Total		(72,253	)		64,692			62,996
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial gain		(4,990	)		(7,646	)		(3,700	)
Prior service benefit		(1,406	)		(193	)		(243	)
Total		(6,396	)		(7,839	)		(3,943	)
Total	$	(78,649	)	$	56,853		$	59,053

Schedule Of Fair Value Of Pension Plan Assets

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	156,264	$	—	$	156,264
Overseas equities		149,926		—		149,926
U.S. Domestic bonds		262,377		—		262,377
Overseas bonds		13,794		—		13,794
Cash and equivalents		14,486		—		14,486
Infrastructure / Raw goods		—		4,776		4,776
Real estate		—		43,997		43,997
Insurance contracts		—		17,293		17,293
Hedge funds		—		81,776		81,776
Total	$	596,847	$	147,842	$	744,689

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	135,060	$	—	$	135,060
Overseas equities		118,145		—		118,145
U.S. Domestic bonds		241,251		—		241,251
Overseas bonds		1,376		—		1,376
Cash and equivalents		15,486		—		15,486
"With Profits" funds		—		1,482		1,482
Real estate		—		38,351		38,351
Insurance contracts		—		27,465		27,465
Hedge funds		—		83,209		83,209
Total	$	511,318	$	150,507	$	661,825

Summary Of Changes In The Fair Value Of The Plans' Level 3 Assets

	Infrastructure / Raw Goods		Real Estate			Insurance Contracts			Hedge Funds			"With Profits" Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	—	$	38,351		$	27,465		$	83,209		$	1,482
Purchases, sales, and settlements		4,776		2,248			323			(1,452	)		—
Realized and unrealized gains		—		3,799			593			937			—
Transfers		—		—			(10,964	)		—			(1,513	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—		(401	)		(124	)		(918	)		31
Balance, end of year	$	4,776	$	43,997		$	17,293		$	81,776		$	—

	"With Profits" Funds			Real Estate			Insurance Contracts			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,557		$	31,047		$	25,706		$	52,323
Purchases, sales, and settlements		—			3,247			—			20,546
Realized and unrealized gains		(55	)		4,661			2,888			10,699
Transfers		—			(5	)		—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		(20	)		(599	)		(1,129	)		(359	)
Balance, end of year	$	1,482		$	38,351		$	27,465		$	83,209

Schedule Of Components Of Net Periodic Pension Cost Recognized

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	30,816		$	22,722		$	19,212
Interest cost		54,631			46,584			41,634
Expected return on plan assets		(50,033	)		(36,988	)		(35,629	)
Actuarial loss		13,535			10,488			4,078
Prior service cost		303			293			293
Net pension cost, before special items		49,252			43,099			29,588
Special termination benefits		—			—			203
Curtailments and settlements		381			1,206			—
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$	49,633		$	44,305		$	29,791

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net earnings attributable to the group	$ 335,221	$ 246,287	$ 399,213
Depreciation and amortization:
Property, equipment and improvements	57,620	64,447	68,670
Intangible assets	37,750	24,048	17,672
Write-off of the SIVOM receivable		25,894
Purchase accounting gain	(3,716)
Gains on sales of investments			(1,249)
Stock based compensation	29,084	24,361	24,085
Excess tax benefits from stock based compensation	(6,837)	(2,884)	(3,514)
Equity in earnings of investees, net of dividends	(8,729)	(1,759)	(1,808)
(Gains) Losses on sales of assets, net	(481)	353	152
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of businesses acquired:
Receivables	(234,024)	(3,052)	300,929
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(14,604)	(56)	(4,972)
Accounts payable	(15,997)	(46,920)	(117,537)
Accrued liabilities	41,529	(43,328)	(135,121)
Billings in excess of costs	13,304	(42,819)	14,475
Income taxes payable	26,387	(24,733)	(30,414)
Deferred income taxes	15,853	551	342
Other deferred liabilities	(28,368)
Other, net	(7,502)	715	736
Net cash provided by operating activities	236,490	221,105	531,659
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Additions to property and equipment	(98,749)	(49,075)	(55,528)
Disposals of property and equipment	3,860	14,379	2,270
Purchases of investments	(193)	(106,733)	(32,232)
Sales of investments	4,667
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired	(711,421)	(259,492)	(23,329)
Other, net		2,435	15,713
Net cash used for investing activities	(801,836)	(398,486)	(93,106)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	825,681		2,030
Repayments of long-term borrowings	(239,189)	(217)	(47,993)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings	77,055	105,184	35,889
Repayments of short-term borrowings	(159,394)	(47,094)	(19,956)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock	45,943	36,209	43,361
Excess tax benefits from stock based compensation	6,837	2,884	3,514
Change in pension commitments		2,516	(45,223)
Other, net		(3,852)	(10,625)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities	556,933	95,630	(39,003)
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes	(24,796)	(13,026)	29,649
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents	(33,209)	(94,777)	429,199
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period	938,842	1,033,619	604,420
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$ 905,633	$ 938,842	$ 1,033,619

XML

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans

Schedule Of Savings Plans Contributions

	2011		2010		2009
Savings plans contributions	$	61,065	$	57,346	$	54,957

Schedule Of Deferred Compensation Plans Expense

	2011		2010		2009
Deferred compensation plans expense	$	3,075	$	3,631	$	8,327

XML

Income Taxes (Income Tax Benefits Realized From The Exercise Of Nonqualified Stock Options, And Disqualifying Dispositions Of Stock Sold Under Our Employee Stock Purchase Plans) (Details) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Income Taxes
Income tax benefits realized under stock plans	$ 11.9	$ 4.0	$ 4.7

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Pass-Through Costs Included In Revenues) (Details) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Significant Accounting Policies
Pass-through costs included in revenues	$ 2,118.5	$ 2,723.3	$ 4,017.0

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Stock Option Activity Under The 1999 Plans And The 1981 Plan) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans
Number of Stock Options Outstanding, Beginning balance	7,410,580	7,031,017	6,932,559
Number of Stock Options Granted	433,600	975,000	688,650
Number of Stock Options Exercised	(1,363,005)	(447,200)	(527,616)
Number of Stock Options Cancelled or expired	(19,665)	(148,237)	(62,576)
Number of Stock Options Outstanding, Ending balance	6,461,510	7,410,580	7,031,017
Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding, Beginning of period	$ 39.10	$ 37.43	$ 35.45
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options Granted	$ 46.04	$ 43.79	$ 41.07
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options Exercised	$ 21.37	$ 15.90	$ 15.07
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options Cancelled or expired	$ 47.81	$ 60.39	$ 57.38
Weighted Average Exercise Price Options Outstanding, End of period	$ 43.28	$ 39.10	$ 37.43

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Fair Value Of Pension Plan Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	$ 285,777	$ 107,791	$ 106,313
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Equities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	172,986	64,520
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	172,986	64,520
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Equities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Equities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	22,057	10,526
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	22,057	10,526
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	66,333	2,935
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Bonds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	66,333	2,935
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Bonds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets		20,452
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Bonds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets		20,452
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Bonds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	4,203	703
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	4,203	703
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	5,353	3,164
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	5,353	3,164	3,387
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	14,845	5,491
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	14,845	5,491	5,505
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	265,579	99,136
U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	20,198	8,655
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	744,689	661,825	573,189
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Equities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	156,264	135,060
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	156,264	135,060
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Equities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Equities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	149,926	118,145
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	149,926	118,145
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	262,377	241,251
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Bonds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	262,377	241,251
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | U.S. Domestic Bonds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	13,794	1,376
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Bonds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	13,794	1,376
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Overseas Bonds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	14,486	15,486
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	14,486	15,486
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | With Profits Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets		1,482
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | With Profits Funds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | With Profits Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets		1,482	1,557
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Infrastructure \ Raw Goods [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	4,776
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Infrastructure \ Raw Goods [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Infrastructure \ Raw Goods [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	4,776
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	43,997	38,351
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	43,997	38,351	31,047
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Insurance Contracts [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	17,293	27,465
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Insurance Contracts [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Insurance Contracts [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	17,293	27,465	25,706
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	81,776	83,209
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	81,776	83,209	52,323
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	596,847	511,318
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, fair value of plan assets	$ 147,842	$ 150,507

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 905,633	$ 938,842
Receivables	2,077,494	1,659,844
Deferred income taxes	110,680	117,698
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	63,546	50,658
Total current assets	3,157,353	2,767,042
Property, Equipment, and Improvements, Net	284,633	215,032
Other Noncurrent Assets:
Goodwill	1,745,708	1,118,889
Miscellaneous	861,734	582,954
Total other noncurrent assets	2,607,442	1,701,843
Assets, Total	6,049,428	4,683,917
Current Liabilities:
Notes payable	566,031	79,399
Accounts payable	351,299	303,877
Accrued liabilities	837,217	661,278
Billings in excess of costs	276,739	194,899
Income taxes payable	26,759
Total current liabilities	2,058,045	1,239,453
Long-term Debt	2,042	509
Other Deferred Liabilities	665,956	579,027
Commitments and Contingencies
Capital stock:
Preferred stock, $1 par value, authorized-1,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding-none
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized-240,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding-127,784,884 shares and 125,909,073 shares, respectively	127,785	125,909
Additional paid-in capital	858,460	767,514
Retained earnings	2,564,281	2,251,366
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(237,538)	(285,741)
Total Jacobs stockholders' equity	3,312,988	2,859,048
Noncontrolling interests	10,397	5,880
Total Group stockholders' equity	3,323,385	2,864,928
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity, Total	$ 6,049,428	$ 4,683,917

XML

Business Combinations (Pro Forma Consolidated Results Of Operations) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Business Combinations
Revenues	$ 10,733,797	$ 10,633,975
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs	$ 339,437	$ 262,114

XML

Other Financial Information (Miscellaneous Noncurrent Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011		Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Deferred income taxes	$ 161,540		$ 187,045
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies	75,440		68,107
Intangible assets	259,006	[1]	100,045	[1]
Investments	185,590		209,898
Notes receivable	6,942		4,794
Reimbursable pension costs	140,878	[2]
Other	32,338		13,065
Total	$ 861,734		$ 582,954

[1] Consists primarily of intangible assets acquired in connection with various business combinations.

[2] Consists of costs incurred relating to a defined benefit pension plan covering employees providing services on a contract with, and for the benefit of, the U.S. federal government pursuant to which such costs are fully reimbursable.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total Jacobs Stockholders' Equity [Member]	Noncontrolling Interests [Member]	Total
Balances at Sep. 26, 2008	$ 122,701	$ 631,043	$ 1,620,673	$ (129,270)	$ 2,245,147	$ 6,178	$ 2,251,325
Net earnings			399,854		399,854	(641)	399,213
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of deferred tax expense				4,744	4,744	25	4,769
FASB Statement No. 158 adjustment to remove early pension measurement date, net of deferred tax benefit			(5,735)	(982)	(6,717)		(6,717)
Pension liability, net of deferred tax expense				(81,845)	(81,845)		(81,845)
Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax benefit				(4,162)	(4,162)		(4,162)
Issuances of equity securities, net	1,673	75,493			77,166		77,166
Repurchases of equity securities	(144)	(2,676)	(5,454)		(8,274)		(8,274)
Balances at Oct. 02, 2009	124,230	703,860	2,009,338	(211,515)	2,625,913	5,562	2,631,475
Net earnings			245,974		245,974	313	246,287
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of deferred tax expense				(9,338)	(9,338)	5	(9,333)
Pension liability, net of deferred tax expense				(63,996)	(63,996)		(63,996)
Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax benefit				(892)	(892)		(892)
Issuances of equity securities, net	1,802	66,635			68,437		68,437
Repurchases of equity securities	(123)	(2,981)	(3,946)		(7,050)		(7,050)
Balances at Oct. 01, 2010	125,909	767,514	2,251,366	(285,741)	2,859,048	5,880	2,864,928
Net earnings			331,029		331,029	4,192	335,221
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of deferred tax expense				(25,024)	(25,024)		(25,024)
Pension liability, net of deferred tax expense				73,174	73,174		73,174
Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax benefit				53	53		53
Noncontrolling interest acquired / consolidated						4,942	4,942
Distributions to noncontrolling interests						(4,617)	(4,617)
Issuances of equity securities, net	2,282	96,010			98,292		98,292
Repurchases of equity securities	(406)	(5,064)	(18,114)		(23,584)		(23,584)
Balances at Sep. 30, 2011	$ 127,785	$ 858,460	$ 2,564,281	$ (237,538)	$ 3,312,988	$ 10,397	$ 3,323,385

XML

Other Financial Information (Components Of Receivables) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Amounts billed, net	$ 1,016,792	$ 818,761
Unbilled receivables and other	996,516	793,918
Retentions receivable	64,186	47,165
Total receivables, net	2,077,494	1,659,844
Amounts due from the United States federal government included above, net of advanced billings	288,165	309,176
Claims receivable	$ 14,712	$ 14,201

XML

Borrowings (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	May 31, 2011
Borrowings
Long term debt revolving credit facility	$ 290.0
Revolving credit facility expiration date	May 2012
Interest payments related to SIVOM judgment		$ 9.9
Libor plus interest points	0.75
Additional interest purchased under agreements	55.00%		70.00%

XML

Other Financial Information (Components Of Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$ (38,437)	$ (13,413)
Adjustments relating to defined benefit pension plans	(193,950)	(267,124)
Other	(5,151)	(5,204)
Total	$ (237,538)	$ (285,741)

XML

Other Financial Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Other Financial Information

Components Of Receivables

	2011		2010
Amounts billed, net	$	1,016,792	$	818,761
Unbilled receivables and other		996,516		793,918
Retentions receivable		64,186		47,165
Total receivables, net	$	2,077,494	$	1,659,844
Other information about receivables:
Amounts due from the United States federal government included above, net of advanced billings	$	288,165	$	309,176
Claims receivable	$	14,712	$	14,201

Property, Equipment And Improvements, Net In The Consolidated Balance Sheets

	2011			2010
Land	$	23,542		$	12,223
Buildings		136,161			90,565
Equipment		446,628			433,395
Leasehold improvements		144,903			142,358
Construction in progress		10,046			3,570
		761,280			682,111
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(476,647	)		(467,079	)
	$	284,633		$	215,032

Miscellaneous Noncurrent Assets

	2011		2010
Deferred income taxes	$	161,540	$	187,045
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		75,440		68,107
Intangible assets (a)		259,006		100,045
Investments		185,590		209,898
Notes receivable		6,942		4,794
Reimbursable pension costs (b)		140,878		—
Other		32,338		13,065
Total	$	861,734	$	582,954

(a) Consists primarily of intangible assets acquired in connection with various business combinations.

(b) Consists of costs incurred relating to a defined benefit pension plan covering employees providing services on a contract with, and for the benefit of, the U.S. federal government pursuant to which such costs are fully reimbursable.

Components Of Accrued Liabilities

	2011		2010
Accrued payroll and related liabilities	$	535,631	$	419,513
Project-related accruals		125,742		71,465
Insurance liabilities		54,945		63,751
Sales and other similar taxes		38,395		34,385
Deferred rent		20,021		13,019
Other		62,483		59,145
Total	$	837,217	$	661,278

Components Of Other Deferred Liabilities

	2011		2010
Liabilities relating to defined benefit pension and early retirement plans	$	419,324	$	396,939
Liabilities relating to nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements		85,032		77,765
Deferred income taxes		137,604		82,485
Miscellaneous		23,996		21,838
Total	$	665,956	$	579,027

Components Of Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

	2011			2010
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(38,437	)	$	(13,413	)
Adjustments relating to defined benefit pension plans		(193,950	)		(267,124	)
Other		(5,151	)		(5,204	)
Total	$	(237,538	)	$	(285,741	)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

	2011			2010
Working capital	$	(40,508	)	$	11,832
Property and equipment		33,195			3,116
Noncurrent assets		15,723			2,658
Deferred liabilities		(15,908	)		(34	)
Non-controlling interests		(1,936	)		—
Foreign currency translation		(79	)		—
Goodwill		720,933			241,920

XML

Pension Plans (Reconciliation Of Combined Funded Status Of Plans And Recognized In Consolidated Balance Sheet) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$ 482,542	$ 160,264	$ 148,532
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year	285,777	107,791	106,313
Under funded amount recognized at the end of the year	196,765	52,473
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	968,938	1,007,105	842,928
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year	744,689	661,825	573,189
Under funded amount recognized at the end of the year	$ 224,249	$ 345,280

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Segment Information

Segment Information

14. Segment Information

As discussed above, we provide a broad range of technical, professional, and construction services. We provide our services through offices and subsidiaries located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, the Middle East, India, Australia, Africa, and Asia.

All of our operations share similar economic characteristics. For example, all of our operations are highly influenced by the general availability of qualified engineers and other technical professional staff. They also provide similar services as well as share similar processes for delivering our services. There is also a high degree of similarity of the workforces employed among the various categories of services we provide. For example, engineering and design services (i.e., services provided by persons who are degreed, and in certain circumstances licensed, professionals such as engineers, architects, scientists, and economists) exist in all four service categories. In addition, there is a high degree of similarity among a significant component of the workforces we employ to perform construction and operations and maintenance projects. In providing construction and operations and maintenance services, we employ a large number of skilled craft labor personnel. These may include welders, pipe fitters, electricians, crane operators, and other personnel who work on very large capital projects (in the case of projects classified within the construction services category) or on smaller capital projects (in the case of maintenance projects classified within the operations and maintenance services category). In addition, the use of technology is highly similar and consistent throughout our organization, as is our client base (with the exception of our operations outside the United States, which perform very little work for the U.S. federal government), and our quality assurance and safety programs. Furthermore, the types of information and internal reports used by the Company's chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") and other members of management to monitor performance, evaluate results of operations, allocate resources, and otherwise manage the business support a single reportable segment. Accordingly, based on these operational similarities and the way management monitors the Company's results of operations, we have concluded that our operations may be aggregated into one reportable segment for purposes of this disclosure.

The following table presents certain financial information by geographic area for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Revenues:
United States	$	6,435,078	$	6,969,264	$	7,362,752
Europe		1,649,678		1,666,325		2,204,503
Canada		1,656,487		989,298		1,597,568
Asia		102,272		98,259		117,164
India		103,842		54,413		64,929
Australia		194,560		28,589		36,716
South America and Mexico		109,520		10,149		12,173
Middle East and Africa		130,227		99,220		71,571
Total	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376
Long-Lived Assets:
United States	$	169,914	$	122,551	$	159,451
Europe		49,372		53,586		40,840
Canada		42,496		21,859		23,564
Asia		1,653		809		1,308
India		16,831		13,372		11,821
Australia		1,040		356		441
South America and Mexico		1,533		821		1,063
Middle East and Africa		1,794		1,678		1,862
Total	$	284,633	$	215,032	$	240,350

Revenues were earned from unaffiliated clients located primarily within the various and respective geographic areas shown. Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization.

The following table presents the revenues earned directly or indirectly from the U.S. federal government and its agencies, expressed as a percentage of total revenues, for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009:

	2011			2010			2009
Percentage of revenue earned from the U.S. federal government and its agencies		24.4	%		25.4	%		20.3	%

For the fiscal year ended October 2, 2009 revenues earned from Motiva Enterprises LLC accounted for 12.2% of total revenues (revenues earned from this customer in prior fiscal years constituted less than 10% of total revenues).

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Segment Information

Financial Information By Geographic Area

	2011		2010		2009
Revenues:
United States	$	6,435,078	$	6,969,264	$	7,362,752
Europe		1,649,678		1,666,325		2,204,503
Canada		1,656,487		989,298		1,597,568
Asia		102,272		98,259		117,164
India		103,842		54,413		64,929
Australia		194,560		28,589		36,716
South America and Mexico		109,520		10,149		12,173
Middle East and Africa		130,227		99,220		71,571
Total	$	10,381,664	$	9,915,517	$	11,467,376
Long-Lived Assets:
United States	$	169,914	$	122,551	$	159,451
Europe		49,372		53,586		40,840
Canada		42,496		21,859		23,564
Asia		1,653		809		1,308
India		16,831		13,372		11,821
Australia		1,040		356		441
South America and Mexico		1,533		821		1,063
Middle East and Africa		1,794		1,678		1,862
Total	$	284,633	$	215,032	$	240,350

Revenues Earned Directly Or Indirectly From The U.S. Federal Government And Its Agencies

	2011			2010			2009
Percentage of revenue earned from the U.S. federal government and its agencies		24.4	%		25.4	%		20.3	%

XML

Other Financial Information (Components Of Other Deferred Liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Liabilities relating to defined benefit pension and early retirement plans	$ 419,324	$ 396,939
Liabilities relating to nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements	85,032	77,765
Deferred income taxes	137,604	82,485
Miscellaneous	23,996	21,838
Total	$ 665,956	$ 579,027

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Accounting For Contracts And Use Of Joint Ventures Policy

Revenue Accounting for Contracts and Use of Joint Ventures

In general, we recognize revenues at the time we provide services. Depending on the commercial terms of the contract, we recognize revenues either when costs are incurred, or using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting by relating contract costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion. Contract losses are provided for in their entirety in the period they become known, without regard to the percentage-of-completion. For multiple contracts with a single customer we account for each

contract separately. We also recognize as revenues costs associated with claims and unapproved change orders to the extent it is probable that such claims and change orders will result in additional contract revenue, and the amount of such additional revenue can be reliably estimated.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts include incentive-fee arrangements. The incentive fees in such contracts can be based on a variety of factors but the most common are the achievement of target completion dates, target costs, and/or other performance criteria. Failure to meet these targets can result in unrealized incentive fees. We recognize incentive fees based on expected results using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. As the contract progresses and more information becomes available, the estimate of the anticipated incentive fee that will be earned is revised as necessary. We bill incentive fees based on the terms and conditions of the individual contracts. In certain situations, we are allowed to bill a portion of the incentive fees over the performance period of the contract. In other situations, we are allowed to bill incentive fees only after the target criterion has been achieved. Incentive fees which have been recognized but not billed are included in receivables in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts with government customers as well as certain commercial clients provide that contract costs are subject to audit and adjustment. In this situation, revenues are recorded at the time services are performed based upon the amounts we expect to realize upon completion of the contracts. Revenues are not recognized for non-recoverable costs. In those situations where an audit indicates that we may have billed a client for costs not allowable under the terms of the contract, we estimate the amount of such nonbillable costs and adjust our revenues accordingly.

When we are directly responsible for subcontractor labor or third-party materials and equipment, we reflect the costs of such items in both revenues and costs (and we refer to such costs as "pass-through" costs). On those projects where the client elects to pay for such items directly and we have no associated responsibility for such items, these amounts are not reflected in either revenues or costs.

The following table sets forth pass-through costs included in revenues during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Pass-through costs included in revenues	$	2,118.5	$	2,723.3	$	4,017.0

As is common to the industry, we execute certain contracts jointly with third parties through various forms of joint ventures and consortiums. Although the joint ventures own and hold the contracts with the clients, the services required by the contracts are typically performed by us and our joint venture partners, or by other subcontractors under subcontracting agreements with the joint ventures. The assets of our joint ventures, therefore, consist almost entirely of cash and receivables (representing amounts due from clients), and the liabilities of our joint ventures consist almost entirely of amounts due to the joint venture partners (for services provided by the partners to the joint ventures under their individual subcontracts) and other subcontractors. In general, at any given time, the equity of our joint ventures represents the undistributed profits earned on contracts the joint ventures hold with clients. Very few of our joint ventures have employees. None of our joint ventures have third-party debt or credit facilities. Our joint ventures, therefore, are simply mechanisms used to deliver engineering and construction services to clients. Rarely do they, in and of themselves, present any risk of loss to us or to our partners separate from those that we would carry if we were performing the contract on our own. Under U.S. GAAP, our share of losses associated with the contracts held by the joint ventures, if and when they occur, has always been reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

On October 2, 2010, we adopted the FASB's new accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities ("VIE"). This guidance replaces the quantitative-based assessment for determining which participant in a VIE has a controlling interest in the VIE with an approach that is primarily qualitative in nature. The Company has reassessed its VIEs using the new guidance. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In evaluating our VIEs, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether or not we have a controlling financial interest in the VIE. We are deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE if we have (i) the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance; and (ii) the right to receive benefits from the VIE, or obligation to absorb losses, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In making our qualitative analysis, we assess each VIE to determine those activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and whether we, another party, or multiple parties have the power to direct such activities.

If we determine that we have the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its financial performance and have the right or obligation to receive benefits or absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE then we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE and we consolidate the VIE. If we determine that we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE or power is shared by two or more unrelated parties then we are not the primary beneficiary and we do not consolidate the VIE.

For the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures, we use either the equity method of accounting or proportional consolidation. The Company does not currently participate in any significant VIEs in which it has a controlling financial interest that it does not consolidate.

There were no changes in facts and circumstances during the period that caused the Company to reassess the method of accounting for its VIEs.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain amounts included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented at "fair value". Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the date fair value is determined (the "measurement date"). When determining fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, and we consider only those assumptions we believe a typical market participant would consider when pricing an asset or liability. In measuring fair value, we use the following inputs in the order of priority indicated:

Level 1     Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2     Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, such as (i) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; (ii) quoted prices in markets that have insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (i.e., less active markets); and (iii) model-driven valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated with, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3     Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The net carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Similarly, we believe the carrying value of notes payable also approximates fair value based on the interest rates and scheduled maturities applicable to the outstanding borrowings. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as forward contracts and an interest rate swap agreement we purchased as cash-flow hedges discussed in Note 10 —Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value.

The fair value of the Company's reporting units (needed for purposes of determining whether there is an indication of possible impairment of the carrying value of goodwill) is determined using a market approach that multiplies the after-tax earnings of each reporting unit for the trailing twelve months by the Company's overall average market earnings multiple.

With respect to share-based payments, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Like all option-pricing models, the Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including (i) the expected volatility of the market price of the underlying stock, and (ii) the expected term of the award, among others. Accordingly, changes in assumptions and any subsequent adjustments to those assumptions can cause drastically different fair values to be assigned to our stock option awards. For restricted stock units containing service and performance conditions, compensation expense is based on the fair value of such units using a Monte Carlo Simulation. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of assumptions and the results of applying Monte Carlo Simulations, the amount of expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may not be representative of the effects on our future consolidated financial statements because equity awards tend to vest over several years and additional equity awards may be made in the future.

The fair values of the assets owned by the various pension plans that the Company sponsors are determined based on the type of asset. Publicly traded corporate equity securities and publicly traded debt securities are valued at the last reported sale price on the last business day of the year of the plans. Securities not traded on the last business day are valued at the last reported bid price. Insurance contracts and investments in "with profits" funds are valued using actuarial assumptions and values reported by the fund managers. Real estate assets (which consist primarily of common or collective trusts with underlying investments in real estate), commodities, industrial/raw goods, and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using the best information available, including quoted market prices or market prices for similar assets when available or internal cash flow estimates discounted at an appropriate interest rate or independent appraisals, as appropriate.

The methodologies described above and elsewhere in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements may produce a fair value that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Certain amounts included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented at "fair value". Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the date fair value is determined (the "measurement date"). When determining fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, and we consider only those assumptions we believe a typical market participant would consider when pricing an asset or liability. In measuring fair value, we use the following inputs in the order of priority indicated:

Level 1     Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2     Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, such as (i) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; (ii) quoted prices in markets that have insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (i.e., less active markets); and (iii) model-driven valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated with, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3     Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The net carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Similarly, we believe the carrying value of notes payable also approximates fair value based on the interest rates and scheduled maturities applicable to the outstanding borrowings. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as forward contracts and an interest rate swap agreement we purchased as cash-flow hedges discussed in Note 10 —Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value.

The fair value of the Company's reporting units (needed for purposes of determining whether there is an indication of possible impairment of the carrying value of goodwill) is determined using a market approach that multiplies the after-tax earnings of each reporting unit for the trailing twelve months by the Company's overall average market earnings multiple.

With respect to share-based payments, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Like all option-pricing models, the Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including (i) the expected volatility of the market price of the underlying stock, and (ii) the expected term of the award, among others. Accordingly, changes in assumptions and any subsequent adjustments to those assumptions can cause drastically different fair values to be assigned to our stock option awards. For restricted stock units containing service and performance conditions, compensation expense is based on the fair value of such units using a Monte Carlo Simulation. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of assumptions and the results of applying Monte Carlo Simulations, the amount of expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may not be representative of the effects on our future consolidated financial statements because equity awards tend to vest over several years and additional equity awards may be made in the future.

The fair values of the assets owned by the various pension plans that the Company sponsors are determined based on the type of asset. Publicly traded corporate equity securities and publicly traded debt securities are valued at the last reported sale price on the last business day of the year of the plans. Securities not traded on the last business day are valued at the last reported bid price. Insurance contracts and investments in "with profits" funds are valued using actuarial assumptions and values reported by the fund managers. Real estate assets (which consist primarily of common or collective trusts with underlying investments in real estate), commodities, industrial/raw goods, and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using the best information available, including quoted market prices or market prices for similar assets when available or internal cash flow estimates discounted at an appropriate interest rate or independent appraisals, as appropriate.

The methodologies described above and elsewhere in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements may produce a fair value that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.

Cash Equivalents

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 consisted primarily of money market mutual funds and overnight bank deposits.

Receivables And Billings In Excess Of Costs Policy

Receivables and Billings in Excess of Costs

"Receivables" include billed receivables, unbilled receivables, and retentions. Billed receivables represent amounts invoiced to clients in accordance with the terms of our client contracts. They are recorded in our financial statements when they are issued. Unbilled receivables and retentions receivable represent reimbursable costs and amounts earned and reimbursable under contracts in progress as of the respective balance sheet dates. Such amounts become billable according to the contract terms, which usually consider the passage of time, achievement of certain milestones or completion of the project. We anticipate that substantially all of such unbilled amounts will be billed and collected over the next fiscal year.

Certain contracts allow us to issue invoices to clients in advance of providing services. "Billings in excess of costs" represent billings to and cash collected from clients in advance of work performed. We anticipate that substantially all such amounts will be earned over the next twelve months.

Property, Equipment And Improvements

Property, Equipment, and Improvements

Property, equipment and improvements are carried at cost, and are shown net of accumulated depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Depreciation and amortization is computed primarily by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the related lease. Estimated useful lives range from 20 to 40 years for buildings, from 3 to 10 years for equipment and from 4 to 10 years for leasehold improvements.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and the cost of intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are instead tested for possible impairment annually (or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair values of our reporting units below their respective carrying values). The first step in the impairment test process is to compare the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units to their respective carrying amount, including goodwill. In the event that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In performing the annual impairment test, the Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level. We have determined that our operating segment is comprised of two reporting units based on geography. Based on the results of these tests, we have determined that the fair value of our reporting units substantially exceeded their respective carrying values for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The following table provides certain information related to the Company's acquired intangible assets for each of the fiscal years presented (in thousands):

	Customer Relationships, Contracts, and Backlog			Developed Technology			Trade Names			Other			Total
Balances, September 26, 2008	$	54,250		$	—		$	2,789		$	2,864		$	59,903
Acquisitions		7,173			—			478			87			7,738
Amortization		(6,416	)		—			(1,674	)		(630	)		(8,720	)
Foreign currency translation		(1,332	)		—			(85	)		(45	)		(1,462	)
Balances, October 2, 2009		53,675			—			1,508			2,276			57,459
Acquisitions		50,600			—			2,400			1,100			54,100
Amortization		(8,619	)		—			(1,851	)		(736	)		(11,206	)
Foreign currency translation		(178	)		—			(5	)		(125	)		(308	)
Balances, October 1, 2010		95,478			—			2,052			2,515			100,045
Acquisitions		155,512			23,000			2,744			2,542			183,798
Amortization		(21,239	)		(1,023	)		(1,214	)		(1,225	)		(24,701	)
Foreign currency translation		(13	)		—			(109	)		(14	)		(136	)
Balances, September 30, 2011	$	229,738		$	21,977		$	3,473		$	3,818		$	259,006
Estimated remaining useful lives (years)		1- 14			15			1- 20			1- 8

The above table excludes the values assigned to those intangible assets embedded in the Company's investment in AWE Management Ltd. ("AWE"). Those amounts are included in the carrying value of the Company's investment in AWE. The amount of amortization expense we estimate we will record during each of the next five fiscal years relating to intangible assets existing at September 30, 2011 including those associated with AWE is: fiscal 2012 - $40.5 million; fiscal 2013 - $27.2 million; fiscal 2014 - $24.6 million; fiscal 2015 - $24.2 million; and fiscal 2016 - $24.1 million.

The change in goodwill during the period is predominately related to businesses acquired during fiscal 2011.

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and the cost of intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are instead tested for possible impairment annually (or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair values of our reporting units below their respective carrying values). The first step in the impairment test process is to compare the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units to their respective carrying amount, including goodwill. In the event that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In performing the annual impairment test, the Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level. We have determined that our operating segment is comprised of two reporting units based on geography. Based on the results of these tests, we have determined that the fair value of our reporting units substantially exceeded their respective carrying values for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The following table provides certain information related to the Company's acquired intangible assets for each of the fiscal years presented (in thousands):

	Customer Relationships, Contracts, and Backlog			Developed Technology			Trade Names			Other			Total
Balances, September 26, 2008	$	54,250		$	—		$	2,789		$	2,864		$	59,903
Acquisitions		7,173			—			478			87			7,738
Amortization		(6,416	)		—			(1,674	)		(630	)		(8,720	)
Foreign currency translation		(1,332	)		—			(85	)		(45	)		(1,462	)
Balances, October 2, 2009		53,675			—			1,508			2,276			57,459
Acquisitions		50,600			—			2,400			1,100			54,100
Amortization		(8,619	)		—			(1,851	)		(736	)		(11,206	)
Foreign currency translation		(178	)		—			(5	)		(125	)		(308	)
Balances, October 1, 2010		95,478			—			2,052			2,515			100,045
Acquisitions		155,512			23,000			2,744			2,542			183,798
Amortization		(21,239	)		(1,023	)		(1,214	)		(1,225	)		(24,701	)
Foreign currency translation		(13	)		—			(109	)		(14	)		(136	)
Balances, September 30, 2011	$	229,738		$	21,977		$	3,473		$	3,818		$	259,006
Estimated remaining useful lives (years)		1- 14			15			1- 20			1- 8

The above table excludes the values assigned to those intangible assets embedded in the Company's investment in AWE Management Ltd. ("AWE"). Those amounts are included in the carrying value of the Company's investment in AWE. The amount of amortization expense we estimate we will record during each of the next five fiscal years relating to intangible assets existing at September 30, 2011 including those associated with AWE is: fiscal 2012 - $40.5 million; fiscal 2013 - $27.2 million; fiscal 2014 - $24.6 million; fiscal 2015 - $24.2 million; and fiscal 2016 - $24.1 million.

The change in goodwill during the period is predominately related to businesses acquired during fiscal 2011.

Foreign Currencies

Foreign Currencies

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, it is necessary to translate the financial statements of our subsidiaries operating outside the United States, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, into the U.S. dollar. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, revenues and expenses of operations outside the United States are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates for the applicable period(s) being translated while the assets and liabilities of operations outside the United States are generally translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates. The net effect of foreign currency translation adjustments is included in stockholders' equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive securities that were outstanding during the period. Our dilutive securities consist of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock (including restricted stock units).

Share-Based Payments

Share-Based Payments

We measure the value of services received from employees and directors in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The computed value is recognized as a non-cash cost over the period the individual provides services, which is typically the vesting period of the award. The grant date fair value of the instruments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

The Company has two incentive plans whereby eligible employees and directors of Jacobs may be granted stock options, restricted stock, and/or restricted stock units.

Assumptions Used to Value Stock Options Granted to Employees and Directors— The majority of stock options granted during the year are awarded on the same date (although the date is different for employees and directors). The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows:

	Awards Made to Employees									Awards Made to Directors
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%
Expected volatility		41.54	%		43.12	%		45.42	%		41.97	%		40.78	%		47.62	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.00	%		2.54	%		2.94			2.40	%		2.85	%		2.44
Expected term of options (in years)		5.82			6.14			6.25			5.82			6.29			6.29

With respect to stock units containing service and performance conditions, the number of restricted stock units in which the employee may ultimately vest is determined using a stock performance multiplier ("SPM"). The SPM is the quotient obtained by dividing the 60 calendar day average market price of our common stock ending on the vesting date ("Ending Average Stock Price") by the 60 calendar day average market price of our common stock ending on the grant date ("Beginning Average Stock Price"). The maximum SPM is 2 and will be zero if the Ending Average Market Price of our common stock is less than 50% of the Beginning Average Market Price. The number of restricted stock units earned is equal to the target restricted stock units awarded to an employee multiplied by the SPM.

Assumptions Used to Value Restricted Stock Units with Service and Performance Conditions— The majority of restricted stock units with performance conditions granted during the year are awarded on the same date. With respect to these annual awards, the fair value of each restricted stock unit was estimated on the date of the grant using the following assumptions:

	2011
Dividend yield		0	%
Expected volatility		46.67	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.83	%
Expected term (in years)		3.0

Concentrations Of Credit Risk

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Our cash balances and short-term investments are maintained in accounts held by major banks and financial institutions located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, Australia, and Asia. In the normal course of business, and consistent with industry practices, we grant credit to our clients without requiring collateral. Concentrations of credit risk is the risk that, if we extend a significant amount of credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience disproportionately high levels of default if those clients are adversely affected by factors particular to their geographic area or industry. Concentrations of credit risk relative to trade receivables are limited due to our diverse client base, which includes the U.S. federal government and multi-national corporations operating in a broad range of industries and geographic areas. Additionally, in order to mitigate credit risk, we continually evaluate the credit worthiness of our major commercial clients.

Use Of Estimates And Assumptions Policy

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to employ estimates and make assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities; the revenues and expenses reported for the periods covered by the financial statements; and certain amounts disclosed in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are based on management's most recent assessment of the underlying facts and circumstances utilizing the most current information available and past experience, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. Our estimates, judgments, and assumptions are evaluated periodically and adjusted accordingly.

Earlier in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we discussed three significant accounting policies that rely on the application of estimates and assumptions: revenue accounting for contracts; the process for testing goodwill for possible impairment; and the accounting for share-based payments to employees and directors. The following is a discussion of certain other significant accounting policies that rely on the use of estimates:

Accounting for Pensions— We use certain assumptions and estimates in order to calculate periodic pension cost and the value of the assets and liabilities of our pension plans. These assumptions involve discount rates, investment returns, and projected salary increases, among others. Changes in the actuarial assumptions may have a material effect on the plans' liabilities and the projected pension expense.

Accounting for Income Taxes— We determine our consolidated income tax provision using the asset and liability method prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. If and when we determine that a deferred tax asset will not be realized for its full amount, we will recognize and record a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to earnings. Judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the normal course of business, we may engage in numerous transactions every day for which the ultimate tax outcome (including the period in which the transaction will ultimately be included in taxable income or deducted as an expense) is uncertain. Additionally, we file income, franchise, gross receipts and similar tax returns in many jurisdictions. Our tax returns are subject to audit and investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, most states in the United States, and by various government agencies representing many jurisdictions outside the United States.

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance—In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. We record in the Consolidated Balance Sheets amounts representing our estimated liability relating to such guarantees, litigation, and insurance claims. We perform an analysis to determine the level of reserves to establish for both insurance-related claims that are known and have been asserted against us as well as for insurance-related claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators as of the respective balance sheet dates. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. In addition, as a contractor providing services to various agencies of the United States federal government, we are subject to many levels of audits, investigations, and claims by, or on behalf of, the U.S. federal government with respect to contract performance, pricing, costs, cost allocations, and procurement practices. We adjust revenues based upon the amounts we expect to realize considering the effects of any client audits or governmental investigations.

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Pension Plans Recognized In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial loss	$ 7,486	$ 8,297	$ 24,585
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial (gain) loss	(2,011)	(1,154)	(811)
Total	5,475	7,143	23,774
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial loss	(73,258)	64,809	63,028
Prior service cost	1,005	(117)	(32)
Total	(72,253)	64,692	62,996
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial (gain) loss	(4,990)	(7,646)	(3,700)
Prior service cost (benefit)	(1,406)	(193)	(243)
Total	(6,396)	(7,839)	(3,943)
Total	$ (78,649)	$ 56,853	$ 59,053

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity
Deferred tax expense, Foreign currency translation adjustments	$ (2,500)		$ (8,850)
Deferred tax benefit, FASB Statement No. 158 adjustment			2,469
Deferred tax benefit, Pension liability	(26,707)	25,095	34,536
Deferred tax benefit, Other, miscellaneous elements of total comprehensive income (loss)	$ (84)	$ 552	$ 2,461

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Preferred stock, authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, issued	0	0
Preferred stock, outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Common stock, authorized	240,000,000	240,000,000
Common stock, issued	127,784,884	125,909,073
Common stock, outstanding	127,784,884	125,909,073

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

9. Income Taxes

The following table presents the components of our consolidated income tax expense for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	102,903		$	123,154		$	146,865
State		25,067			23,477			30,137
Foreign		37,617			22,909			42,597
Total current tax expense		165,587			169,540			219,599
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal		10,482			(19,518	)		(733	)
State		(1,760	)		(675	)		397
Foreign		7,131			(3,700	)		5,656
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)		15,853			(23,893	)		5,320
Consolidated income tax expense	$	181,440		$	145,647		$	224,919

Deferred taxes reflect the tax effects of the differences between the amounts recorded as assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the comparable amounts recorded for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The following table presents the components of our net deferred tax assets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Obligations relating to:
Defined benefit pension plans	$	80,632		$	108,826
Other employee benefit plans		151,855			137,810
Self-insurance programs		14,999			19,481
Contract revenues and costs		15,333			13,602
Foreign tax credits carryforward		320			14,305
Other		9,081			10,719
Gross deferred tax assets		272,220			304,743
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(130,536	)		(81,693	)
Other, net		(7,068	)		(792	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(137,604	)		(82,485	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	134,616		$	222,258

The following table presents the income tax benefits realized from the exercise of nonqualified stock options, and disqualifying dispositions of stock sold under our employee stock purchase plans during each of the last three fiscal years (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Income tax benefits realized under stock plans	$	11.9	$	4.0	$	4.7

The following table reconciles total income tax expense using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the consolidated income tax expense shown in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the last three fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Statutory amount	$	180,831		$	137,177		$	218,446
State taxes, net of the federal benefit		15,150			14,821			19,848
Utilization of foreign tax credit carryover		—			—			(5,856	)
Tax differential on foreign earnings		(7,841	)		(7,178	)		(9,838	)
Other, net		(6,700	)		827			2,319
Consolidated income tax expense	$	181,440		$	145,647		$	224,919
Rates used to compute statutory amount		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Consolidated effective income tax rate		35.1	%		37.2	%		36.0	%

The following table presents income tax payments made during each of the last three fiscal years (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Income tax payments	$	139.2	$	170.8	$	255.5

The following table presents the components of our consolidated earnings before taxes for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
United States earnings	$	341,059	$	295,144	$	449,065
Foreign earnings		175,602		96,790		175,067
	$	516,661	$	391,934	$	624,132

United States income taxes, net of applicable credits, have been provided on the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries, except in those instances where the earnings are expected to be permanently reinvested. At September 30, 2011, approximately $26.1 million of such undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries was expected to be permanently reinvested. Should these earnings be repatriated, approximately $7.4 million of income taxes would be payable.

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with FASB's Accounting Standards Codification 740. It accounts for interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as interest and penalties (i.e., not as part of income tax expense). The Company's liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits was $31.1 million and $27.8 million at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, respectively, all of which, if recognized, would affect the Company's consolidated effective income tax rate. The Company had $4.0 million and $4.4 million in accrued interest and penalties at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, respectively. The Company estimates that, within 12 months, $4.5 million of gross, primarily non-U.S. unrecognized tax benefits will reverse due to the anticipated expiration of time to assess tax. As of September 30, 2011, the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2008 through 2011 remain subject to examination.

XML

Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data	3 Months Ended																								12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011		Jul. 01, 2011		Apr. 01, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Oct. 01, 2010		Jul. 02, 2010		Apr. 02, 2010		Jan. 01, 2010		Oct. 02, 2009		Jun. 30, 2009		Mar. 31, 2009		Dec. 31, 2008		Sep. 30, 2011		Oct. 01, 2010		Oct. 02, 2009
Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited
Revenues	$ 2,723,295		$ 2,744,178		$ 2,558,016		$ 2,356,175		$ 2,343,033		$ 2,507,725		$ 2,586,974		$ 2,477,785		$ 2,552,547		$ 2,706,724		$ 2,975,452		$ 3,232,653		$ 10,381,664		$ 9,915,517		$ 11,467,376
Operating profit	147,904	[1]	139,380	[1]	128,015	[1]	103,619	[1]	119,515	[1]	45,083	[1]	122,004	[1]	113,481	[1]	122,143	[1]	146,674	[1]	170,688	[1]	181,068	[1]	518,918	[1]	400,083	[1]	620,573	[1]
Earnings before taxes	145,156		141,301		126,481		103,723		120,387		37,239		121,160		113,148		123,856		148,067		170,628		181,581		516,661		391,934		624,132
Net earnings of the Group	95,247		91,936		81,341		66,697		77,079		19,240		77,567		72,401		79,240		94,686		109,171		116,116		335,221		246,287		399,213
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs	$ 94,280		$ 90,676		$ 80,250		$ 65,823		$ 76,994		$ 19,043	[2]	$ 77,500		$ 72,437		$ 79,317		$ 94,900		$ 109,287		$ 116,350		$ 331,029		$ 245,974	[2]	$ 399,854
Basic	$ 0.75		$ 0.72		$ 0.64		$ 0.53		$ 0.62		$ 0.15	[2]	$ 0.63		$ 0.59		$ 0.64		$ 0.77		$ 0.89		$ 0.95		$ 2.63		$ 1.98	[2]	$ 3.26
Diluted	$ 0.74		$ 0.71		$ 0.63		$ 0.52		$ 0.61		$ 0.15	[2]	$ 0.62		$ 0.58		$ 0.63		$ 0.76		$ 0.88		$ 0.94		$ 2.60		$ 1.96	[2]	$ 3.21
Non-recurring loss on basic per share											$ 60.3
Non-recurring loss on diluted per share											$ 0.48

[1] Operating profit represents revenues less (i) direct costs of contracts, and (ii) selling, general and administrative expenses.

[2] Includes a non-recurring loss of $60.3 million, or $0.48 per basic and diluted share, related to the SIVOM judgment.

XML

Other Financial Information (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Other Financial Information
Acquisition of business	$ 711.4	$ 259.5

XML

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, And Insurance (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Sep. 30, 2002
Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, And Insurance
Filing of suit to recover contract cost		$ 49.0
Expense related to SIVOM litigation	93.3
Claim receivable write-off	25.9
One-time loss associated with waste incineration project	$ 60.3
Net after-tax charge to earnings diluted per share	$ 0.48

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $) In Billions, except Share data	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Nov. 15, 2011	Apr. 01, 2011
Document And Entity Information
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Sep. 30, 2011
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	jec
Entity Registrant Name	JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC /DE/
Entity Central Index Key	0000052988
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--09-30
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		128,134,615
Entity Public Float			$ 6.5
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes

XML

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments

10. Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments

Commitments Under Operating Leases

We lease certain of our facilities and equipment under operating leases with net aggregate future lease payments of approximately $832.7 million at September 30, 2011 payable as follows (in thousands):

In fiscal years,
2012	$	150,209
2013		131,481
2014		100,982
2015		127,554
2016		66,999
Thereafter		269,882
		847,107
Amounts representing sublease income		(14,406	)
	$	832,701

We recognize rent expense, inclusive of landlord concessions and tenant allowances, over the lease term on a straight-line basis. We also recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis for leases containing fixed escalation clauses and rent holidays. Contingent rentals are included in rent expense as accruable. Operating leases relating to many of our major offices generally contain renewal options, and provide for additional rental based on escalation in operating expenses and real estate taxes.

The following table presents rent expense and sublease income offsetting the Company's rent expense during each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Rent expense	$	157,955		$	155,517		$	159,682
Sublease income		(8,315	)		(11,160	)		(10,012	)
Net rent	$	149,640		$	144,357		$	149,670

Guarantee

We are party to a synthetic lease agreement involving certain real and personal property located in Houston, Texas that we use in our operations. A synthetic lease is a type of off-balance sheet transaction which provides us with certain tax and other financial benefits. Significant terms of the lease are as follows:

End of lease term		2015
End of term purchase option (in thousands)	$	52,200
Residual value guaranty (in thousands)	$	38,800

The lease agreement gives us the right to request an extension of the lease term. We may also assist the owner in selling the property at the end of the lease term, the proceeds from which would be used to reduce our residual value guarantee. In connection with the lease, we entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement with a U.S. bank which fixes the amount of the Company's lease payments. The notional amount of this hedge at September 30, 2011 was $52.2 million. This instrument allows us to receive a floating rate payment tied to the 1-month LIBOR from the counterparty in exchange for a fixed-rate payment from us. We've determined this interest rate swap to be "highly effective" according to U.S. GAAP. The minimum lease payments required by the lease agreement is included in the above lease pay-out schedule. We have determined that the estimated fair value of the aforementioned financial guarantee was not significant at September 30, 2011.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In situations where our operations incur contract costs in currencies other than their functional currency, we attempt to have a portion of the related contract revenues denominated in the same currencies as the costs. In those situations where revenues and costs are transacted in different currencies, we sometimes enter into foreign exchange contracts in order to limit our exposure to fluctuating foreign currencies. The Company does not currently have exchange rate sensitive instruments that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

Letters of Credit

Letters of credit outstanding at September 30, 2011 totaled $309.6 million. Of this amount $28.7 million has been issued under our revolving credit facility and $280.9 million are stand-alone letters of credit.

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011 months years	Oct. 01, 2010
Undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries expected to be reinvested	$ 26.1
Income tax payable upon repatriation of earnings	7.4
Gross unrecognized tax benefits	31.1	27.8
Accrued interest and penalties	4.0	4.4
Estimated period of unrecognized tax benefits (in months)	12
Foreign Country [Member]
Gross unrecognized tax benefits	$ 4.5

XML

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments (Significant Terms Of The Lease) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011
Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments
End of lease term	2015
End of term purchase option	$ 52,200
Residual value guaranty	$ 38,800

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Earnings (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011		Oct. 01, 2010		Oct. 02, 2009
Consolidated Statements Of Earnings
Revenues	$ 10,381,664		$ 9,915,517		$ 11,467,376
Costs and Expenses:
Direct costs of contracts	(8,822,171)		(8,582,912)		(9,906,493)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(1,040,575)		(932,522)		(940,310)
Operating Profit	518,918	[1]	400,083	[1]	620,573	[1]
Other (Expense) Income:
Interest income	4,917		4,791		13,145
Interest expense	(8,799)		(9,874)		(2,916)
Miscellaneous income (expense), net	1,625		(3,066)		(6,670)
Total other income (expense), net	(2,257)		(8,149)		3,559
Earnings Before Taxes	516,661		391,934		624,132
Income Tax Expense	(181,440)		(145,647)		(224,919)
Net Earnings of the Group	335,221		246,287		399,213
Net (Earnings) Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests	(4,192)		(313)		641
Net Earnings Attributable to Jacobs	$ 331,029		$ 245,974	[2]	$ 399,854
Net Earnings Per Share:
Basic	$ 2.63		$ 1.98	[2]	$ 3.26
Diluted	$ 2.60		$ 1.96	[2]	$ 3.21

[1] Operating profit represents revenues less (i) direct costs of contracts, and (ii) selling, general and administrative expenses.

[2] Includes a non-recurring loss of $60.3 million, or $0.48 per basic and diluted share, related to the SIVOM judgment.

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans

4. Stock Purchase and Stock Option Plans

Broad-Based, Employee Stock Purchase Plans

We sponsor two, broad-based, shareholder-approved employee stock purchase plans: the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1989 ESPP") and the Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "GESPP"). Both plans offer employees the right to purchase shares of the common stock of Jacobs at a discount that is limited to 5% of the per-share market value on the day shares are sold to employees.

The following table summarizes the stock issuance activity under the 1989 ESPP and the GESPP during each of the last three fiscal years:

	2011		2010		2009
Aggregate Purchase Price Paid for Shares Sold:
Under the 1989 ESPP	$	31,887,660	$	30,042,431	$	37,246,390
Under the GESPP		2,894,302		2,850,202		3,033,146
Total	$	34,781,962	$	32,892,633	$	40,279,536
Aggregate Number of Shares Sold:
Under the 1989 ESPP		771,818		802,508		966,241
Under the GESPP		69,386		74,848		76,420
Total		841,204		877,356		1,042,661

At September 30, 2011, there were 3,910,515 shares reserved for issuance under the 1989 ESPP, and there were 413,391 shares reserved for issuance under the GESPP.

Stock Incentive Plans

We sponsor two, continuing, shareholder-approved stock incentive plans: the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1999 SIP") and the 1999 Outside Director Stock Plan (the "1999 ODSP"). The 1999 SIP provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to employees. The 1999 ODSP provides for awards of shares of common stock, restricted stock, and restricted stock units, and grants of nonqualified stock options to our outside (i.e., nonemployee) directors. The 1999 SIP and the 1999 ODSP (together, the "1999 Plans") replaced our 1981 Executive Incentive Plan (the "1981 Plan"). The following table sets forth certain information about the 1999 Plans:

	1999 SIP		1999 ODSP		Total
Number of shares authorized		18,700,000		800,000		19,500,000
Number of remaining shares reserved for issuance at September 30, 2011		8,255,742		456,500		8,712,242
Number of shares relating to outstanding stock options at September 30, 2011		6,205,635		255,875		6,461,510
Number of shares available for future awards:
At September 30, 2011		2,050,107		200,625		2,250,732
At October 1, 2010		2,916,492		245,625		3,162,117

The number of shares of common stock that may be awarded under the 1999 SIP in the form of restricted stock is limited to 4,870,000 shares, and shares of restricted stock that are subsequently forfeited become available again for issuance as restricted stock. At September 30, 2011, there were a total of 2,050,107 shares of common stock that remained available for issuance in the form of restricted stock under the 1999 SIP.

The following table presents the fair value of shares (of restricted stock and restricted stock units) vested during the years presented (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Fair value of shares vested	$	4,848	$	4,188	$	1,424

The following table presents the Company's total pre-tax compensation cost relating to share-based payments included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Share-based compensation expense (pre-tax)	$	29,084	$	24,361	$	24,085

The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the 1999 Plans and the 1981 Plan for each of the last three fiscal years:

	Number of Stock Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at September 26, 2008		6,932,559		$	35.45
Granted		688,650		$	41.07
Exercised		(527,616	)	$	15.07
Cancelled or expired		(62,576	)	$	57.38
Outstanding at October 2, 2009		7,031,017		$	37.43
Granted		975,000		$	43.79
Exercised		(447,200	)	$	15.90
Cancelled or expired		(148,237	)	$	60.39
Outstanding at October 1, 2010		7,410,580		$	39.10
Granted		433,600		$	46.04
Exercised		(1,363,005	)	$	21.37
Cancelled or expired		(19,665	)	$	47.81
Outstanding at September 30, 2011		6,461,510		$	43.28

Stock options outstanding at September 30, 2011 consisted entirely of nonqualified stock options. The following table presents the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$	34,665	$	11,764	$	15,033

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercisable at September 30, 2011 was approximately $18.0 million. The following table presents certain other information regarding our stock incentive plans:

	2011		2010		2009
At fiscal year end:
Range of exercise prices for options outstanding	$	13.29–$94.11	$	10.79–$94.11	$	7.03–$94.11
Number of options exercisable		4,822,297		5,441,883		5,075,975
For the fiscal year:
Range of prices relating to options exercised	$	10.785–$41.18	$	7.03–$37.35	$	7.73–$37.68
Estimated weighted average fair values of options granted	$	19.43	$	19.33	$	19.71

The following table presents certain information regarding stock options outstanding, and stock options exercisable at September 30, 2011:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Price		Number		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$13.29 - $18.49		262,200		0.89	$	15.70		262,200	$	15.70
$19.21 - $26.95		1,489,535		1.11	$	23.10		1,489,535	$	23.10
$32.51 - $37.35		474,250		2.20	$	37.30		452,375	$	37.33
$37.68 - $46.86		2,656,000		5.88	$	42.85		1,515,550	$	43.00
$47.11 - $55.04		391,550		8.83	$	48.41		82,465	$	48.17
$56.95 - $57.81		515,825		2.76	$	56.97		513,825	$	56.97
$76.15 - $83.61		80,625		4.27	$	81.33		60,625	$	81.33
$88.19 - $94.11		591,525		3.63	$	92.57		445,722	$	92.57
		6,461,510		4.01	$	43.28		4,822,297	$	41.47

Our stock incentive plans allow participants to satisfy the exercise price of stock options by tendering shares of Jacobs common stock that have been owned by the participants for at least six months. Shares so tendered are retired and canceled, and are shown as repurchases of common stock in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.

At September 30, 2011, the amount of compensation cost relating to nonvested awards not yet recognized in the financial statements is approximately $27.9 million. The majority of the unrecognized compensation costs will be recognized by the second quarter of fiscal 2013. The weighted average remaining contractual term of options currently exercisable is 2.60 years.

The following table presents the number of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units issued under the 1999 Plans:

	2011		2010		2009
Restricted stock issued		226,850		525,600		147,300
Restricted stock units issued (service condition)		12,100		9,000		9,000
Restricted stock units issued (service and performance conditions)		291,700		—		—

The restrictions generally relate to the recipient's ability to sell or otherwise transfer the stock or stock units. There are also restrictions that subject the stock and stock units to forfeiture back to the Company until earned by the recipient through continued employment or service. At September 30, 2011, there were 1,167,300 shares of restricted stock; 44,100 shares of restricted stock units (service condition) and 291,700 shares of restricted stock units (service and performance conditions) outstanding under the 1999 Plans.

XML

Business Combinations

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

3. Business Combinations

Acquisitions of TechTeam, Sula, DSWA, Magellan Consulting, Alpha Telecom, and CES

In October 2010, we acquired TechTeam Government Solutions, Inc. ("TechTeam"), formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of TechTeam Global, Inc. TechTeam is a 500-person information technology ("IT") solutions company that provides support to U.S. federal, state and local government agencies, including the United States Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Army, and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The firm's core competencies include systems integration, enterprise application integration, ERP implementation support, IT infrastructure support, network operations management, and call center operations. The primary purpose for acquiring TechTeam was to expand the Company's IT, modeling, and simulation services capabilities with the U.S. federal government.

Also in October 2010, we acquired Sula Systems Ltd ("Sula"), a 70-person professional services firm headquartered in Gloucestershire, England. Founded in 1996, Sula provides systems engineering and technical services on large, complex programs and projects to clients in the United Kingdom's defense and aerospace markets. Sula is also involved in a number of major defense programs in areas such as armored vehicles, complex weapons, test and evaluation, submarine nuclear propulsion, and capability and network level systems engineering. Sula also provides services relating to civil airliners and space-based subsystems. The primary purpose for acquiring Sula was to expand the Company's position in the defense and aerospace markets.

In December 2010, we acquired the assets of Damon S. Williams Associates, L.L.C. ("DSWA"). DSWA is a 50 person professional services firm headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona specializing in water and wastewater facilities, with expertise in planning, design, construction administration and operations services. The primary purpose for acquiring DSWA was to expand our water and wastewater capabilities to better serve our customers in the western United States.

Also in December 2010, we acquired the assets of two other, smaller niche firms: (i) Magellan Consulting which provides services to clients in the education market, and (ii) Alpha Telecom Services Company which provides services to clients in the telecommunications industry.

In May 2011, we acquired an additional 55% interest in Consulting Engineering Services (India) Private Limited ("CES") bringing our ownership interest to 70%. CES is a leading power, infrastructure, and civil engineering company in India, headquartered in Delhi. CES employs approximately 2,000 people and provides a range of solutions in infrastructure, development, planning, engineering, and construction management. The acquisition of CES significantly expands the Company's resources and capabilities in India and expands our presence in other regions in Asia and the Middle East.

The results of operations of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company's consolidated results of operations commencing with the dates control of the acquired businesses were obtained.

The above acquisitions were not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements at September 30, 2011 and for the year then ended.

The Aker Solutions ASA Transactions

On February 1, 2011, we acquired certain operations within the process and construction business of Aker Solutions ASA, and in April 2011, we completed the acquisition of Aker Projects (Shanghai) Company Limited (Aker Solutions' onshore P&C operations in China) (the acquired operations are referred to herein as the "Aker Entities"). We believe this acquisition will significantly expand Jacobs' global presence in the mining and metals market; provide a new geographic region with South America; and strengthen Jacobs' presence in China and Australia. Jacobs' regional presence in Europe and North America will also be enhanced as a result of this acquisition.

The purchase price was $675.0 million plus approximately $234.6 million representing certain transactions specified in the share purchase agreement ("SPA") and a preliminary estimate of net cash and working capital acquired. At closing, the Company funded approximately $909.6 million pursuant to the SPA. The acquisition was financed through a combination of cash-on-hand and borrowings under a number of new, bilateral credit facilities with major U.S. and European banks. The results of operations of the Aker Entities have been included in the Company's consolidated results of operations commencing with the date control of the entities was obtained.

The following table presents the unaudited, pro forma consolidated results of operations for each of fiscal 2011 and 2010 as if the acquisition of the Aker Entities had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2010. These pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of (i) the results of operations that would have occurred had the Aker Entities operations actually been acquired at the beginning of fiscal 2010; or (ii) future results of operations (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Revenues	$	10,733,797	$	10,633,975
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs	$	339,437	$	262,114

Due to the size of the Aker transaction and considering the number of geographies in which it operates, we have not completed the purchase price allocation. The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the net assets (excluding intangibles and goodwill) of the Aker Entities as of the dates of acquisition (in thousands):

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	329,689
Receivables and other current assets		145,049
Property and equipment, and other assets		115,911
Total assets		590,649
Liabilities:
Current liabilities		195,910
Long-term liabilities		22,534
Total liabilities		218,444
Net assets acquired	$	372,205

The Company expects to collect substantially all of the acquired receivables of $134.2 million.

The following table presents the Company's latest estimate of the values of the acquired intangible assets (in thousands):

Customer relationships / backlog	$	136,000
Technology		23,000
	$	159,000

The preliminary values of intangible assets subject to amortization are included in "Other Noncurrent Assets" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011, and are being amortized over lives that range from 1 year to 15 years (the weighted average life for all intangibles is 12.8 years). The preliminary amount of goodwill created as a result of this transaction is summarized as follows (in thousands):

Purchase price	$	910,000
Amount assigned to net assets acquired		(372,000	)
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets		(159,000	)
Deferred taxes related to intangible assets		55,000
Goodwill recognized, preliminary	$	434,000

Some of the factors contributing to a purchase price that resulted in the recognition of goodwill include: (i) access to a large, highly-trained and stable workforce; (ii) the opportunity to expand our client base in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and China; (iii) the opportunity to enter new geographic markets in South America; (iv) the opportunity to expand our presence in the mining and minerals market; and (v) the opportunity of achieving operating synergies.

We do not expect a material amount of the goodwill recognized during fiscal 2011 to be deductible for income tax purposes. Included in selling, general and administrative expense for fiscal 2011 is $15.2 million of acquisition-related costs pertaining to our acquisition activities.

XML

Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited

Selected Quarterly Information - Unaudited

15. Selected Quarterly Information — Unaudited

The following table presents selected quarterly financial information for each of the last three fiscal years. Amounts are presented in thousands, except for per share amounts:

	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter		Fiscal Year
2011
Revenues	$	2,356,175	$	2,558,016	$	2,744,178		$	2,723,295	$	10,381,664
Operating profit (a)		103,619		128,015		139,380			147,904		518,918
Earnings before taxes		103,723		126,481		141,301			145,156		516,661
Net earnings of the Group		66,697		81,341		91,936			95,247		335,221
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		65,823		80,250		90,676			94,280		331,029
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.53		0.64		0.72			0.75		2.63
Diluted		0.52		0.63		0.71			0.74		2.60
2010
Revenues	$	2,477,785	$	2,586,974	$	2,507,725		$	2,343,033	$	9,915,517
Operating profit (a)		113,481		122,004		45,083			119,515		400,083
Earnings before taxes		113,148		121,160		37,239			120,387		391,934
Net earnings of the Group		72,401		77,567		19,240			77,079		246,287
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		72,437		77,500		19,043	(b)		76,994		245,974	(b)
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.59		0.63		0.15	(b)		0.62		1.98	(b)
Diluted		0.58		0.62		0.15	(b)		0.61		1.96	(b)
2009
Revenues	$	3,232,653	$	2,975,452	$	2,706,724		$	2,552,547	$	11,467,376
Operating profit (a)		181,068		170,688		146,674			122,143		620,573
Earnings before taxes		181,581		170,628		148,067			123,856		624,132
Net earnings of the Group		116,116		109,171		94,686			79,240		399,213
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs		116,350		109,287		94,900			79,317		399,854
Earnings per share:
Basic		0.95		0.89		0.77			0.64		3.26
Diluted		0.94		0.88		0.76			0.63		3.21

(a) Operating profit represents revenues less (i) direct costs of contracts, and (ii) selling, general and administrative expenses.

(b) Includes a non-recurring loss of $60.3 million, or $0.48 per basic and diluted share, related to the SIVOM judgment.

XML

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, And Insurance

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, And Insurance

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, And Insurance

11. Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance

In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. The guarantees to which we are a party generally relate to project schedules and plant performance. Most of the litigation in which we are involved has us as a defendant in workers' compensation; personal injury; environmental; employment/labor; professional liability; and other similar lawsuits.

We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. We have elected, however, to retain a portion of losses that occur through the use of various deductibles, limits, and retentions under our insurance programs. This situation may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially insured, or completely uninsured. We intend to mitigate any such future liability by continuing to exercise prudent business judgment in negotiating the terms and conditions of our contracts.

Additionally, as a contractor providing services to the United States federal government and several of its agencies, we are subject to many levels of audits, investigations, and claims by, or on behalf of, the U.S. federal government with respect to our contract performance, pricing, costs, cost allocations, and procurement practices. Furthermore, our income, franchise, and similar tax returns and filings are also subject to audit and investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, most states within the United States as well as by various government agencies representing jurisdictions outside the United States.

We record in our Consolidated Balance Sheets amounts representing our estimated liability relating to such claims, guarantees, litigation, and audits and investigations. We perform an analysis to determine the level of reserves to establish for insurance-related claims that are known and have been asserted against us, and for insurance-related claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators as of the respective balance sheet dates. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated results of operations.

Management believes, after consultation with counsel, that such guarantees, litigation, United States government contract-related audits, investigations and claims, and income tax audits and investigations should not have any material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

On August 1, 2007 the I-35W bridge in Minneapolis, Minnesota suffered a tragic collapse. The bridge was designed and built in the early 1960's. Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. ("Sverdrup & Parcel") provided design services to the Minnesota Department of Transportation ("MnDOT") on the bridge. Sverdrup & Parcel was a predecessor company to Sverdrup Corporation, a company acquired by Jacobs in 1999. Several lawsuits have been filed against a consultant who had been providing engineering analyses of the bridge prior to its collapse, and against a contractor who was providing maintenance and construction work on the bridge at the time of its collapse. No lawsuits have been filed directly against the Company by any of the primary plaintiffs. The consultant and the contractor have filed suit against the Company claiming that the Company was liable for negligent design services by Sverdrup & Parcel, and against MnDOT claiming that MnDOT had an obligation to inspect, maintain and repair the bridge and that it failed to do so. MnDOT has filed a suit against the Company claiming that it is entitled to be indemnified for any and all amounts that it pays out under its Victims Compensation Fund. We understand that the contractor has settled all of the plaintiffs' claims against it. The contractor's suit against the Company is in the process of being dismissed without any compensation being paid by the Company. The Company's motions to dismiss the remaining claims against it by the consultant and MnDOT based on the State Statute of Repose were denied. The Company filed an appeal and the appellate court reversed the trial court and granted the Company's motion to dismiss the consultant's claim. The consultant has petitioned the Minnesota Supreme Court to grant review. The appellate court upheld the trial court's decision denying the Company's motion to dismiss MnDOT's claim. The Company has petitioned the Minnesota Supreme Court to grant review. The Minnesota Supreme Court has granted the petition for review in both matters. The Company does not expect this matter to have any material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

On June 25, 2010, we received an unfavorable judgment from an Administrative Tribunal in Strasbourg, France relating to a waste incineration plant project in France. The dispute involved a project to design and build a waste incineration plant in Sausheim, France by a consortium led by Serete (an entity Jacobs acquired in 1997) for the SIVOM de Mulhousienne ("SIVOM"). The contract was entered into in 1996, prior to the acquisition of Serete. Jacobs filed suit in 2002 seeking approximately $49.0 million in damages to recover its contract balance and additional project costs that it had incurred. The SIVOM counterclaimed for project completion costs, increased operating costs, and costs relating to emissions problems. As a result of the judgment, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge to earnings of approximately $93.3 million. Included in this amount is a $25.9 million write-off of revenue. The balance of the charge reflects the cash payments the Company made to the SIVOM, net of cash payments the Company received. Net of the effects of the charge on the Company's long-term incentive bonus plan and income taxes, the effect on net earnings attributable to Jacobs was approximately $60.3 million, or $0.48 per diluted share.

XML

Income Taxes (Income Tax Expense In Consolidated Statements Of Earnings) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Income Taxes
Statutory amount	$ 180,831	$ 137,177	$ 218,446
State taxes, net of the federal benefit	15,150	14,821	19,848
Utilization of foreign tax credit carryover			(5,856)
Tax differential on foreign earnings	(7,841)	(7,178)	(9,838)
Other, net	(6,700)	827	2,319
Consolidated income tax expense	$ 181,440	$ 145,647	$ 224,919
Rates used to compute statutory amount	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Consolidated effective income tax rate	35.10%	37.20%	36.00%

XML

Pension Plans

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Pension Plans

Pension Plans

7. Pension Plans

Company-Only Sponsored Plans

We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans covering employees of certain U.S. and international subsidiaries. The pension plans provide pension benefits that are based on the employee's compensation and years of service. Our funding policy is to fund the actuarially determined accrued benefits, allowing for projected compensation increases using the projected unit method.

The following table sets forth the changes in the plans' combined net benefit obligation (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) for each balance sheet presented (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Net benefit obligation at the beginning of the year	$	160,264		$	148,532		$	1,007,105		$	842,928
Service cost		10,684			—			30,816			22,722
Interest cost		21,377			7,545			54,631			46,584
Participants' contributions		3,318			—			12,108			12,467
Actuarial (gains)/losses		30,378			12,300			(141,498	)		134,702
Benefits paid		(34,486	)		(8,113	)		(32,419	)		(25,283	)
Curtailments/settlements		—			—			(3,744	)		(6,051	)
Transfers		—			—			—			(35	)
Business combinations/consolidations		290,887			—			49,638			—
Special termination benefits		120			—			—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(7,699	)		(20,929	)
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	482,542		$	160,264		$	968,938		$	1,007,105

The following table sets forth the changes in the combined fair value of the plans' assets (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) for each balance sheet presented (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year	$	107,791		$	106,313		$	661,825		$	573,189
Actual return on plan assets		1,899			9,591			3,729			79,409
Employer contributions		21,753			—			70,575			42,595
Participants' contributions		3,318			—			12,108			12,467
Gross benefits paid		(34,486	)		(8,113	)		(32,419	)		(25,283	)
Transfers		—			—			—			(35	)
Business combinations/consolidations		185,502			—			40,922			—
Curtailments/settlements		—			—			(3,744	)		(6,051	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(8,307	)		(14,466	)
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year	$	285,777		$	107,791		$	744,689		$	661,825

The following table reconciles the combined funded statuses of the plans and recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	482,542	$	160,264	$	968,938	$	1,007,105
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year		285,777		107,791		744,689		661,825
Under funded amount recognized at the end of the year	$	196,765	$	52,473	$	224,249	$	345,280

The following table presents the amounts recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Accrued benefit cost included in current liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,690	$	1,473
Accrued benefit cost included in noncurrent liabilities		196,765		52,473		222,559		343,807
Net amount recognized at the end of the year	$	196,765	$	52,473	$	224,249	$	345,280

Included in the tables above for fiscal 2011 are amounts relating to a pension plan in the U.S. covering employees of a certain entity which the Company began consolidating at the beginning of this fiscal year. The covered employees are assigned to a particular operating contract with the U.S. government; it is the intention of the parties to the contract that the cost of this pension plan will be fully reimbursed by the U.S. government pursuant to applicable cost accounting standards. Included in "Other Noncurrent Assets" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011 is a receivable from the U.S. government of approximately $140.9 million representing the underfunded amount for this pension plan.

The following table presents the significant actuarial assumptions used in determining the funded statuses of the Company's U.S. plans for each fiscal year presented:

	2011			2010			2009
Weighted average discount rates		4.3% to 4.6	%		4.6	%		5.25	%
Rates of compensation increases		3.5	%		—			—

The following table presents the significant actuarial assumptions used in determining the funded statuses of the Company's Non-U.S. plans for each fiscal year presented:

	2011			2010			2009
Weighted average discount rates		2.6% to 5.9	%		2.1% to 5.1	%		2.5% to 5.6	%
Rates of compensation increases		3.0% to 3.5	%		3.25% to 3.5	%		3.5	%

The following table presents certain amounts relating to our U.S. pension plans recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial loss	$	7,486		$	8,297		$	24,585
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial gain		(2,011	)		(1,154	)		(811	)
Total	$	5,475		$	7,143		$	23,774

The following table presents certain amounts relating to our Non-U.S. pension plans recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Arising during the period:
Net actuarial (gain) loss	$	(73,258	)	$	64,809		$	63,028
Prior service cost (benefit)		1,005			(117	)		(32	)
Total		(72,253	)		64,692			62,996
Reclassification adjustments:
Net actuarial gain		(4,990	)		(7,646	)		(3,700	)
Prior service benefit		(1,406	)		(193	)		(243	)
Total		(6,396	)		(7,839	)		(3,943	)
Total	$	(78,649	)	$	56,853		$	59,053

The following table presents certain amounts relating to our pension plans recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Plans
	2011		2010		2011		2010
Net actuarial loss	$	68,224	$	62,749	$	124,560	$	202,806
Prior service cost		—		—		1,166		1,569
Total	$	68,224	$	62,749	$	125,726	$	204,375

The following table presents the amount of accumulated comprehensive income that will be amortized against earnings as part of our net periodic pension cost in fiscal 2012 (segregated between plans existing within and outside the U.S.) (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension Plans
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	$	3,217	$	8,138
Unrecognized prior service cost		—		247
Accumulated comprehensive loss to be recorded against earnings	$	3,217	$	8,385

We consider various factors in developing the estimates for the expected, long-term rates of return on plan assets. These factors include the projected, long-term rates of returns on the various types of assets in which the plans invest, as well as historical returns. In general, investment allocations are determined by each plan's trustees and/or investment committees. The objectives of the plans' investment policies are to (i) maximize returns while preserving capital; (ii) provide returns sufficient to meet the current and long-term obligations of the plan as the obligations become due; and (iii) maintain a diversified portfolio of assets so as to reduce the risk associated with having a disproportionate amount of the plans' total assets invested in any one type of asset, issuer or geography. None of our pension plans hold Jacobs common stock directly (although some plans may hold shares indirectly through investments in mutual funds). The plans' weighted average asset allocations at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (the measurement dates used in valuing the plans' assets and liabilities) were as follows:

	U.S. Pension Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Pans
	2011			2010			2011			2010
Equity securities		68	%		70	%		41	%		39	%
Debt securities		23	%		22	%		37	%		37	%
Real estate investments		2	%		3	%		6	%		6	%
Other		7	%		5	%		16	%		18	%

The following table presents the fair value of the Company's U.S. pension plan assets at September 30, 2011 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	172,986	$	—	$	172,986
Overseas equities		22,057		—		22,057
U.S. Domestic bonds		66,333		—		66,333
Cash and equivalents		4,203		—		4,203
Real estate		—		5,353		5,353
Hedge funds		—		14,845		14,845
Total	$	265,579	$	20,198	$	285,777

The following table presents the fair value of the Company's Non-U.S. pension plan assets at September 30, 2011 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	156,264	$	—	$	156,264
Overseas equities		149,926		—		149,926
U.S. Domestic bonds		262,377		—		262,377
Overseas bonds		13,794		—		13,794
Cash and equivalents		14,486		—		14,486
Infrastructure / Raw goods		—		4,776		4,776
Real estate		—		43,997		43,997
Insurance contracts		—		17,293		17,293
Hedge funds		—		81,776		81,776
Total	$	596,847	$	147,842	$	744,689

The following table presents the fair value of the Company's U.S. pension plan assets at October 1, 2010 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	64,520	$	—	$	64,520
Overseas equities		10,526		—		10,526
U.S. Domestic bonds		2,935		—		2,935
Overseas bonds		20,452		—		20,452
Cash and equivalents		703		—		703
Real estate		—		3,164		3,164
Hedge funds		—		5,491		5,491
Total	$	99,136	$	8,655	$	107,791

The following table presents the fair value of the Company's Non-U.S. pension plan assets at October 1, 2010 segregated by level of fair value measurement inputs within the fair value hierarchy promulgated by U.S. GAAP (refer to Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies, above) (in thousands):

	Fair Value, Determined Using Fair Value Measurement Inputs
	Level 1		Level 3		Total
U.S. Domestic equities	$	135,060	$	—	$	135,060
Overseas equities		118,145		—		118,145
U.S. Domestic bonds		241,251		—		241,251
Overseas bonds		1,376		—		1,376
Cash and equivalents		15,486		—		15,486
"With Profits" funds		—		1,482		1,482
Real estate		—		38,351		38,351
Insurance contracts		—		27,465		27,465
Hedge funds		—		83,209		83,209
Total	$	511,318	$	150,507	$	661,825

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company's U.S. Plans' Level 3 assets for the year ended September 30, 2011 (in thousands):

	Real Estate			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,164		$	5,491
Transfers		4,661			9,208
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)		(2,472	)		146
Balance, end of year	$	5,353		$	14,845

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company's Non-U.S. Plans' Level 3 assets for the year ended September 30, 2011 (in thousands):

	Infrastructure / Raw Goods		Real Estate			Insurance Contracts			Hedge Funds			"With Profits" Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	—	$	38,351		$	27,465		$	83,209		$	1,482
Purchases, sales, and settlements		4,776		2,248			323			(1,452	)		—
Realized and unrealized gains		—		3,799			593			937			—
Transfers		—		—			(10,964	)		—			(1,513	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—		(401	)		(124	)		(918	)		31
Balance, end of year	$	4,776	$	43,997		$	17,293		$	81,776		$	—

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company's U.S. Plans' Level 3 assets for the year ended October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	Real Estate			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,387		$	5,505
Realized and unrealized losses		(223	)		(14	)
Balance, end of year	$	3,164		$	5,491

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company's Non-U.S. Plans' Level 3 assets for the year ended October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	"With Profits" Funds			Real Estate			Insurance Contracts			Hedge Funds
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,557		$	31,047		$	25,706		$	52,323
Purchases, sales, and settlements		—			3,247			—			20,546
Realized and unrealized gains		(55	)		4,661			2,888			10,699
Transfers		—			(5	)		—			—
Effect of exchange rate changes		(20	)		(599	)		(1,129	)		(359	)
Balance, end of year	$	1,482		$	38,351		$	27,465		$	83,209

The following table presents the amount of cash contributions we anticipate making into the plans during fiscal 2012 (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension  Pans
Anticipated cash contributions	$	60,974	$	48,345

The following table presents the total benefit payments expected to be paid to pension plan participants during each of the next five fiscal years, and in total for the five years thereafter (in thousands):

	U.S. Pension Plans		Non-U.S. Pension  Pans
2012	$	74,472	$	33,946
2013		35,503		36,379
2014		38,211		37,602
2015		29,728		40,738
2016		36,150		46,146
For the period 2017 through 2021		210,743		286,879

The following table presents the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company's U.S. plans recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	10,684		$	—		$	—
Interest cost		21,377			7,545			8,147
Expected return on plan assets		(23,558	)		(10,566	)		(9,208	)
Actuarial loss		7,025			1,846			1,038
Prior service cost		(103	)		—			—
Net pension cost, before special items		15,425			(1,175	)		(23	)
Special termination benefits		120			—			—
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$	15,545		$	(1,175	)	$	(23	)

The following table presents the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company's Non-U.S. plans recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	30,816		$	22,722		$	19,212
Interest cost		54,631			46,584			41,634
Expected return on plan assets		(50,033	)		(36,988	)		(35,629	)
Actuarial loss		13,535			10,488			4,078
Prior service cost		303			293			293
Net pension cost, before special items		49,252			43,099			29,588
Special termination benefits		—			—			203
Curtailments and settlements		381			1,206			—
Total net periodic pension cost recognized	$	49,633		$	44,305		$	29,791

Multiemployer Plans

In the United States and Canada, we contribute to various trusteed pension plans covering hourly construction employees under industry-wide agreements. We also contribute to various trusteed plans in certain countries in Europe covering both hourly and certain salaried employees. Contributions are based on the hours worked by employees covered under these agreements and are charged to direct costs of contracts on a current basis. Information from the plans' administrators is not available to permit us to determine our share of unfunded benefits, if any. The following table presents the Company's contributions to these multiemployer plans during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Contributions to multiemployer pension plans	$	98,270	$	65,382	$	51,958

XML

Borrowings (Schedule Of Short-Term Credit Agreement) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Maximum [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Range of Interest Rates	1.57%
Maximum [Member] | Bilateral Agreements [Member]
Range of Interest Rates	2.15%
Maximum [Member] | Other Loan Agreements [Member]
Range of Interest Rates	6.00%
Minimum [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Range of Interest Rates	0.96%
Minimum [Member] | Bilateral Agreements [Member]
Range of Interest Rates	1.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Principal Balance Outstanding	$ 171,788
Bilateral Agreements [Member]
Principal Balance Outstanding	392,059	79,157
Range of Interest Rates		1.42%
Other Loan Agreements [Member]
Principal Balance Outstanding	$ 2,184	$ 242
Range of Interest Rates		4.50%

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

5. Earnings Per Share

The following table (i) reconciles the denominator used to compute Basic EPS to the denominator used to compute Diluted EPS for each of the last three fiscal years, and (ii) discloses the number of antidilutive stock options outstanding at the end of each of the fiscal years indicated (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Shares used to calculate EPS:
Weighted average shares outstanding (denominator used to compute basic EPS)		125,686		124,134		122,772
Effect of stock options and restricted stock		1,549		1,656		1,762
Denominator used to compute diluted EPS		127,235		125,790		124,534
Antidilutive stock options and restricted stock		4,507		3,814		2,288

XML

Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Borrowings

Borrowings

6. Borrowings

Short-Term Credit Arrangements

The following table presents certain information regarding the Company's various credit facilities and bank loan agreements at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

	2011					2010
	Principal Balance Outstanding		Range of Interest Rates			Principal Balance Outstanding		Range of Interest Rates
$290.0 Million revolving credit facility	$	171,788		0.96 – 1.57	%	$	—		—
Bilateral loan agreements	$	392,059		1.0 – 2.15	%	$	79,157		1.42	%
Other loan agreements	$	2,184		6.0	%	$	242		4.5	%

The Company's $290.0 million revolving credit facility expires in May 2012; hence, amounts classified previously as long-term debt are now classified as current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011. This facility provides for unsecured borrowings from banks (a syndicate consisting of U.S., Canadian, European, and Asian banks) at either fixed rates offered by the banks at the time of borrowing on loans not greater than twelve months, or at variable rates based on the agent bank's base rate, LIBOR or the latest federal funds rate. The credit agreement contains certain negative covenants relating to the Company's "consolidated net worth", and a "leverage ratio" based on outstanding borrowings (including financial letters of credit) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (all as defined in the agreement). The agreement requires us to pay a facility fee based on the total amount of the commitments.

The Company's "bilateral loan agreements" include a number of credit facilities with major U.S. and European banks entered into in fiscal 2011 in connection with the acquisition of the Aker Entities. Also included in this category are amounts outstanding under two bilateral facilities we entered into in connection with the Company's purchases of (i) a one-third interest in AWE, and (ii) an additional 55% interest in CES. These bilateral loan agreements expire between April 30, 2012 and May 28, 2012, and bear interest at Libor plus 0.75%. The following table presents certain additional information regarding the Company's various loan agreements for he fiscal years shown:

	2011			2010
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the fiscal year	$	675,083		$	117,482
Average amount outstanding during the year	$	403,649		$	84,018
Weighted average interest rate during the year		1.81	%		1.29	%

Included in "Long-term Debt" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 are amounts relating to a real estate mortgage and other, miscellaneous indebtedness assumed in connection with various business combinations.

The following table presents the amount of interest paid by the Company during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Amount of interest paid	$	7,778	$	11,702	$	1,690

Included in interest payments during fiscal 2010 is approximately $9.9 million of interest paid in connection with the SIVOM judgment (see Note 11—Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance, below).

XML

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans

Savings And Deferred Compensation Plans

8. Savings and Deferred Compensation Plans

Savings Plans

We sponsor various defined contribution savings plans which allow participants to make voluntary contributions by salary deduction. Such plans cover substantially all of our domestic, nonunion employees in the U.S. and are qualified under section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code. Similar plans outside the U.S. cover various groups of employees of our international subsidiaries and affiliates. Several of these plans allow the Company to match, on a voluntary basis, a portion of the employee contributions. The following table presents the Company's contributions to these savings plans during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Savings plans contributions	$	61,065	$	57,346	$	54,957

Deferred Compensation Plans

Our Executive Security Plan and Executive Deferral Plans are nonqualified deferred compensation programs that provide benefits payable to directors, officers, and certain key employees or their designated beneficiaries at specified future dates, upon retirement, or death. Benefit payments under both plans are funded by a combination of contributions from participants and the Company, and most of the participants are covered by life insurance policies with the Company designated as the beneficiary. The following table presents the amount charged to expense for the Company's deferred compensation plans during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Deferred compensation plans expense	$	3,075	$	3,631	$	8,327

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Change In Combined Fair Value Of The Plans' Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	$ 107,791	$ 106,313
Actual return on plan assets	1,899	9,591
Employer contributions	21,753
Participants' contributions	3,318
Benefits paid	(34,486)	(8,113)
Transfers
Business combinations/consolidations	185,502
Curtailments/settlements
Effect of exchange rate changes
Balance, end of year	285,777	107,791
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Balance, beginning of year	661,825	573,189
Actual return on plan assets	3,729	79,409
Employer contributions	70,575	42,595
Participants' contributions	12,108	12,467
Benefits paid	(32,419)	(25,283)
Transfers		(35)
Business combinations/consolidations	40,922
Curtailments/settlements	(3,744)	(6,051)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(8,307)	(14,466)
Balance, end of year	$ 744,689	$ 661,825

XML

Income Taxes (Income Tax Payments) (Details) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Income Taxes
Income tax payments	$ 139.2	$ 170.8	$ 255.5

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Amount Recognized In Accompanying Balance Sheets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Accrued benefit cost included in current liabilities
Accrued benefit cost included in noncurrent liabilities	196,765	52,473
Net amount recognized at the end of the year	196,765	52,473
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Accrued benefit cost included in current liabilities	1,690	1,473
Accrued benefit cost included in noncurrent liabilities	222,559	343,807
Net amount recognized at the end of the year	$ 224,249	$ 345,280

XML

Segment Information (Revenues Earned Directly Or Indirectly From The U.S. Federal Government And Its Agencies) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009	Sep. 26, 2008
Percentage of revenue earned from the U.S. federal government and its agencies	24.40%	25.40%	20.30%
Percentage of revenue earned				10.00%
Motiva Enterprises LLC [Member]
Percentage of revenue earned			12.20%

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Change In Plans' Combined Net Benefit Obligation) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Net benefit obligation at the beginning of the year	$ 160,264	$ 148,532
Service cost	10,684
Interest cost	21,377	7,545	8,147
Participants' contributions	3,318
Actuarial (gains)/losses	30,378	12,300
Benefits paid	(34,486)	(8,113)
Curtailments/settlements
Transfers
Business combinations/consolidations	290,887
Special termination benefits	120
Effect of exchange rate changes
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	482,542	160,264	148,532
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Net benefit obligation at the beginning of the year	1,007,105	842,928
Service cost	30,816	22,722	19,212
Interest cost	54,631	46,584	41,634
Participants' contributions	12,108	12,467
Actuarial (gains)/losses	(141,498)	134,702
Benefits paid	(32,419)	(25,283)
Curtailments/settlements	(3,744)	(6,051)
Transfers		(35)
Business combinations/consolidations	49,638
Special termination benefits			203
Effect of exchange rate changes	(7,699)	(20,929)
Net benefit obligation at the end of the year	$ 968,938	$ 1,007,105	$ 842,928

XML

Common And Preferred Stock (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Common And Preferred Stock
Common stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1

XML

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments

Commitment Under Operating Leases

In fiscal years,
2012	$	150,209
2013		131,481
2014		100,982
2015		127,554
2016		66,999
Thereafter		269,882
		847,107
Amounts representing sublease income		(14,406	)
	$	832,701

Rent Expense And Sublease Income

	2011			2010			2009
Rent expense	$	157,955		$	155,517		$	159,682
Sublease income		(8,315	)		(11,160	)		(10,012	)
Net rent	$	149,640		$	144,357		$	149,670

Significant Terms Of The Lease

End of lease term		2015
End of term purchase option (in thousands)	$	52,200
Residual value guaranty (in thousands)	$	38,800

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Fair Value Of Shares Vested) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans
Fair value of shares vested	$ 4,848	$ 4,188	$ 1,424

XML

Other Financial Information

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Other Financial Information

Other Financial Information

13. Other Financial Information

Receivables

The following table presents the components of "Receivables" appearing in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 as well as certain other related information (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Amounts billed, net	$	1,016,792	$	818,761
Unbilled receivables and other		996,516		793,918
Retentions receivable		64,186		47,165
Total receivables, net	$	2,077,494	$	1,659,844
Other information about receivables:
Amounts due from the United States federal government included above, net of advanced billings	$	288,165	$	309,176
Claims receivable	$	14,712	$	14,201

Billed receivables consist of amounts invoiced to clients in accordance with the terms of our client contracts and are shown net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Property, Equipment, and Improvements, Net

The following table presents the components of our property, equipment and improvements at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Land	$	23,542		$	12,223
Buildings		136,161			90,565
Equipment		446,628			433,395
Leasehold improvements		144,903			142,358
Construction in progress		10,046			3,570
		761,280			682,111
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(476,647	)		(467,079	)
	$	284,633		$	215,032

Miscellaneous Noncurrent Assets

The following table presents the components of "Miscellaneous noncurrent assets" as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Deferred income taxes	$	161,540	$	187,045
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		75,440		68,107
Intangible assets (a)		259,006		100,045
Investments		185,590		209,898
Notes receivable		6,942		4,794
Reimbursable pension costs (b)		140,878		—
Other		32,338		13,065
Total	$	861,734	$	582,954

(a) Consists primarily of intangible assets acquired in connection with various business combinations.

(b) Consists of costs incurred relating to a defined benefit pension plan covering employees providing services on a contract with, and for the benefit of, the U.S. federal government pursuant to which such costs are fully reimbursable.

Accrued Liabilities

The following table presents the components of "Accrued liabilities" as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Accrued payroll and related liabilities	$	535,631	$	419,513
Project-related accruals		125,742		71,465
Insurance liabilities		54,945		63,751
Sales and other similar taxes		38,395		34,385
Deferred rent		20,021		13,019
Other		62,483		59,145
Total	$	837,217	$	661,278

Other Deferred Liabilities

The following table presents the components of "Other deferred liabilities" as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010
Liabilities relating to defined benefit pension and early retirement plans	$	419,324	$	396,939
Liabilities relating to nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements		85,032		77,765
Deferred income taxes		137,604		82,485
Miscellaneous		23,996		21,838
Total	$	665,956	$	579,027

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents the components of "Total accumulated other comprehensive loss" as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(38,437	)	$	(13,413	)
Adjustments relating to defined benefit pension plans		(193,950	)		(267,124	)
Other		(5,151	)		(5,204	)
Total	$	(237,538	)	$	(285,741	)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, the Company acquired businesses for cash and stock of $711.4 million and $259.5 million, respectively. The following table presents the non-cash adjustments relating to these acquisitions made in preparing the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Working capital	$	(40,508	)	$	11,832
Property and equipment		33,195			3,116
Noncurrent assets		15,723			2,658
Deferred liabilities		(15,908	)		(34	)
Non-controlling interests		(1,936	)		—
Foreign currency translation		(79	)		—
Goodwill		720,933			241,920

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Significant Accounting Policies

Pass-Through Costs Included In Revenues

	2011		2010		2009
Pass-through costs included in revenues	$	2,118.5	$	2,723.3	$	4,017.0

Schedule Of Acquired Intangible Assets

	Customer Relationships, Contracts, and Backlog			Developed Technology			Trade Names			Other			Total
Balances, September 26, 2008	$	54,250		$	—		$	2,789		$	2,864		$	59,903
Acquisitions		7,173			—			478			87			7,738
Amortization		(6,416	)		—			(1,674	)		(630	)		(8,720	)
Foreign currency translation		(1,332	)		—			(85	)		(45	)		(1,462	)
Balances, October 2, 2009		53,675			—			1,508			2,276			57,459
Acquisitions		50,600			—			2,400			1,100			54,100
Amortization		(8,619	)		—			(1,851	)		(736	)		(11,206	)
Foreign currency translation		(178	)		—			(5	)		(125	)		(308	)
Balances, October 1, 2010		95,478			—			2,052			2,515			100,045
Acquisitions		155,512			23,000			2,744			2,542			183,798
Amortization		(21,239	)		(1,023	)		(1,214	)		(1,225	)		(24,701	)
Foreign currency translation		(13	)		—			(109	)		(14	)		(136	)
Balances, September 30, 2011	$	229,738		$	21,977		$	3,473		$	3,818		$	259,006
Estimated remaining useful lives (years)		1- 14			15			1- 20			1- 8

Fair Value Of Option Grant Date Award

	Awards Made to Employees									Awards Made to Directors
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%
Expected volatility		41.54	%		43.12	%		45.42	%		41.97	%		40.78	%		47.62	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.00	%		2.54	%		2.94			2.40	%		2.85	%		2.44
Expected term of options (in years)		5.82			6.14			6.25			5.82			6.29			6.29

Fair Value Of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Date Awards

	2011
Dividend yield		0	%
Expected volatility		46.67	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.83	%
Expected term (in years)		3.0

XML

Other Financial Information (Property, Equipment And Improvements, Net In The Consolidated Balance Sheets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Other Financial Information
Land	$ 23,542	$ 12,223
Buildings	136,161	90,565
Equipment	446,628	433,395
Leasehold improvements	144,903	142,358
Construction in progress	10,046	3,570
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross, Total	761,280	682,111
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(476,647)	(467,079)
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net, Total	$ 284,633	$ 215,032	$ 240,350

XML

Stock Purchase And Stock Option Plans (Stock Issuance Activity Under The 1989 ESPP And The GESPP) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Aggregate Purchase Price Paid for Shares Sold	$ 34,781,962	$ 32,892,633	$ 40,279,536
Aggregate Number of Shares Sold	841,204	877,356	1,042,661
Discount available to employees on the purchase of common stock	5.00%
Common Stock, Capital Shares Reserved for Future Issuance	8,712,242
Under The 1989 ESPP [Member]
Aggregate Purchase Price Paid for Shares Sold	31,887,660	30,042,431	37,246,390
Aggregate Number of Shares Sold	771,818	802,508	966,241
Common Stock, Capital Shares Reserved for Future Issuance	3,910,515
Under The GESPP [Member]
Aggregate Purchase Price Paid for Shares Sold	$ 2,894,302	$ 2,850,202	$ 3,033,146
Aggregate Number of Shares Sold	69,386	74,848	76,420
Common Stock, Capital Shares Reserved for Future Issuance	413,391

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Schedule Of Acquired Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Acquired intangible assets beginning balance	$ 100,045	$ 57,459	$ 59,903
Acquisitions	183,798	54,100	7,738
Amortization	(24,701)	(11,206)	(8,720)
Foreign currency translation	(136)	(308)	(1,462)
Acquired intangible assets ending balance	259,006	100,045	57,459
Customer Relationship, Contracts And Backlog [Member]
Acquired intangible assets beginning balance	95,478	53,675	54,250
Acquisitions	155,512	50,600	7,173
Amortization	(21,239)	(8,619)	(6,416)
Foreign currency translation	(13)	(178)	(1,332)
Acquired intangible assets ending balance	229,738	95,478	53,675
Estimated remaining useful life (years), minimum	1
Estimated remaining useful life (years), maximum	14
Developed Technology Rights [Member]
Acquired intangible assets beginning balance
Acquisitions	23,000
Amortization	(1,023)
Foreign currency translation
Acquired intangible assets ending balance	21,977
Estimated remaining useful lives (years)	15
Trade Names [Member]
Acquired intangible assets beginning balance	2,052	1,508	2,789
Acquisitions	2,744	2,400	478
Amortization	(1,214)	(1,851)	(1,674)
Foreign currency translation	(109)	(5)	(85)
Acquired intangible assets ending balance	3,473	2,052	1,508
Estimated remaining useful life (years), minimum	1
Estimated remaining useful life (years), maximum	20
Other [Member]
Acquired intangible assets beginning balance	2,515	2,276	2,864
Acquisitions	2,542	1,100	87
Amortization	(1,225)	(736)	(630)
Foreign currency translation	(14)	(125)	(45)
Acquired intangible assets ending balance	$ 3,818	$ 2,515	$ 2,276
Estimated remaining useful life (years), minimum	1
Estimated remaining useful life (years), maximum	8

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income
Net earnings	$ 335,221	$ 246,287	$ 399,213
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(22,524)	(9,338)	(4,106)
FASB Statement No. 158 adjustment to remove early pension measurement date			(1,395)
Change in pension liability	99,881	(89,091)	(116,381)
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges	137	(1,444)	(6,623)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes	77,494	(99,873)	(128,505)
Income Tax Benefit (Expense)	(29,291)	25,647	46,260
Net Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	48,203	(74,226)	(82,245)
Net Comprehensive Income of the Group	383,424	172,061	316,968
Net Comprehensive (Income) Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests	(4,192)	(313)	641
Total Comprehensive Income	$ 379,232	$ 171,748	$ 317,609

XML

Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments (Commitments Under Operating Leases) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011
Commitments And Contingencies, And Derivative Financial Instruments
2012	$ 150,209
2013	131,481
2014	100,982
2015	127,554
2016	66,999
Thereafter	269,882
Amounts representing sublease income	(14,406)
Total	$ 832,701

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Significant Accounting Policies

Significant Accounting Policies

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Accounting for Contracts and Use of Joint Ventures

In general, we recognize revenues at the time we provide services. Depending on the commercial terms of the contract, we recognize revenues either when costs are incurred, or using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting by relating contract costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion. Contract losses are provided for in their entirety in the period they become known, without regard to the percentage-of-completion. For multiple contracts with a single customer we account for each

contract separately. We also recognize as revenues costs associated with claims and unapproved change orders to the extent it is probable that such claims and change orders will result in additional contract revenue, and the amount of such additional revenue can be reliably estimated.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts include incentive-fee arrangements. The incentive fees in such contracts can be based on a variety of factors but the most common are the achievement of target completion dates, target costs, and/or other performance criteria. Failure to meet these targets can result in unrealized incentive fees. We recognize incentive fees based on expected results using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. As the contract progresses and more information becomes available, the estimate of the anticipated incentive fee that will be earned is revised as necessary. We bill incentive fees based on the terms and conditions of the individual contracts. In certain situations, we are allowed to bill a portion of the incentive fees over the performance period of the contract. In other situations, we are allowed to bill incentive fees only after the target criterion has been achieved. Incentive fees which have been recognized but not billed are included in receivables in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Certain cost-reimbursable contracts with government customers as well as certain commercial clients provide that contract costs are subject to audit and adjustment. In this situation, revenues are recorded at the time services are performed based upon the amounts we expect to realize upon completion of the contracts. Revenues are not recognized for non-recoverable costs. In those situations where an audit indicates that we may have billed a client for costs not allowable under the terms of the contract, we estimate the amount of such nonbillable costs and adjust our revenues accordingly.

When we are directly responsible for subcontractor labor or third-party materials and equipment, we reflect the costs of such items in both revenues and costs (and we refer to such costs as "pass-through" costs). On those projects where the client elects to pay for such items directly and we have no associated responsibility for such items, these amounts are not reflected in either revenues or costs.

The following table sets forth pass-through costs included in revenues during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Pass-through costs included in revenues	$	2,118.5	$	2,723.3	$	4,017.0

As is common to the industry, we execute certain contracts jointly with third parties through various forms of joint ventures and consortiums. Although the joint ventures own and hold the contracts with the clients, the services required by the contracts are typically performed by us and our joint venture partners, or by other subcontractors under subcontracting agreements with the joint ventures. The assets of our joint ventures, therefore, consist almost entirely of cash and receivables (representing amounts due from clients), and the liabilities of our joint ventures consist almost entirely of amounts due to the joint venture partners (for services provided by the partners to the joint ventures under their individual subcontracts) and other subcontractors. In general, at any given time, the equity of our joint ventures represents the undistributed profits earned on contracts the joint ventures hold with clients. Very few of our joint ventures have employees. None of our joint ventures have third-party debt or credit facilities. Our joint ventures, therefore, are simply mechanisms used to deliver engineering and construction services to clients. Rarely do they, in and of themselves, present any risk of loss to us or to our partners separate from those that we would carry if we were performing the contract on our own. Under U.S. GAAP, our share of losses associated with the contracts held by the joint ventures, if and when they occur, has always been reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

On October 2, 2010, we adopted the FASB's new accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities ("VIE"). This guidance replaces the quantitative-based assessment for determining which participant in a VIE has a controlling interest in the VIE with an approach that is primarily qualitative in nature. The Company has reassessed its VIEs using the new guidance. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In evaluating our VIEs, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether or not we have a controlling financial interest in the VIE. We are deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE if we have (i) the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance; and (ii) the right to receive benefits from the VIE, or obligation to absorb losses, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In making our qualitative analysis, we assess each VIE to determine those activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and whether we, another party, or multiple parties have the power to direct such activities.

If we determine that we have the power to direct those activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its financial performance and have the right or obligation to receive benefits or absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE then we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE and we consolidate the VIE. If we determine that we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE or power is shared by two or more unrelated parties then we are not the primary beneficiary and we do not consolidate the VIE.

For the Company's unconsolidated joint ventures, we use either the equity method of accounting or proportional consolidation. The Company does not currently participate in any significant VIEs in which it has a controlling financial interest that it does not consolidate.

There were no changes in facts and circumstances during the period that caused the Company to reassess the method of accounting for its VIEs.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain amounts included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented at "fair value". Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the date fair value is determined (the "measurement date"). When determining fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, and we consider only those assumptions we believe a typical market participant would consider when pricing an asset or liability. In measuring fair value, we use the following inputs in the order of priority indicated:

Level 1     Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2     Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, such as (i) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; (ii) quoted prices in markets that have insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (i.e., less active markets); and (iii) model-driven valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated with, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3     Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The net carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Similarly, we believe the carrying value of notes payable also approximates fair value based on the interest rates and scheduled maturities applicable to the outstanding borrowings. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as forward contracts and an interest rate swap agreement we purchased as cash-flow hedges discussed in Note 10 —Commitments and Contingencies, and Derivative Financial Instruments, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value.

The fair value of the Company's reporting units (needed for purposes of determining whether there is an indication of possible impairment of the carrying value of goodwill) is determined using a market approach that multiplies the after-tax earnings of each reporting unit for the trailing twelve months by the Company's overall average market earnings multiple.

With respect to share-based payments, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Like all option-pricing models, the Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including (i) the expected volatility of the market price of the underlying stock, and (ii) the expected term of the award, among others. Accordingly, changes in assumptions and any subsequent adjustments to those assumptions can cause drastically different fair values to be assigned to our stock option awards. For restricted stock units containing service and performance conditions, compensation expense is based on the fair value of such units using a Monte Carlo Simulation. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of assumptions and the results of applying Monte Carlo Simulations, the amount of expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may not be representative of the effects on our future consolidated financial statements because equity awards tend to vest over several years and additional equity awards may be made in the future.

The fair values of the assets owned by the various pension plans that the Company sponsors are determined based on the type of asset. Publicly traded corporate equity securities and publicly traded debt securities are valued at the last reported sale price on the last business day of the year of the plans. Securities not traded on the last business day are valued at the last reported bid price. Insurance contracts and investments in "with profits" funds are valued using actuarial assumptions and values reported by the fund managers. Real estate assets (which consist primarily of common or collective trusts with underlying investments in real estate), commodities, industrial/raw goods, and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using the best information available, including quoted market prices or market prices for similar assets when available or internal cash flow estimates discounted at an appropriate interest rate or independent appraisals, as appropriate.

The methodologies described above and elsewhere in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements may produce a fair value that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 consisted primarily of money market mutual funds and overnight bank deposits.

Receivables and Billings in Excess of Costs

"Receivables" include billed receivables, unbilled receivables, and retentions. Billed receivables represent amounts invoiced to clients in accordance with the terms of our client contracts. They are recorded in our financial statements when they are issued. Unbilled receivables and retentions receivable represent reimbursable costs and amounts earned and reimbursable under contracts in progress as of the respective balance sheet dates. Such amounts become billable according to the contract terms, which usually consider the passage of time, achievement of certain milestones or completion of the project. We anticipate that substantially all of such unbilled amounts will be billed and collected over the next fiscal year.

Certain contracts allow us to issue invoices to clients in advance of providing services. "Billings in excess of costs" represent billings to and cash collected from clients in advance of work performed. We anticipate that substantially all such amounts will be earned over the next twelve months.

Property, Equipment, and Improvements

Property, equipment and improvements are carried at cost, and are shown net of accumulated depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Depreciation and amortization is computed primarily by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the related lease. Estimated useful lives range from 20 to 40 years for buildings, from 3 to 10 years for equipment and from 4 to 10 years for leasehold improvements.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and the cost of intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are instead tested for possible impairment annually (or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair values of our reporting units below their respective carrying values). The first step in the impairment test process is to compare the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units to their respective carrying amount, including goodwill. In the event that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In performing the annual impairment test, the Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level. We have determined that our operating segment is comprised of two reporting units based on geography. Based on the results of these tests, we have determined that the fair value of our reporting units substantially exceeded their respective carrying values for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The following table provides certain information related to the Company's acquired intangible assets for each of the fiscal years presented (in thousands):

	Customer Relationships, Contracts, and Backlog			Developed Technology			Trade Names			Other			Total
Balances, September 26, 2008	$	54,250		$	—		$	2,789		$	2,864		$	59,903
Acquisitions		7,173			—			478			87			7,738
Amortization		(6,416	)		—			(1,674	)		(630	)		(8,720	)
Foreign currency translation		(1,332	)		—			(85	)		(45	)		(1,462	)
Balances, October 2, 2009		53,675			—			1,508			2,276			57,459
Acquisitions		50,600			—			2,400			1,100			54,100
Amortization		(8,619	)		—			(1,851	)		(736	)		(11,206	)
Foreign currency translation		(178	)		—			(5	)		(125	)		(308	)
Balances, October 1, 2010		95,478			—			2,052			2,515			100,045
Acquisitions		155,512			23,000			2,744			2,542			183,798
Amortization		(21,239	)		(1,023	)		(1,214	)		(1,225	)		(24,701	)
Foreign currency translation		(13	)		—			(109	)		(14	)		(136	)
Balances, September 30, 2011	$	229,738		$	21,977		$	3,473		$	3,818		$	259,006
Estimated remaining useful lives (years)		1- 14			15			1- 20			1- 8

The above table excludes the values assigned to those intangible assets embedded in the Company's investment in AWE Management Ltd. ("AWE"). Those amounts are included in the carrying value of the Company's investment in AWE. The amount of amortization expense we estimate we will record during each of the next five fiscal years relating to intangible assets existing at September 30, 2011 including those associated with AWE is: fiscal 2012 - $40.5 million; fiscal 2013 - $27.2 million; fiscal 2014 - $24.6 million; fiscal 2015 - $24.2 million; and fiscal 2016 - $24.1 million.

The change in goodwill during the period is predominately related to businesses acquired during fiscal 2011.

Foreign Currencies

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, it is necessary to translate the financial statements of our subsidiaries operating outside the United States, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, into the U.S. dollar. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, revenues and expenses of operations outside the United States are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates for the applicable period(s) being translated while the assets and liabilities of operations outside the United States are generally translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates. The net effect of foreign currency translation adjustments is included in stockholders' equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive securities that were outstanding during the period. Our dilutive securities consist of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock (including restricted stock units).

Share-Based Payments

We measure the value of services received from employees and directors in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The computed value is recognized as a non-cash cost over the period the individual provides services, which is typically the vesting period of the award. The grant date fair value of the instruments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

The Company has two incentive plans whereby eligible employees and directors of Jacobs may be granted stock options, restricted stock, and/or restricted stock units.

Assumptions Used to Value Stock Options Granted to Employees and Directors— The majority of stock options granted during the year are awarded on the same date (although the date is different for employees and directors). The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows:

	Awards Made to Employees									Awards Made to Directors
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%
Expected volatility		41.54	%		43.12	%		45.42	%		41.97	%		40.78	%		47.62	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.00	%		2.54	%		2.94			2.40	%		2.85	%		2.44
Expected term of options (in years)		5.82			6.14			6.25			5.82			6.29			6.29

With respect to stock units containing service and performance conditions, the number of restricted stock units in which the employee may ultimately vest is determined using a stock performance multiplier ("SPM"). The SPM is the quotient obtained by dividing the 60 calendar day average market price of our common stock ending on the vesting date ("Ending Average Stock Price") by the 60 calendar day average market price of our common stock ending on the grant date ("Beginning Average Stock Price"). The maximum SPM is 2 and will be zero if the Ending Average Market Price of our common stock is less than 50% of the Beginning Average Market Price. The number of restricted stock units earned is equal to the target restricted stock units awarded to an employee multiplied by the SPM.

Assumptions Used to Value Restricted Stock Units with Service and Performance Conditions— The majority of restricted stock units with performance conditions granted during the year are awarded on the same date. With respect to these annual awards, the fair value of each restricted stock unit was estimated on the date of the grant using the following assumptions:

	2011
Dividend yield		0	%
Expected volatility		46.67	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.83	%
Expected term (in years)		3.0

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Our cash balances and short-term investments are maintained in accounts held by major banks and financial institutions located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, Australia, and Asia. In the normal course of business, and consistent with industry practices, we grant credit to our clients without requiring collateral. Concentrations of credit risk is the risk that, if we extend a significant amount of credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience disproportionately high levels of default if those clients are adversely affected by factors particular to their geographic area or industry. Concentrations of credit risk relative to trade receivables are limited due to our diverse client base, which includes the U.S. federal government and multi-national corporations operating in a broad range of industries and geographic areas. Additionally, in order to mitigate credit risk, we continually evaluate the credit worthiness of our major commercial clients.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to employ estimates and make assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities; the revenues and expenses reported for the periods covered by the financial statements; and certain amounts disclosed in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are based on management's most recent assessment of the underlying facts and circumstances utilizing the most current information available and past experience, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. Our estimates, judgments, and assumptions are evaluated periodically and adjusted accordingly.

Earlier in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we discussed three significant accounting policies that rely on the application of estimates and assumptions: revenue accounting for contracts; the process for testing goodwill for possible impairment; and the accounting for share-based payments to employees and directors. The following is a discussion of certain other significant accounting policies that rely on the use of estimates:

Accounting for Pensions— We use certain assumptions and estimates in order to calculate periodic pension cost and the value of the assets and liabilities of our pension plans. These assumptions involve discount rates, investment returns, and projected salary increases, among others. Changes in the actuarial assumptions may have a material effect on the plans' liabilities and the projected pension expense.

Accounting for Income Taxes— We determine our consolidated income tax provision using the asset and liability method prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. If and when we determine that a deferred tax asset will not be realized for its full amount, we will recognize and record a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to earnings. Judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the normal course of business, we may engage in numerous transactions every day for which the ultimate tax outcome (including the period in which the transaction will ultimately be included in taxable income or deducted as an expense) is uncertain. Additionally, we file income, franchise, gross receipts and similar tax returns in many jurisdictions. Our tax returns are subject to audit and investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, most states in the United States, and by various government agencies representing many jurisdictions outside the United States.

Contractual Guarantees, Litigation, Investigations, and Insurance—In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. We record in the Consolidated Balance Sheets amounts representing our estimated liability relating to such guarantees, litigation, and insurance claims. We perform an analysis to determine the level of reserves to establish for both insurance-related claims that are known and have been asserted against us as well as for insurance-related claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators as of the respective balance sheet dates. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. In addition, as a contractor providing services to various agencies of the United States federal government, we are subject to many levels of audits, investigations, and claims by, or on behalf of, the U.S. federal government with respect to contract performance, pricing, costs, cost allocations, and procurement practices. We adjust revenues based upon the amounts we expect to realize considering the effects of any client audits or governmental investigations.

XML

Earnings Per Share (Earnings Per Share) (Details) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Earnings Per Share
Weighted average shares outstanding (denominator used to compute basic EPS)	125,686	124,134	122,772
Effect of stock options and restricted stock	1,549	1,656	1,762
Denominator used to compute diluted EPS	127,235	125,790	124,534
Antidilutive stock options and restricted stock	4,507	3,814	2,288

XML

Income Taxes (Components Of Net Deferred Tax Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
Income Taxes
Defined benefit pension plans	$ 80,632	$ 108,826
Other employee benefit plans	151,855	137,810
Self-insurance programs	14,999	19,481
Contract revenues and costs	15,333	13,602
Foreign tax credits carryforward	320	14,305
Other	9,081	10,719
Gross deferred tax assets	272,220	304,743
Depreciation and amortization	(130,536)	(81,693)
Other, net	(7,068)	(792)
Gross deferred tax liabilities	(137,604)	(82,485)
Net deferred tax assets	$ 134,616	$ 222,258

XML

Pension Plans (Schedule Of Pension Plans Recorded In Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Not Yet Recognized As Component Of Net Periodic Pension Cost) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Net actuarial loss	$ 68,224	$ 62,749
Prior service cost
Total	68,224	62,749
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Net actuarial loss	124,560	202,806
Prior service cost	1,166	1,569
Total	$ 125,726	$ 204,375

XML

Business Combinations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Business Combinations

Pro Forma Consolidated Results Of Operations

	2011		2010
Revenues	$	10,733,797	$	10,633,975
Net earnings attributable to Jacobs	$	339,437	$	262,114

Summary Of Purchase Price Allocation

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	329,689
Receivables and other current assets		145,049
Property and equipment, and other assets		115,911
Total assets		590,649
Liabilities:
Current liabilities		195,910
Long-term liabilities		22,534
Total liabilities		218,444
Net assets acquired	$	372,205

Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired In Connection With The Acquisition

Customer relationships / backlog	$	136,000
Technology		23,000
	$	159,000

Summary Of Goodwill In The Consolidated Balance Sheet

Purchase price	$	910,000
Amount assigned to net assets acquired		(372,000	)
Estimated amount assigned to intangible assets		(159,000	)
Deferred taxes related to intangible assets		55,000
Goodwill recognized, preliminary	$	434,000

XML

Pension Plans (Anticipated Cash Contributions) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011
U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Anticipated cash contributions	$ 60,974
Non-U.S. Pension Plans [Member]
Anticipated cash contributions	$ 48,345

XML

Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Description Of Business And Basis Of Presentation
Cost-reimbursable	81.00%	86.00%	85.00%
Fixed-price	16.00%	13.00%	14.00%
Guaranteed maximum price	3.00%	1.00%	1.00%
Claim receivable write-off	$ 25.9

XML

Common And Preferred Stock

12 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2011

Common And Preferred Stock

Common And Preferred Stock

12. Common and Preferred Stock

Jacobs is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock designated "common stock" and "preferred stock" (each has a par value of $1.00 per share). The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series. The number of shares to be included in a series as well as each series' designation, relative powers, dividend and other preferences, rights and qualifications, redemption provisions, and restrictions are to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time each series is issued. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in a preferred stock designation, or otherwise provided for by statute, the holders of shares of common stock have the exclusive right to vote for the election of Directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. The holders of shares of common stock are entitled to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors from whatever assets are legally available for that purpose.

XML

Segment Information (Financial Information By Geographic Area) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands	3 Months Ended												12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Jul. 01, 2011	Apr. 01, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Oct. 01, 2010	Jul. 02, 2010	Apr. 02, 2010	Jan. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009	Jun. 30, 2009	Mar. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2008	Sep. 30, 2011	Oct. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009
Revenues	$ 2,723,295	$ 2,744,178	$ 2,558,016	$ 2,356,175	$ 2,343,033	$ 2,507,725	$ 2,586,974	$ 2,477,785	$ 2,552,547	$ 2,706,724	$ 2,975,452	$ 3,232,653	$ 10,381,664	$ 9,915,517	$ 11,467,376
Long-Lived Assets	284,633				215,032				240,350				284,633	215,032	240,350
United States [Member]
Revenues													6,435,078	6,969,264	7,362,752
Long-Lived Assets	169,914				122,551				159,451				169,914	122,551	159,451
Europe [Member]
Revenues													1,649,678	1,666,325	2,204,503
Long-Lived Assets	49,372				53,586				40,840				49,372	53,586	40,840
Canada [Member]
Revenues													1,656,487	989,298	1,597,568
Long-Lived Assets	42,496				21,859				23,564				42,496	21,859	23,564
Asia [Member]
Revenues													102,272	98,259	117,164
Long-Lived Assets	1,653				809				1,308				1,653	809	1,308
India [Member]
Revenues													103,842	54,413	64,929
Long-Lived Assets	16,831				13,372				11,821				16,831	13,372	11,821
Australia [Member]
Revenues													194,560	28,589	36,716
Long-Lived Assets	1,040				356				441				1,040	356	441
South America And Mexico [Member]
Revenues													109,520	10,149	12,173
Long-Lived Assets	1,533				821				1,063				1,533	821	1,063
Middle East And Africa [Member]
Revenues													130,227	99,220	71,571
Long-Lived Assets	$ 1,794				$ 1,678				$ 1,862				$ 1,794	$ 1,678	$ 1,862